Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.Catalog No. 04-53320001-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 32XR-1SS Pg 1 2-09 Replaces: New

Installation, Start-Up, Operation, andMaintenance Instructions

Centrifugal liquid chillers are designed to provide safeand reliable service when operated within designspecifications. When operating this equipment, usegood judgment and safety precautions to avoid dam-age to equipment and property or injury to personnel.

Be sure you understand and follow the proceduresand safety precautions contained in the machine in-structions as well as those listed in this guide.

DO NOT VENT refrigerant relief valves within a building. Outlet fromrupture disc or relief valve must be vented outdoors in accordance withthe latest edition of ASHRAE 15 (American Society of Heating,Refrigeration, and Air Conditioning Engineers). The accumulationof refrigerant in an enclosed space can displace oxygen and causeasphyxiation.PROVIDE adequate ventilation in accordance with ASHRAE 15, espe-cially for enclosed and low overhead spaces. Inhalation of high concen-trations of vapor is harmful and may cause heart irregularities,unconsciousness, or death. Misuse can be fatal. Vapor is heavier thanair and reduces the amount of oxygen available for breathing. Productcauses eye and skin irritation. Decomposition products are hazardous.DO NOT USE OXYGEN to purge lines or to pressurize a machine forany purpose. Oxygen gas reacts violently with oil, grease, and othercommon substances.NEVER EXCEED specified test pressures, VERIFY the allowable testpressure by checking the instruction literature and the design pressureson the equipment nameplate.DO NOT USE air for leak testing. Use only tracer gases and drynitrogen.DO NOT VALVE OFF any safety device.BE SURE that all pressure relief devices are properly installed andfunctioning before operating any machine.

DO NOT WELD OR FLAMECUT any refrigerant line or vessel untilall refrigerant (liquid and vapor) has been removed from chiller. Tracesof vapor should be displaced with dry air or nitrogen and the work areashould be well ventilated. Refrigerant in contact with an open flameproduces toxic gases.DO NOT USE eyebolts or eyebolt holes to rig machine sections or theentire assembly.DO NOT work on high-voltage equipment unless you are a qualifiedelectrician.DO NOT WORK ON electrical components, including control panels,switches, starters, or oil heater until you are sure ALL POWER ISOFF and no residual voltage can leak from capacitors or solid-statecomponents.LOCK OPEN AND TAG electrical circuits during servicing. IFWORK IS INTERRUPTED, confirm that all circuits are deenergizedbefore resuming work.AVOID SPILLING liquid refrigerant on skin or getting it into the eyes.USE SAFETY GOGGLES. Wash any spills from the skin with soapand water. If any enters the eyes, IMMEDIATELY FLUSH EYES withwater and consult a physician.

NEVER APPLY an open flame or live steam to a refrigerant cylinder.Dangerous overpressure can result. When necessary to heat refrigerant,use only warm (110 F [43 C]) water.DO NOT REUSE disposable (nonreturnable) cylinders or attempt torefill them. It is DANGEROUS AND ILLEGAL. When cylinder isemptied, evacuate remaining gas pressure, loosen the collar andunscrew and discard the valve stem. DO NOT INCINERATE.CHECK THE REFRIGERANT TYPE before transferring refrigerantto the machine. The introduction of the wrong refrigerant can causedamage or malfunction to this machine.

Operation of this equipment with refrigerants other than those citedherein should comply with ASHRAE 15 (latest edition). ContactCarrier for further information on use of this machine with otherrefrigerants.ENSURE that refrigerant is only pumped to or stored in tanks that areASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) certified for thepressures appropriate to the refrigerant being handled.DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REMOVE fittings, covers, etc., whilemachine is under pressure or while machine is running. Be sure pres-sure is at 0 psig (0 kPa) before breaking any refrigerant connection.CAREFULLY INSPECT all relief devices, rupture discs, and otherrelief devices AT LEAST ONCE A YEAR. If machine operates in acorrosive atmosphere, inspect the devices at more frequent intervals.DO NOT ATTEMPT TO REPAIR OR RECONDITION any reliefdevice when corrosion or build-up of foreign material (rust, dirt, scale,etc.) is found within the valve body or mechanism. Replace the device.DO NOT install relief devices in series or backwards.USE CARE when working near or in line with a compressed spring.Sudden release of the spring can cause it and objects in its path to act asprojectiles.

EQUIPMENT should be operated by certified personnel only.DO NOT STEP on refrigerant lines. Broken lines can whip about andcause personal injury and damage to the machine.DO NOT climb over a machine. Use platform, catwalk, or staging. Fol-low safe practices when using ladders.USE MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT (crane, hoist, etc.) to lift or moveinspection covers or other heavy components. Even if components arelight, use such equipment when there is a risk of slipping or losing yourbalance.BE AWARE that certain automatic start arrangements CAN ENGAGETHE STARTER. Open the disconnect ahead of the starter in addition toshutting off the machine or pump.USE only repair or replacement parts that meet the code requirementsof the original equipment.DOUBLE-CHECK that coupling nut wrenches, dial indicators, or otheritems have been removed before rotating any shafts.DO NOT LOOSEN a packing gland nut before checking that the nuthas a positive thread engagement.PERIODICALLY INSPECT all valves, fittings, and piping for corro-sion, rust, leaks, or damage.DO NOT MIX REFRIGERANT from chillers that use different com-pressor oils. Compressor damage can result.

DANGER

WARNING

CAUTION

32XR PIC IIRetrofit Kit for Centrifugal Liquid Chillers

with HFC-134a, HCFC-22, CFC-12, and CFC/HFC-50050/60 Hz

2

CONTENTSPage

SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3,4ABBREVIATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4CONTROLS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432XR PIC II System Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4• INTERNATIONAL CHILLER VISUAL

CONTROLLER (ICVC)• INTEGRATED STARTER MODULE (ISM) PANEL• CHILLER CONTROL MODULE (CCM)• OIL HEATER CONTACTOR (1C)• OIL PUMP CONTACTOR (2C)• HOT GAS BYPASS CONTACTOR RELAY (3C)

(Optional)• CONTROL TRANSFORMERS (T1, T2)• OPTIONAL TRANSFORMER (T3)• SENSORS• FLOW DETECTIONINSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-65Control Panel, ISM Interface, and Power Panel Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8• ICVC CONTROL PANEL• POWER PANEL• ISM INTERFACE PANELThermistor Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8Inlet Guide Vane Actuator Installation . . . . . . . . . . . 16• OIL RECOVERY SOLENOIDS• IMPELLER DISPLACEMENT SWITCHHigh-Pressure Cutout Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Pressure Transducer Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Control Wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Hot Gas Bypass Controls. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17Water Flow Safeties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18Make Electrical Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19• CONNECT CONTROL INPUTS• CONNECT CONTROL OUTPUTS• MOTOR STARTER (Field-Supplied)• CONNECT CONTROL WIRES TO OIL PUMP

CONTACTORCarrier Comfort Network® Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34ICVC Operation and Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34• GENERAL• ALARMS AND ALERTS• ICVC MENU ITEMS• BASIC ICVC OPERATIONS (Using the Softkeys)• TO VIEW STATUS• FORCING OPERATIONS• TIME SCHEDULE OPERATION• TO VIEW AND CHANGE SET POINTS• SERVICE OPERATIONPIC II System Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53• CAPACITY CONTROL FIXED SPEED• CAPACITY CONTROL VFD• ECW CONTROL OPTION• CONTROL POINT DEADBAND• PROPORTIONAL BANDS AND GAIN• DEMAND LIMITING• CHILLER TIMERS• OCCUPANCY SCHEDULESafety Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Shunt Trip (Option) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Default Screen Freeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Ramp Loading. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Capacity Override . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56High Discharge Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Oil Sump Temperature Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56

PageOil Cooler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Auxiliary Oil Pump Control (Open Drive Machines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Shaft Seal Oil Control (Open Drive Machines Only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Remote Start/Stop Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Spare Safety Inputs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Alarm (Trip) Output Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Refrigerant Leak Detector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Kilowatt Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Remote Reset of Alarms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57Condenser Pump Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Condenser Freeze Prevention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Tower Fan Relay Low and High . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Head Pressure Reference Output. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Auto. Restart After Power Failure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Water/Brine Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Demand Limit Control Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Surge Prevention Algorithm (Fixed Speed Chiller) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Surge Prevention Algorithm with VFD . . . . . . . . . . . 60Surge Protection VFD Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Surge Protection (Fixed Speed Chiller) . . . . . . . . . . 60Lead/Lag Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61• COMMON POINT SENSOR INSTALLATION• LEAD/LAG OPERATION• FAULTED CHILLER OPERATION• LOAD BALANCING• AUTO. RESTART AFTER POWER FAILUREIce Build Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63• ICE BUILD INITIATION• START-UP/RECYCLE OPERATION• TEMPERATURE CONTROL DURING ICE BUILD• TERMINATION OF ICE BUILD• RETURN TO NON-ICE BUILD OPERATIONSAttach to Network Device Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64• ATTACHING TO OTHER CCN MODULESService Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64• TO ACCESS THE SERVICE SCREENS• TO LOG OUT OF NETWORK DEVICE• HOLIDAY SCHEDULINGRefrigerant Type Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65START-UP/SHUTDOWN/RECYCLE SEQUENCE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65-67Local Start-Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65Shutdown Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66Automatic Soft Stop Amps Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . 67Chilled Water Recycle Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67Safety Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67BEFORE INITIAL START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67-74Check Starter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67• MECHANICAL STARTER• BENSHAW, INC. RediStart MICRO™ SOLID-STATE

STARTER• VFD STARTERPower Up the Controls and Check the Oil Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Software Configuration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Input the Design Set Points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Input the Local Occupied Schedule (OCCPC01S) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68Input Service Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68• PASSWORD• INPUT TIME AND DATE• CHANGE ICVC CONFIGURATION IF NECESSARY• TO CHANGE THE PASSWORD• TO CHANGE THE ICVC DISPLAY FROM ENGLISH

TO METRIC UNITS

3

CONTENTS (cont)Page

• MODIFY CONTROLLER IDENTIFICATION IFNECESSARY

• INPUT EQUIPMENT SERVICE PARAMETERS IF NECESSARY

• MODIFY EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION IF NECESSARY

Reliance (Rockwell) Unit-Mounted VFD Field Setup and Verification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70• LABEL LOCATIONS• VFD DISPLAY KEYPAD OPERATION• CONFIGURE ICVC PARAMETERS FOR VFD• PRE-RUN VFD CALIBRATIONS• VFD CALIBRATIONS (RUNNING)Perform a Control Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73• COOLER CONDENSER PRESSURE TRANSDUCER

AND WATERSIDE FLOW DEVICE CALIBRATIONHigh Altitude Locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74INITIAL START-UP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74-76Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Dry Run to Test Start-Up Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Check Motor Rotation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Check Oil Pressure and Compressor Stop . . . . . . 75To Prevent Accidental Start-Up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Check Chiller Operating Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Manual Guide Vane Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Instruct the Customer Operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75• CONTROL SYSTEM• AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT• DESCRIBE CHILLER CYCLES• REVIEW MAINTENANCE• SAFETY DEVICES AND PROCEDURES• CHECK OPERATOR KNOWLEDGE• REVIEW THE START-UP OPERATION, AND MAIN-

TENANCE MANUALOPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Operator Duties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76To Start the Chiller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Check the Running System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76To Stop the Chiller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Refrigeration Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76PUMPOUT AND REFRIGERANT TRANSFER PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76WEEKLY MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76-78Check the Lubrication System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Service Ontime. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Inspect the Control Panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Check Safety and Operating Controls Monthly . . 78Inspect the Starting Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Check Pressure Transducers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Ordering Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78TROUBLESHOOTING. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78-114Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78Checking Display Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Checking Temperature Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Checking Pressure Transducers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90Control Algorithms Checkout Procedure . . . . . . . . 90Control Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Control Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Notes on Module Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Chiller Control Module (CCM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91Integrated Starter Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93Replacing Defective Processor Modules . . . . . . . . 93Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94APPENDIX A — PARAMETER INDEX . . . . . . . 115-126INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127INITIAL START-UP CHECKLIST . . . . . . . . CL-1 to CL-14

INTRODUCTIONPrior to initial start-up of the unit, those involved in the in-

stallation, start-up, operation, and maintenance should be thor-oughly familiar with these instructions and other necessary jobdata. This book is outlined so that the user may become famil-iar with the control system before performing start-up proce-dures. Procedures in this manual are arranged in the sequencerequired for proper control installation machine start-up andoperation.

This retrofit kit is used to modernize an existing centrifugalchiller’s controls by retrofitting it with a PIC II control panel.This kit is designed to interface with virtually any squirrel-cage, induction-motor driven, centrifugal refrigeration machineon standard chilled water duty with refrigerants R-12, R-22,R-500 or R-134a, regardless of age or manufacturer. In general,it is not recommended for use in heat recovery, industrial pro-cess, or other non-comfort cooling applications. For all applica-tions involving non-standard chilled water duty or competitiveequipment, please contact the local Carrier service office forassistance.

This Installation, Start-Up, Operation, and Maintenancemanual is intended to be used in conjunction with the existingunit’s instruction manual.

Retrofit kits are available for hermetic machines (Carrier 19Series units) or open-drive machines (Carrier 17 Series units).

Table 1 lists the parts supplied within the kit. Check thepackage for any shortages and notify your Replacement Com-ponents Division correspondent if any items are missing.

Additional items required:• job/machine “as built” wiring diagrams including chiller

and starter data• electric drill, bits, and taps for installing sensors• standard refrigeration tools• touch-up paint, as required

WARNINGThis unit uses a microprocessor control system. Do notshort or jumper between terminations on circuit boards ormodules; control or board failure may result. Be aware of electrostatic discharge (static electricity) whenhandling or making contact with circuit boards or moduleconnections. Always touch a chassis (grounded) part to dis-sipate body electrostatic charge before working inside con-trol center.Use extreme care when handling tools near boards andwhen connecting or disconnecting terminal plugs. Circuitboards can easily be damaged. Always hold boards by theedges and avoid touching components and connections.This equipment uses, and can radiate, radio frequencyenergy. If not installed and used in accordance with theinstruction manual, it may cause interference to radio com-munications. It has been tested and found to comply withthe limits for a Class A computing device pursuant to Sub-part J of Part 15 of FCC Rules, which are designed to pro-vide reasonable protection against such interference whenoperated in a commercial environment. Operation of thisequipment in a residential area is likely to cause interfer-ence, in which case the user, at his own expense, will berequired to take whatever measures may be required to cor-rect the interference.Always store and transport replacement or defective boardsin anti-static shipping bag.

4

The following hardware is required for mounting theactuator:• 3 — 1/4 - 20 x 1 1/4 lg hex head bolts (use longer ones if

required)• 6 — 1/4 - 20 hex nut• 3 — 1/4-in. washers• bushings, if needed• fiberglass tube, if new motor temperature sensor is

required• power panel mounting• hot gas bypass relay• wire, as required

Before any work begins, be sure that unit is off and the dis-connect is open and tagged for all power supplies. All electricalwiring must be done in accordance with applicable local codes.

Before any work on the refrigerant side sensors is started,the machine’s refrigerant should be recovered or placed in thestorage vessel. The water side should be drained before any ofthe waterside sensors are installed. All connections for refriger-ant temperature or pressure sensors, or water temperature sen-sors should be installed in accordance with local codes and leakchecked. Pressure sensors can be connected into existing gagelines or installed at the vessels with the valve assemblies shownin Table 1, if allowed by local codes.

ABBREVIATIONSFrequently used abbreviations in this manual include:CCM — Chiller Control ModuleCCN — Carrier Comfort Network®CCW — CounterclockwiseCHW — Chilled WaterCHWR — Chilled Water ReturnCHWS — Chilled Water SupplyCW — ClockwiseECDW — Entering Condenser WaterECW — Entering Chilled WaterEMS — Energy Management SystemHGBP — Hot Gas BypassICVC — International Chiller Visual ControlsIGV — Inlet Guide VanesI/O — Input/OutputISM — Integrated Starter ModuleLCD — Liquid Crystal DisplayLCDW — Leaving Condenser WaterLCW — Leaving Chilled WaterLED — Light-Emitting DiodeLID — Local Interface DeviceLO/TO — Lock Out/Tag OutOLTA — Overload Trip AmpsPIC — Product Integrated ControlPSIO — Processor Sensor Input/OutputRLA — Rated Load AmpsSCR — Silicon Control RectifierSMM — Starter Management ModuleTXV — Thermostatic Expansion ValveVFD — Variable Frequency Drive

CONTROLS

DefinitionsANALOG SIGNAL — An analog signal varies in proportionto the monitored source. It quantifies values between operatinglimits. (Example: A temperature sensor is an analog device be-cause its resistance changes in proportion to the temperature,generating many values.)DIGITAL SIGNAL — A digital (discrete) signal is a 2-posi-tion representation of the value of a monitored source. (Exam-ple: A switch is a digital device because it only indicateswhether a value is above or below a set point or boundary bygenerating an on/off, high/low, or open/closed signal.)

General — The 32XR retrofit kit contains a microproces-sor-based control panel that monitors and controls all opera-tions of the chiller. The microprocessor control system matchesthe cooling capacity of the chiller to the cooling load while pro-viding state-of-the-art chiller protection. The system controlscooling load within the set point plus the deadband by sensingthe leaving chilled water or brine temperature and regulatingthe inlet guide vane via a mechanically linked actuator motor.The guide vane is a variable flow pre-whirl assembly that con-trols the refrigeration effect in the cooler by regulating theamount of refrigerant vapor flow into the compressor. An in-crease in guide vane opening increases capacity. A decrease inguide vane opening decreases capacity. The microprocessor-based control center protects the chiller by monitoring the digi-tal and analog inputs and executing capacity overrides or safetyshutdowns, if required.

32XR PIC II System Components — The chillercontrol system is called the 32XR PIC II (Product IntegratedControl II). See Table 2. The 32XR PIC II controls the opera-tion of the chiller by monitoring all operating conditions. ThePIC II can diagnose a problem and let the operator know whatthe problem is and what to check. It promptly positions theguide vanes to maintain leaving chilled water temperature. Itcan interface with auxiliary equipment such as pumps andcooling tower fans to turn them on when required. It continual-ly checks all safeties to prevent any unsafe operating condition.It also regulates the oil heater while the compressor is off andregulates the hot gas bypass valve, if installed. The 32XR PICII controls provide critical protection for the compressor motorand controls the motor starter.

The 32XR PIC II can interface with the Carrier ComfortNetwork (CCN) if desired. It can communicate with other PICI, PIC II, PIC III, or 32XR PIC II equipped chillers and otherCCN devices.

The 32XR PIC II consists of 3 modules housed inside 3 ma-jor components. The component names and correspondingcontrol voltages are listed below (also see Table 2):• control panel

— all extra low-voltage wiring (24 v or less)• power panel

— 230 or 115 v control voltage (per job requirement)— up to 600 v for oil pump power

• starter cabinet— chiller power wiring (per job requirement)

INTERNATIONAL CHILLER VISUAL CONTROLLER(ICVC) — The ICVC is the “brain” of the 32XR PIC II sys-tem. This module contains all the operating software needed tocontrol the chiller. The ICVC is mounted to the control panel(Fig. 1) and is the input center for all local chiller set points,schedules, configurable functions, and options. The ICVC hasa stop button, an alarm light, four buttons for logic inputs, and abacklight display. The backlight will automatically turn offafter 15 minutes of non-use. The functions of the four buttonsor “softkeys” are menu driven and are shown on the displaydirectly above the softkeys.

5

Table 1 — Kit Contents (P/N 32XR660001)

* Provided separately from kit.

NOTE: If the original control panel is a 32MP panel, the existing motor sensor (32MP500354) and thrust bearing sensor (HH79NZ073) are notrequired. The above part numbers are subject to change without notice.

Table 2 — Major PIC II Components andPanel Locations

The viewing angle of the ICVC can be adjusted for opti-mum viewing. Remove the 2 bolts connecting the control panelto the brackets attached to the cooler. Place them in one of theholes to pivot the control panel forward to backward to changethe viewing angle. To change the contrast of the display, accessthe adjustment on the back of the ICVC. See Fig. 1.NOTE: Pressing any one of the four softkey buttons will acti-vate the backlight display without implementing a softkeyfunction.The ICVC may be identified by viewing the back of the plateon which the display is mounted. (Open the control panel doorto view.) Note any of the following distinguishing features inTable 3.NOTE: The term "international" in ICVC identifies only theCarrier controls platform used for the 32XR. There are noAsian languages available in the 32XR ICVC.

Table 3 — Identification Features of the ICVC

INTEGRATED STARTER MODULE (ISM) PANEL —This panel can be mounted on or near the starter cabinet. ThisISM initiates commands from the ICVC for starter functionssuch as starting and stopping the compressor, condenser,chilled water pumps, tower fan, spare alarm contacts, and theshunt trip. The ISM monitors starter inputs such as line volt-age, motor current, ground fault, remote start contact, sparesafety, condenser high pressure, oil pump interlock, starter 1M,and run contacts. The ISM contains logic capable of safetyshutdown. The module shuts down the chiller if communica-tions with the ICVC are lost.

The ISM can also act as the interface for 32XR PIC II to aVFD controller.CHILLER CONTROL MODULE (CCM) — This module islocated in the control panel. The CCM provides the input andoutputs necessary to control the chiller. This module monitorsrefrigerant pressure, entering and leaving water temperatures,and outputs control for the guide vane actuator, oil heaters, andoil pump. The CCM is the connection point for optional de-mand limit, chilled water reset, remote temperature reset, re-frigerant leak sensor and motor kilowatt output.OIL HEATER CONTACTOR (1C) — This contactor is lo-cated in the power panel (Fig. 2) and operates the heater ateither 115 or 230 v. It is controlled by the 32XR PIC II to main-tain oil temperature during chiller shutdown. Refer to the con-trol panel wiring schematic.OIL PUMP CONTACTOR (2C) — This contactor is locatedin the power panel. It operates all 200 to 575-v oil pumps.The 32XR PIC II energizes the contactor to turn on the oilpump as necessary.HOT GAS BYPASS CONTACTOR RELAY (3C)(Optional) — This relay, located in the power panel, controlsthe opening of the hot gas bypass valve. The PIC II energizesthe relay during low load, high lift conditions.CONTROL TRANSFORMERS (T1, T2) — These transform-ers convert incoming control voltage to 24 vac power for the3 power panel contactor relays, CCM, and ICVC.OPTIONAL TRANSFORMER (T3) — This transformerprovides control power to Dataport™/DataLINK™ modules.

ITEMPART NUMBER DESCRIPTION QUANTITY

HK05YZ007 Pressure Transducer 4HK02ZA165 High-Pressure Switch (R-12, R-500, R-134a) 1HK02ZA260 High-Pressure Switch (R-22) 1

19EF5011212 Temperature Sensor Well 719XR0403190103 PIC II Control Panel (Sensors Included) 1

19XR04009903 PIC Power Panel 106DA403844 Valve Assembly 5

HF26BB030-S Actuator 1HK99ZZ001 Snubber 1

04-53320001-01 SOM Instructions 159K8311 75 Ohm, 1/2 W Resistor 2

23XL05005303 Label, Carrier Oval 219XR04000901 Label Sheet 1

HT21AZ111 4.3 Ohm, 1/2 W Resistor 2INTEGRATED STARTER MODULE PANEL CONTENTS

32XR680001* Integrated Starter Module Panel 1IMPELLER DISPLACEMENT SWITCH PANEL CONTENTS

32XRC80001* Impeller Displacement Switch Panel 1

PIC II COMPONENT PANEL LOCATIONChiller Visual Controller (CVC/ICVC) and Display

Control Panel

Integrated Starter Module Panel (ISM) Starter CabinetChiller Control Module (CCM) Control PanelOil Heater Contactor (1C) Power PanelOil Pump Contactor (2C) Power PanelHot Gas Bypass Relay (3C) (Optional) Power PanelControl Transformers (T1, T2) Power PanelTemperature Sensors See Fig. 6.Pressure Transducers See Fig. 6.

CONTROLLERCOLOR

OF PLATE

CEPL No. (hardware) SOFTWARE OTHER

MARKINGS

ICVC Metallic CEPL 130445-02

CESR 131435-0X

“PIC III” Marking on back of green circuit board

6

Fig. 1 — Control Panel

Fig. 2 — Power Panel

a32-156

a32-155

7

SENSORS — Two types of temperature sensors are used. Atypical temperature sensor has sensor wells and is used in sys-tems having an ICVC controller. See Fig. 3. For this type, thesensor cable cannot be separated from the sensor itself, but thesensor can be readily removed from the well without breakinginto the fluid boundary.

The second type of temperature sensor is a thermistor,which is installed either in the motor windings or at the thrustbearing within the compressor. Both of these have redundantsensors such that if one fails, the other can be connected exter-nal to the machine. See Table 4 for a list of standard instrumen-tation sensors.

The 32XR PIC II control determines refrigerant temperaturein the condenser and evaporator from pressure in those vessels,read from the corresponding pressure transducers. See Fig. 4.The pressure values are converted to the equivalent saturationtemperatures for the refrigerant selected (R-12, R-22, R-134a,or R-500). When the chiller is running, if the computed valuefor EVAPORATOR REFRIG TEMP is greater than, or within0.6° F (0.33° C) of the LEAVING CHILLED WATER temper-ature, its value is displayed as 0.6° F (0.33° C) below LEAV-ING CHILLED WATER temperature. When the chiller is run-ning, if the computed value for CONDENSER REFRIGTEMP is less than, or within 1.2° F (0.67° C) of the LEAVINGCOND WATER temperature, its value is displayed as 1.2° F(0.67° C) above LEAVING COND WATER temperature.FLOW DETECTION — Flow detection for the evaporatorand condenser is a required condition for start-up and used inthe freeze protection safety. Flow and no flow conditions aredetected from either existing flow switches, differential pres-sure switches, or optional differential pressure transducers.

In the standard ICVC setup, waterside differential pressureindication is disabled by default. The displays for CHILLEDWATER DELTA P and CONDENSER WATER DELTA P inthe HEAT_EX screen will show “*****”. In order to enablethe option and display a value, change FLOW DELTA PDISPLAY to ENABLE in the SETUP1 screen. Pairs of pres-sure transducers may be connected to the CCM at terminalsJ3 13-24 in place of the standard resistors and jumpers todetermine water-side pressure differentials as in the standardICVC configuration.

NOTE: If the FLOW DELTA P DISPLAY is enabled, but thestandard CCM connection is retained, a differential value ofapproximately 28.5 psi (197 kPa) will always be displayed.

If waterside differential pressure transducers are used, flowis detected from differential pressure between sensors (pressuretransducers) located in water inlet and outlet nozzles, for eachheat exchanger. The thresholds for flow determination (EVAPFLOW DELTA P CUTOUT, COND FLOW DELTA P CUT-OUT) are configured in the SETUP1 screen.

Table 4 — Standard Instrumentation Sensors

SHRINK WRAPSTRAIN RELIEF

1/8” NPTTHERMOWELL

REMOVABLETEMPERATURESENSOR

Fig. 3 — Temperature Sensor Used with Thermal Well

Fig. 4 — Control Sensors(Pressure Transducers, Typical)

a32-157

a32-158

TYPE LOCATION MONITORED REMARKS

Temperature

Entering chilled water Cooler inlet nozzleLeaving chilled water Cooler outlet nozzleEntering condenser water Condenser inlet nozzleLeaving condenser water Condenser outlet nozzleCompressor discharge Compressor voluteOil sump Compressor oil sumpCompressor thrust bearing Redundant sensor providedMotor winding Redundant sensor provided

Pressure

Evaporator Relief valve teeCondenser Relief valve teeOil sump Compressor oil sumpOil sump discharge Oil pump discharge lineDiffuser (Compressor internal) Only in machines equipped with split ring diffusersEntering chilled water (Optional) Cooler inlet nozzleLeaving chilled water (Optional) Cooler outlet nozzleEntering condenser water (Optional) Condenser inlet nozzleLeaving condenser water (Optional) Condenser outlet nozzle

Angular Position Guide vane actuator Potentiometer inside of actuatorPressure Switch High condenser (discharge) pressure Compressor volute, wired into the VFD control circuit

Temperature Switch Oil pump motor winding temperature Wired into the oil pump control circuit

8

If the measured differential is less than the correspondingcutout value for 5 seconds, the determination is that flow is ab-sent. If no flow is detected after WATER FLOW VERIFYTIME (configured in the SETUP1 screen) after the pump iscommanded to start by the PIC, a shutdown will result, and thecorresponding loss-of-flow alarm (alarm state 229 or 230) willbe declared. If the measured differential exceeds the Flow Del-ta P cutout value, flow is considered to be present.

Alternatively, normally open flow switches may be used forflow indication. In this case, install an evaporator side flowswitch in parallel with a 4.3 kilo-ohm resistor between CCMterminals J3 17-18, replacing the jumper. For a condenser sideflow switch do the same between CCM terminals J3 23-24. Ifthis type of flow switch circuit is used, it is important to per-form a zero point calibration (with the flow switch open).

For chillers that experience problems with sediment depos-its and scaling due to water side conditions, a thermal disper-sion flow switch may help. See service bulletin C0302 for fur-ther information.

INSTALLATION

Control Panel, ISM Interface, and Power PanelInstallation

With all retrofits, the new ICVC control and power panelsmust be mounted in a location that is easily accessible, in anyconvenient location either on or near the machine. The panelsmay be mounted in place of the existing control boxes, ifenough room exists. Be sure to locate the control panel so thatthe factory-supplied wiring harness will reach the newly in-stalled thermistors, pressure transducers, and high-pressureswitch. Securely mount the power and control panels on ade-quate support. Use caution not to damage any of the internalcomponents when mounting the control and power panels.NOTE: Welding on pressure vessels will require re-certifica-tion to ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers)Standards. ICVC CONTROL PANEL — If retrofitting a 32SM/MP pan-el, perform the following procedure:

1. Remove charge from chiller so that the cooler, condenser,oil sump and oil supply line tubing can be cut and isolatedfrom the rear of the old control panel’s gauges, switches,etc.

2. Remove and tag all field wiring to the control panel.Wires must be tagged and marked for possible future use.

3. Remove all factory wiring between the control panel andthe compressor, oil pump starter, IGV actuator, etc.

4. Remove entire control panel from the heat exchangershell. Set old panel aside, as some parts may be neededfor the retrofit.

5. Mount the new ICVC control panel using the suppliedadjustment brackets, and other field-supplied hardware.The panel should be placed as to allow for the keypad anddisplay to be readily accessible and visible.

If retrofitting a PIC I panel, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Remove all factory wiring between the control panel andthe compressor, motor cooling solenoids, power panel,IGV actuator, etc. Sensor wires must be tagged andmarked as they will possibly be reused.

2. Remove entire control panel from the heat exchangershell. Set old panel aside, as some parts may be neededfor the retrofit.

3. Mount the new ICVC control panel using the suppliedadjustment brackets, and other field-supplied hardware.The panel should be placed as to allow for the keypad anddisplay to be readily accessible and visible.

POWER PANEL — If retrofitting a 32SM/MP panel, the newpower panel should be mounted in a location that is partwaybetween the ICVC panel and the chiller’s existing oil pumpcontactor. Field-supplied hardware must be used for mounting.

If retrofitting a PIC I panel, perform the followingprocedure:

1. Remove and discard the multi-conductor factory wiringbetween the PIC I control panel and the old power panel.

2. Remove the old wiring between the power panel and theIGV actuator, hot gas bypass valve (HGBP) (ifequipped), compressor high pressure switch, oil pressureswitch (if equipped), oil pump motor power and internalthermostat, as well as the 120 VAC, communication andinterlock wiring to the motor starter, etc. Wires must betagged and marked as they will possibly be re-used, de-pending on the retrofit kit ordered.

3. Remove entire power panel from the oil filter housing,and replace it with the new power panel assembly.

ISM INTERFACE PANEL — All retrofits, with the excep-tion of SMM-less Benshaw starters, VFD retrofits and newstarters per Z-415, will require the ISM interface panel(32XR680001) be installed and wired. If the controls retro-fit involves a medium voltage starter, contact the local Car-rier service office for assistance. Due to the wiring require-ments, the new panel should be located as close to the exist-ing chiller starter as possible. In some instances, it may bepossible to mount the panel onto the outside of the old panel.There is no advantage to mount the new panel closer to thepower panel or ICVC panel.

It will be necessary do extensive wiring between the ISMinterface panel and the existing starter. It will also be necessaryto do some wiring between the ISM interface panel and thepower panel (see Fig. 5).

Thermistor Installation — Temperature sensors arerequired in the leaving (supply) and entering (return) chilledwater, entering and leaving condenser water, compressor oilsump, and the compressor discharge locations. The existing oilheater thermostat and the old discharge sensor can bediscarded.

The new temperature sensor/wire assemblies are pre-wiredto the CCM module located in the ICVC panel. The old sen-sors and wires from a PIC I system can be wired to the newCCM module. The locations for these sensors are shown sche-matically in Fig. 6 and 7.

A new thrust bearing sensor (part no. HH79NZ073, fieldsupplied) may be used if the original control is not a 32MP orPIC I system. Install this sensor in the thrust bearing housing sothat it will sense the temperature in the thrust bearing duringoperation. The thermistor wires must be connected to terminalsexiting the transmission. Be sure that the wires are free of anyrotating parts. Typical thermistor routing is shown in Fig. 8.Refer to Fig. 9 for terminal connections.

WARNING

Proper LO/TO (lock out/tag out) is necessary on the water-side and refrigerant side of the heat exchangers. Also, ALLof the electrical circuits must be LO/TO, this includes, butis not limited to the 480 VAC for the motor starter, oilpump and pumpout compressor, and the 120 VAC for thecontrol panel, oil heater, pumpout system, and purge unit.

9

Fig

. 5 —

Typ

ical

CC

M M

od

ule

Wir

ing

a32-159

10

Fig. 6 — Typical Controls and Sensor Locations for Open-Drive Machines

a32-160

11

Fig. 6 — Typical Controls and Sensor Locations for Open-Drive Machines (cont)

a32-161

12

Fig. 7 — Typical Controls and Sensor Locations for Hermetic Machines

a32-162

13

If the original control is not a 32MP system, the softwarecan be configured to use a Klixon type thermostat instead, butthere will be no temperature alerts, only shutdowns.

If converting a high pressure sensor (19EA/EB/EF/FA, etc)with a Robertshaw module, the existing sensor can and modulecan be reused and the contacts on the module can be wired tothe CCM and the ICVC can be configured for a discrete inputaccordingly.

If the original control is not a 32MP or PIC I system, thenthe motor temperature sensors (32MP500354) may be in-stalled. For hermetic chillers, the motor must be removed from

the compressor to obtain access to the stator windings. Thesensors should be installed at or near the vertical center line ofthe stator windings as shown in Fig. 10. The sensors should besecured with fiberglass tape and refrigerant compatible epoxyto ensure contact with the stator windings.

In a typical installation, the sensor leads are routed to theterminal end of the motor and exit through connectors into ajunction box. Each sensor’s leads must be twisted together andplaced in an acrylic varnish fiberglass tube (field-supplied, seeFig. 11), and routed as shown in Fig. 12.

Fig. 8 — Routing of Thrust Bearing Sensor

a32-163

Fig. 9 — Thrust Bearing Sensor Terminal Connectionsa32-164

14

Fig. 10 — Typical Motor Temperature Sensor Installation Location

a32-165

Fig. 11 — Securing Motor Temperature Sensor Leads

a32-166

15

Fig. 12 — Routing Motor Temperature Sensor Leads

a32-167

16

Inlet Guide Vane Actuator Installation — In allretrofits, a new inlet guide vane actuator (HF26BB030-S) mustbe installed on the compressor and connected to the guide vaneshaft. The actuator is provided with three 0.265-in. (6.75-mm)holes in the base for mounting. Mount the actuator with three1/4-20 x 1 3/4-in. long hex head bolts (use longer ones if re-quired), six 1/4-20 hex nuts, three 1/4-in. washers, and bush-ings, if needed.

The actuator uses a contact closure from the CCM modulein order to open/close the actuator to the proper position. It alsohas a feedback potentiometer built in, that is wired to the CCMmodule to read the position of the actuator at all times. The fullrotation of the actuator is 308 degrees. It has a rated (running)torque value of 400 in.-lb (45.1 N-m) at 103.5 VAC. Be surethat the torque supplied by the actuator will meet the currentmachine requirements. If this new actuator will not meet the re-quirements, a different control scheme will be required.

The actuator shaft is fitted with a 0.875-in. (22.4-mm) diam-eter x 0.8-in. (20.3-mm) long bushing for mounting a sprocket.The actuator’s rotational travel can be limited by the softwareunder Service 02, MAXIMUM GUIDE VANE OPENING.The setting for the maximum guide vane opening can be setfrom 30 to 100%. The default from the factory is 80%. Use thisoption if the travel must be limited to prevent over-rotation ofinlet guide vanes. The correct sprockets and chain must be de-termined to allow for the proper rotation of the inlet guidevanes. Be sure to replace or install the proper guard once instal-lation of the chain and sprockets is complete.

The existing IGV actuator cannot be reused, but there arethree issues that need to be considered:• Actuator power supply — a 115 vac supply can be pow-

ered out of the bottom terminals of the 1C (oil heater)contactor.

• Signal — the new actuator terminals X, 2, and 3 must bewired to the CCM module. The new scheme uses X and3 to open and X and 2 to close the actuator.

• Feedback — The new actuator has a 10 kilo-ohm poten-tiometer to determine the IGV assembly position. Wireas per Fig. 5.

OIL RECOVERY SOLENOIDS — A 19XL chiller uses apair of electric solenoids in the oil recovery system. Wire thenew actuators auxiliary switch, as per Fig. 5. Power for the so-lenoids is supplied from the power panel.IMPELLER DISPLACEMENT SWITCH — Carrier 19EA,EB, EF and 17/19EX,FA chillers use an impeller displacementswitch circuit. If retrofitting any of these chillers, an impellerdisplacement panel must be used. See Fig. 13. It should bemounted close to the power panel. There are three circuits thatneed to be wired (see Fig. 14):• Power: Wire 115 VAC and a ground from the power

panel, to terminals L1, L2 and Ground in the impellerdisplacement panel.

• Switch Input: Wire the switched side of the impeller dis-placement switch itself to terminal 3 in the impeller dis-placement panel. Wire the ground side of the switch toterminal G in the impeller displacement panel.

• Safety Contacts: Wire terminals 3 and 4 in the impellerdisplacement panel to terminals J4-11 and J4-12 on theCCM module in the ICVC panel.

High-Pressure Cutout Installation

WARNINGIncorrect pressure switch settings may cause the machineto exceed specified test pressures.NEVER EXCEED specified test pressures. VERIFY theallowable test pressure by checking the instruction litera-ture and the design pressures on the equipment nameplate.DO NOT USE air for leak testing. Use only refrigerant ordry nitrogen.DO NOT VALVE OFF any safety device.BE SURE that all pressure relief devices are properlyinstalled and functioning before operating the machine.

Fig. 13 — Impeller Displacement Switch Panel

a32-168

Fig. 14 — Impeller Displacement SwitchWiring

a32-169

17

Two pressure switches are supplied with the retrofit kit.Pressure switch assembly HK05ZA165 is for use with refriger-ants CFC-12, CFC/HFC-500, and HFC-134a. This pressureswitch will open at 165 ± 5 psig (1137.6 ± 34.5 kPa). Pressureswitch assembly HK02ZA260 is for use with refrigerantHCFC-22. This pressure switch will open at 263 ± 7 psig(1813.3 ± 48.3 kPa). The control monitors this switch via a24-vac circuit. Make sure to select the correct pressure switchbased on the refrigerant. Determine whether or not the switchwill adequately protect the machine by comparing it to the ex-isting high pressure switch setting. Check local codes.

If retrofitting from a PIC I system, the old switch can be re-used. The switch must stop the machine’s operation before anyrelief devices open and maintain safe unit operation. If the newswitch open pressure setting is higher than the existing one, usethe existing switch. If the existing switch is used, it must be ca-pable of operation with the 24-vac circuit without nuisancealarms. If the new high pressure switch is installed, it should bemounted in the location shown in Fig. 6 and 7. If required, drilland tap into the discharge piping of the compressor for 1/4-18NPTF threads to accept the 06DA403844 valve assembly. Thevalve assembly should be installed using an appropriate threadsealer. The switch must be installed in an area that cannot beisolated from the compressor. No service valves should be be-tween the compressor and the switch. Wire the switch to powerpanel terminal 17 and the unused side of the 2C AUX contact.

Pressure Transducer Installation

The new pressure transducers (HK05YZ007) mount in thelocations shown in Fig. 6 and 7. For all machines, 4 transducersare required to sense the following pressures: cooler pressure,condenser pressure, compressor oil sump pressure, and com-pressor oil supply pressure (after oil cooler and filter). Whencalculating the differential oil pressure, the software subtractsthe oil supply pressure from the suction pressure to determinethe differential.

Locate the required transducers. If required, drill and tap for1/4-18 NPTF threads to accept the 06DA403844 valve assem-blies. The valve should be installed using an appropriate threadsealer. Assemble the pressure transducers to the valve assem-blies.

If retrofitting form a PIC I system, the old pressure trans-ducers can be reused, and their wires can be connected to theCCM module as per Fig. 15.

Control Wiring — Connect the control wiring from thecontrol box to the sensors. The harness cables are labeled toidentify the connections to the sensors.

Connect the impeller displacement switch and motor over-loads (compressor, oil pump, etc.) as shown in the typical wir-ing diagram. If equipped, connect the seal oil return pump andmotor space heater, as shown in the typical wiring diagram.

Hot Gas Bypass Controls — If the machine isequipped with hot gas bypass, a field-supplied relayHN61KQ120 is required. The relay is a double-pole single-throw relay, one pole normally open, the other normally closed.The relay contacts are rated as follows:

The relay is mounted in the power panel as shown inFig. 16. Figure 16 shows the relay connected to the standardCarrier hot gas bypass valve. It may be necessary to modify thechillers existing controls to make them compatible with thePIC II control scheme. The signal from the CCM Module, K3,(power panel) should be wired to the hot gas bypass relay ter-minal 3. Terminal 1 on the hot gas bypass relay should bewired to L2. The wires are provided in the panel. Power of theappropriate voltage for the hot gas bypass actuator must besupplied to terminals 2 and 5 on the relay. When the control re-lay is energized by the K3 relay on the CCM board, the nor-mally open contacts between terminals 2 and 4 close and thenormally closed contacts between terminals 5 and 6 open.

A field-provided harness from the power panel to theHGBP actuator is required.

In accordance with good refrigeration practice, the machineshould be leak tested prior charging the machine. The chilledfluid and condenser fluid sensors should also be leak checked.Carefully check all controls additions for leaks following themanufacturer’s recommendations for leak testing.

The relay is mounted in the power panel as shown inFig. 17. It may be necessary to modify the chillers existing con-trols to make them compatible with the PIC II control scheme.The signal from the CCM Module, K3, (power panel) shouldbe wired to the hot gas bypass relay terminal 3.

Terminal 1 on the hot gas bypass relay should be wired toL2. The wires are provided in the panel. Power of the appropri-ate voltage for the hot gas bypass actuator must be supplied toterminals 2 and 5 on the relay. When the control relay is ener-gized by the K3 relay on the CCM board, the normally opencontacts between terminals 2 and 4 close and the normallyclosed contacts between terminals 5 and 6 open.

A field-provided harness from the power panel to theHGBP actuator is required.

CAUTION

Make sure to use a backup wrench on the Schrader fittingwhenever removing a transducer. Damage to unit couldresult.

RELAY TYPE VOLTAGE FLA (Full Load Amps)

LRA (Locked Rotor Amps)

INDUCTIVE 120/240 12.8 60.48 RESISTIVE 120/240 18.0 —

The coil has the following ratings: Voltage 24 vacCoil Pick-Up and Seal Voltage 20 max Coil Inrush 3.5 VA Coil Seal VA 3.0

Fig. 15 — Pressure Transducer Wiring

a32-170

18

Water Flow Safeties — There are two options availablefor the 32XR retrofit system. The first option is to use the exist-ing flow switches or differential pressure switches. A secondoption is to use thermal dispersion flow switches.FLOW OR DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE SWITCHES —Wire the existing flow or differential pressure switches to theappropriate CCM terminal. See Figure 17. See the ControllerConfiguration and Usage section below for proper set-up.THERMAL DISPERSION FLOW SWITCHES — The fol-lowing material is needed for each water system:• switch: Carrier part no. ST0572• cables: Carrier part no. E18005 (15 ft length) or E18006

(30 ft length)Check that the cables provided have four wires (with

brown, blue, black, and white insulation) at the open lead end.NOTE: In a typical installation there will be two sensor andsensor cable sets, one for the chilled water system and one forthe condenser water system.WATER SYSTEM INTERFACE (FOR EACH SEN-SOR) — Install in a ¼-in. NPT tapped hole such that the sens-ing tip of the switch extends into or is at the edge of the flowstream (i.e., not recessed in a branch cavity). When used as adirect replacement for a waterside pressure transducer, installin place of the ¼-in. NPT Schrader adapter in the water boxnozzle to which a waterside pressure transducer has beenconnected.

For chillers which have additional couplings which wouldprevent adequate penetration of the sensor, or which have thickor cast nozzles (e.g., 23XL water boxes), install the flow dis-persion switch in a ¼-in. NPT tapped hole elsewhere in the sys-tem piping where the pipe wall is thin enough to permit ade-quate penetration. It does not matter if the flow dispersionswitch is on the inlet or outlet side. ELECTRICAL INTERFACES (FOR EACH SENSOR) —Perform the following to install the electrical interfaces.

1. At the switch, connect one of the cables specified above,which has a sealing threaded M12 connector, to the corre-sponding sensor terminal. Refer to Fig. 17.

2. Terminate the other end of each cable in the chiller con-trol panel.

3. For the 24-vac power supply (in the control panel), con-nect the brown and blue wires from each cable to termi-nals 1 and 2 of the 6-screw terminal block in the controlpanel (connected to red and gray wires, respectively).

4. For switch input wiring (control panel), the black andwhite wires from each sensor cable are to be wired as theappropriate switch shown in Fig. 18. The switch in thecooler loop connects to CCM J3 17-18, and the switch inthe condenser loop connects to CCM J3 23-24. Add resis-tors as shown (3.3 or 3.9 kilo-ohm resistors will work justas well, as long as the values are equal). An open switchshould indicate no flow.

5. Provide strain relief for the cable at the switch end and atthe control panel end. The wires within the cable areAWG 22, which is smaller than standard chiller controlwiring.

CONTROLLER CONFIGURATION AND USAGE — Toconfigure the controller, perform the following.

1. In the EQUIPMENT SERVICE/SETUP1 screen set FlowDelta P Display (line 16) to ENABLE for the calibrationprocedure described in Step 2. After calibration, changethe selection back to DSABLE. (With 4.3 kilo-ohm resis-tors installed, a “phony” delta p value of approximately20 psi will appear when the display option is enabled.)

2. With the switches open or disconnected, calibrate (set)the zero point values in the STATUS/HEAT_EX screenfor Chilled Water Delta P and Condenser Water Delta Pby selecting each of these lines then pressing ENTER.This will assure that the no-flow differential will be inter-preted as zero taking into account tolerance differencesbetween the resistors.

Fig. 16 — Hot Gas Bypass Relay Wiring Connections

19

Make Electrical Connections — Field wiring mustbe installed in accordance with job wiring diagrams and all ap-plicable electrical codes.

All wiring must be in compliance with NEC (National Elec-trical Code) and all local codes. Check all components for volt-age and lead requirements. Be sure that all contactors are capa-ble of carrying the current required. Check complete load to besure wire size is correct.

Wiring diagrams in this publication (see Troubleshootingsection on page 94) are for reference only and are not intendedfor use during actual installation; follow job specific wiring di-agrams.

CONNECT CONTROL INPUTS — Connect the control in-put wiring from the chilled and condenser water flow switchesto the CCM terminal strip. See Fig. 17. Wiring may also bespliced for a spare safety switch, and a remote start/stop contactcan be wired to the starter terminal strip, as shown in Fig. 19.Additional spare sensors and Carrier Comfort Network® mod-ules may be used as well. These are wired to the 32XR PIC IIcontrol center as indicated in Fig. 20.CONNECT CONTROL OUTPUTS — Connect auxiliaryequipment, chilled and condenser water pumps, and sparealarms as required and indicated on job wiring drawings.MOTOR STARTER (Field-Supplied) — The starter allowsfor the proper starting for the compressor-motor, oil pump, oilheater, and control panels.

All starters, whether supplied by Carrier or the customer,must meet Carrier Starter Specification Z-415. The purpose ofthis specification is to ensure the compatibility of the starterand the controls. Many styles of compatible starters are avail-able, including solid-state starters, VFDs, autotransformerstarters, wye-delta closed transition starters, and full voltagestarters.

The purpose of the ISM (Integrated Starter Module) panel isupgrade the existing starter to the current Z-415 specification.Follow the instructions provided with the ISM panel for wiringto the existing starter. All wiring at the starter is connected tothe ISM panel. The layout is shown in Fig. 21.

To connect the ISM panel with the existing starter, performthe following procedure:NOTE: All units refer to wiring diagrams shown in Fig. 18 and19.

In preparation for this retrofit, determine which type ofstarters is in use. Each type of starter will require inspection todetermine which of the following procedures should be used asreference.

These instructions apply to Carrier centrifugal chillers, thatare equipped with:• wye-delta starters, PIC I controls, and an SMM module

(with or without a Westinghouse IQ-1000 Motor Protec-tion Module)

• wye-delta starters and 32SM or 32MP controls• Benshaw analog style starters, PIC I controls, and an

SMM Module• Benshaw analog style starters, 32SM or 32MP controls• Benshaw Redi-start (digital with keypad on the door)

starters, PIC I controls, and an SMM Module• Benshaw Redi-start (digital with keypad on the door)

starters and 32SM or 32MP controls.

CAUTION

Do not run 120-v wiring into the control center. The controlcenter should only be used for additional extra low-voltagewiring (50 v maximum).

Fig. 17 — CCM Terminal Strip Connections

Fig. 18 — Existing Water Nozzle Wiring

CAUTION

Do not attempt to start compressor or oil pump — even fora rotation check — or apply test voltage of any kind whilemachine is under dehydration vacuum. Motor insulationbreakdown and serious damage may result.

CAUTION

Compressor motor and control panel must be properly andindividually connected back to the earth ground in thestarter.

20

Fig. 19 — ISM Interface Panel Wiring

21

Fig. 19 — ISM Interface Panel Wiring (cont)

22

If the unit has a Benshaw Redi-start starter, PIC I controls,but is WITHOUT an SMM Module, contact your local Carrierservice office or Benshaw for an upgrade kit.

If the unit has a medium voltage (2300 or 4160 volt) starter,or across-the-line starter, contact your local Carrier service of-fice for assistance.

If the unit has a VFD drive or any configuration not listedalready, contact your local Carrier service office.

With the starter retrofit, an ISM module is necessary. Themodule is supplied as part of the kit, and will be pre-mountedin a 36 x 36-in. panel. The ISM module will have most of theinput and output channels pre-wired to terminal strips in thepanel. Existing field/customer wiring to TB5 and TB6 (TB2and TB3 on a Benshaw) should remain in place. These termi-nal strips will be used as connection points to the appropriatepoints in the ISM retrofit panel terminal strip. This will ease thewiring requirements.

The ISM requires the following inputs:• Three-phase current transformers to measure motor

power wired directly to the ISM. Grounding of currenttransformers is not permitted.

• Three phase voltage input to sense building voltagewired direct to the ISM.

• Optional ground fault current transformer input wireddirectly to the ISM.

• A normally open dry contact indicating a start feedbackfrom the 1M contactor.

• A normally open dry contact indicating a transition feed-back from the 2M contactor.

• 115 VAC Control Power.• A 3-wire shielded cable for communications with the

ICVC and CCM.• A spare safety input jumper or a normally closed contact

from an optional normally closed spare safety.• A spare starter fault input jumper or a normally closed

contact from an optional normally closed starter safety.Examples of starter faults can include: overloads,

Fig. 20 — CCN Connections

23

over-under voltage/phase reversal relays, ground faultcircuits, etc.

• Shielded wire from terminals 17, 43, 50 and 51 from thepower panel for oil pump and high pressure switch inter-locks.The ISM will control the following outputs:

• motor start signal• motor transition signal• chilled water pump start/stop• condenser water pump start/stop• tower fan high and low speed start/stop• shunt trip• remote alarm indication.

The following parts will require special consideration andmay or may not be kept in the old starter:• IQ-1000• ground fault• over/under voltage• ammeters• voltmeters• phase reversal protection.

These functions will be performed by the ISM module.Some Benshaw starters will require that the overloads and as-sociated current transformers remain.

For current transformer selection, see table below (4.9 of themotor starting specification Z-415.)

CT RatioMinimum Chiller

(RLA) Rated Load Amps

Maximum Chiller (RLA) Rated Load

Amps500:5 350 450

Fig. 21 — ISM Interface Panel Layout

24

PIC I with SMM, without a Westinghouse IQ, and Using aWye-Delta Starter (Fig. 22) — For removal perform the fol-lowing procedure:

1. Mark and remove wires from terminals SMM J2-5 andJ2-6 as 1M AUX, and wires on SMM J2-7 and J2-8 as2M AUX. These wires will be reused.

2. Completely remove ALL other wires on SMM module.Remove the SMM.

3. Remove relays PR1 through 5 and all associated wiringbetween relays and TB6. Leave all of the field/customerwiring on TB6 in place as well as shunt trip wires onTB6-4A and 4B.

4. Mark and remove wires LL1 and 101 on 1CR relay. Re-move 1CR relay.

5. Mark and disconnect wires 102 and 104 on the 30-secondadjustable TR1 transition relay contacts (remove wires atrelay, not at the 1A or 2M contactors). DO NOT removethe TR1 relay. Leave relay and any other wires in place.

6. Eliminate wiring from OL (overload) relay’s contacts.7. Remove the wires between the SMM module terminals

J3-21 and 22 and the motor current signal resistor. Allwiring between the current transformer and signal resistoritself must remain in place, as it may be used in the OL orammeter circuit.

8. Eliminate the 24 and 28 volt AC transformers and smallcircuit breaker and associated wires to SMM terminals

J3-23 and 24 and J4-1 and 2. (There may be 2 individualtransformers, or a single transformer with dual outputs.)

9. Remove factory wiring between SMM Module and TB5terminals 8A-8B (remote start), 9A-9B (chilled waterflow), 10A-10B (condenser water flow), and 12A-12B(spare safety input), 17A and 43A (oil pump interlocks),ABC (communications) and 3-13A, and 3-13C (starterauxiliaries). All field/customer wires must remain. Also,all factory and field-installed wires on TB5-50 and 51 to1M AUX and power panel must also remain.

10. If a voltage phase monitor is installed, its contacts on ter-minals TB5-3-13A and 3-13B should be left in place andjumpered.

Perform the following procedure to install the starter:1. Wire from TB5 8A and 8B on the starter to ISM Panel

terminals J205 and J206 (Remote S/S).2. Wire from TB5 9A and 9B on the starter to CCM Panel

J3 17 and 18 (Ch W Flow).3. Wire from TB5 10A and 10B on the starter to CCM Panel

J3 23 and 24 (CW Flow).4. Wire from TB5 12A and 12B on the starter to ISM Panel

terminals J201 and J202. (Spare Safety).5. Wire from TB5 17A and 43B on the starter to ISM Panel

TS 17 and 43. Use 2-conductor shielded wire (HPRCircuit).

100

101 102 104

LL1LL2J907J908

J911

J912

J210J209

J211J212

J905

J906

J915

J916

J9109J909

J206J205

CCM J3-18CCM J3-17

J202J201

4317

ISM J7 BISM J7 A

ISM J7 CJ207

J208

CCM J3-24CCM J3-23

Ground located in ISM Interface Panel

Terminals labels “ISM” areLocated directly on ISM Module

Terminals labeled “CCM” locatedIn ICVC Control PanelAll other terminals located in ISMInterface Panel

-- - - - Wires indicated by dashed lines are field installed between existing starter and new ISM Interface panel or ICVC panel

Fig. 22 — PIC I with SMM, without a Westinghouse IQ, and Using a Wye-Delta Starter Wiring

25

6. Wire from TB5 A,B,C on the starter directly to ISM J7-A,B,C. Use 3-conductor shielded wire (communications).

7. Wire from TB5 3-13A and 3-13C on the starter to ISMPanel terminals J207 and J208 (Starter Fault).

8. Wire from TB6-LL1, LL2, and G on the starter to newISM panel terminals LL1, LL2, and G.

9. Wire from TB6 1A and 1B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J907 and J908 (Chilled Water Pump S/S).

10. Wire from TB6 2A and 2B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J909 and J910 (Condenser Water Pump S/S).

11. Wire from TB6 3A and 3B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J911 and J912 (Tower Fan Enable).

12. Wire from TB6 4A and 4B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J905 and J906 (Shunt Trip).

13. Wire from TB6 5A and 5B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J915 and J916 (Remote Alarm Indication).

14. Install and wire 3 new phase current transformer second-ary wires directly to the ISM J4 1,2,3,4,5 and 6 as perFig. 19.If one is already installed, wire 1 or 3 new ground faultcurrent transformer secondary wires directly to the ISMJ5-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 as per Fig. 19. These must be in150:1 ratio. If not used, jumper terminals J5-1 to 2, 3 to 4and 5 to 6.

15. Wire previously removed wires LL1 and 101 to ISM pan-el terminals 100 and 101 (Motor Start).

16. Wire previously removed wires 102 and 104 to ISM pan-el terminals 102 and 104 (Motor Transition).

17. Install the previously removed and marked wires from1M AUX to ISM Panel terminals J209 and J210. Thejumper wires on terminals 300, 301, J209 and J210should be removed.

18. Install the previously removed and marked wires from2M AUX to ISM Panel terminals J211 and J212. Thejumper wires on terminals 400, 401, J211 and J212should be removed.

19. Wire 3-phase power (sensing circuit) to ISM panel onISM J3-1, 2 and 3. If a 480-v, 3-phase current transform-er or fuse assembly exists, then it can be used. If it doesnot exist, a new one must be installed.

20. In the new power panel, all 480-V wiring for the oil pumpmust be rewired to the same terminals as on the old panelto ensure proper rotation.

21. In the new power panel, all 120-V wiring for the oil heat-er and controls power must be rewired to the same termi-nals as on the old panel.

PIC I with an SMM and a Westinghouse IQ-1000 using a Wye-Delta Starter (Fig. 23)NOTE: There are two options with this installation. Option 1 isto make the IQ non-operational by removing power to termi-nals IQ-4 and 7. This is the preferred method. Option 2 is tokeep the IQ in the system for viewing information and datatransfer to the customer system.

For removal perform the following procedure:1. Mark and remove wires on SMM J2-5 and J2-6 as 1M

AUX and wires on SMM J2-7 and J2-8 as 2M AUX.2. Remove ALL other wires on SMM module. Remove the

SMM.3. Remove relays PR1 through 5 and all associated wiring

between relays and TB6. Leave all field wiring on TB6 inplace, as well as shunt trip wires on TB6 4A and 4B.

4. Mark and remove wires LL1 and 101 on 1CR relay. Re-move 1CR relay.

5. Mark and disconnect wires 102 and 104 on the IQ 1000terminals 2 and 3.

6. Remove wires between the SMM module terminals J3-21and 22 for motor current signal and the IQ-1000 terminals24 and 25. If a GFTR 12-second relay is used, the wiresbetween IQ-1000 terminal 24 and the relay can also beeliminated.

7. If the IQ-1000 ground fault option is to be eliminated anda new GF current transformer will be hooked up to theISM, then eliminate wire 113 between the GFTR relayand terminal 14 on the IQ-1000 (Aux. Trip).

8. Eliminate both of the 24 and 28 volt AC transformers,small circuit breaker, and associated wires to SMM termi-nals J3-23 and 24 and J4-1 and 2. Eliminate all wiring onthe IQ-1000 terminals A12, A13 and/or IQ Data Plus ter-minals 4 and 5. There may be 2 individual transformers,or a single transformer with dual outputs.

9. Factory wiring between the SMM module and TB5 ter-minals 8A-8B (Remote Start), 9A-9B (Chilled WaterFlow), 10A-10B (Condenser Water Flow), and 12A-12B(Spare Safety Input), 17A and 43A (oil pump interlocks),ABC (communications) and 3-13A, and 3-13C (starterauxiliaries) should be eliminated. All field wires must re-main. Also, factory and field-installed wires on TB5-50and 51 to 1M AUX to power panel must also remain.

10. All wires on the IQ-1000 Terminals 12 and 13 (IQ Trip)should be eliminated.

11. If used, the LLGF (Low Level Ground Fault) relayshould be eliminated. The current transformers should belabeled for reuse later on the ISM as ground faultprotection.

12. Remove wire 108 between the 2M AUX and IQ-1000terminal 10.

Perform the following procedure to install the starter:1. Wire from TB5 8A and 8B on the starter to ISM panel

terminals J205 and J206 (Remote S/S).2. Wire from TB5 9A and 9B on the starter to CCM panel

J3 17 and 18 (Ch W Flow).3. Wire from TB5 10A and 10B on the starter to CCM panel

J3 23 and 24 (CW Flow).4. Wire from TB5 12A and 12B on the starter to ISM panel

terminals J201 and J202 (Spare Safety).5. Wire from TB5 17A and 43B on the starter to ISM panel

terminals 17 and 43. Use 2-conductor, shielded wire(HPR circuit).

6. Wire from TB5 A,B,C on the starter directly to ISM J7-A,B,C. Use 3-conductor, shielded wire (communica-tions).

7. Wire from TB6-LL1, LL2 and G on the starter to newISM panel terminals LL1, LL2, and G.

8. Wire from TB6 1A and 1B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J907 and J908 (Chilled Water Pump S/S).

9. Wire from TB6 2A and 2B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J909 and J910 (Condenser Water Pump S/S).

10. Wire from TB6 3A and 3B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J911 and J912 (Tower Fan Enable).

11. Wire from TB6 4A and 4B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J905 and J906 (Shunt Trip).

12. Wire from TB6 5A and 5B on the starter to ISM Panelterminals J915 and J916 (Remote Alarm Indication).

26

13. Install and wire 3 new phase current transformer second-ary wires directly to the ISM J4-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 as perFig. 19.If phase current transformer is already installed, wire 1 or3 new ground fault current transformer secondary wiresdirectly to the ISM J5-1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 as per Fig. 19.These must be in a 150:1 ratio. If phase current trans-former is not used, jumper terminals J5-1 to 2, 3 to 4 and5 to 6.

14. Wire previously removed wires LL1 and 101 to ISM pan-el terminals 100 and 101 (Motor Start).

15. Wire previously removed wires 102 and 104 to ISM pan-el terminals 102 and 104 (Motor Transition).

16. Install the previously removed and marked wires from1M AUX to ISM Panel terminals J209 and J210. Thejumper wires on terminals 300, 301, J209, and J210should be removed.

17. Install the previously removed and marked wires from2M AUX to ISM Panel terminals J211 and J212. Thejumper wires on terminals 400, 401, J211, and J212should be removed.

18. Wire 3-phase power (sensing circuit) to ISM panel onISM J3-1, 2 and 3. If 480-v, 3-phase circuit breaker orfuse assembly exists, then it can be used. If an IQ-Dataplus, or phase monitor exists, then parallel these sensing

wires. If a fuse block or circuit breaker does not exist, anew one must be installed.

19. In the new power panel, all 480-V wiring for the oil pumpmust be rewired to the same terminals as on the old panelto ensure proper rotation.

20. In the new power panel, all 120-V wiring for the oil heat-er and controls power must be rewired to the same termi-nals as on the old panel.

21. OPTION 2 ONLYIf the IQ-1000 and/or IQ-Data Plus is kept in the circuit,then they must be programmed to eliminate any over/un-der voltage or current trips. Also the Transition functionmust be turned off. The Ground Fault function may ormay not be turned off, depending on the options in the ex-isting starter. See programming section of this manual forfurther instructions.

32SM/MP Units and Earlier using a Wye-Delta Starter(Fig. 24)NOTE: Wire and terminal numbers are generally proper formost Carrier chillers. Each job site should be inspected forproper terminal designation)

For removal perform the following procedure:1. Remove wires between the starter and old control panel

on terminals V1, V2, 15, 18, 17, 43, and 23 and 24.2. Mark and remove wires from the contacts of the 30 sec-

ond timer relay that presently controls transition.

100

101

102104

LL1LL2J907J908

J911

J912

J210J209

J211J212

J905

J906

J915

J916

J910J909

J206J205

CCM J3-18CCM J3-17

J202J201

4317

ISM J7 BISM J7 A

ISM J7 C

CCM J3-24CCM J3-23

Ground located in ISM Interface Panel

Terminals labels “ISM” areLocated directly on ISM Module

Terminals labeled “CCM” locatedIn ICVC Control PanelAll other terminals located in ISMInterface Panel

-- - - - Wires indicated by dashed lines are field installed between existing starter and new ISM Interface panel or ICVC panel

Fig. 23 — PIC I with SMM and a Westinghouse IQ-1000 Using a Wye-Delta Starter Wiring

27

3. All phase current and/or Over/under voltage sensing pro-tection can be eliminated by jumpering the respectiveoutput contacts. These functions will be performed withthe ISM module.

Perform the following procedure to install the starter:1. Install and wire the 3 new phase current transformer sec-

ondary wires directly to the ISM J4 1,2,3,4,5 and 6 as perFig. 19.

2. If phase current transformer is already installed, rewireexisting ground fault current transformer secondary wiresdirectly to the ISM J5 1, 2, as per Fig. 19. These must bein a 150:1 ratio. If old current transformer does not meetthis criteria, then a proper one must be installed. If aphase current transformer is not used, jumper terminalsJ5-1 to 2, 3 to 4 and 5 to 6.

3. Wire 3-phase power (sensing circuit) to ISM panel onISM J3-1, 2 and 3. If 480-v, 3-phase circuit breaker orfuse assembly exists, then it can be used. If a fuse blockor circuit breaker does not exist, a new one must beinstalled.

4. Wire from starter terminals LL1, LL2 and G to new ISMpanel LL1, LL2 and G (115vac power).

5. Add a wire from ISM starter panel terminal LL1 to ISMpanel terminal 100 and wire starter terminal V2 to ISMpanel terminal 101 (Motor Start).

6. Wire both previously removed wires from the contacts ofthe 30-second time delay transition relay to ISM panelterminals 102 and 104 (Motor Transition).

7. It will be necessary to locate a normally open 1M AUXcontact in the existing starter. Once located, wire one sideto the starter terminal LL1 and the other side to the ISMpanel terminal 15.If the contact can not be located:a. Use a normally open 1CR AUX contact in the exist-

ing starter. The existing normally closed 1CR contactwired to terminal 15 in the starter may be able to beconfigured for normally open operation. If so, wire

from new normally open 1CR terminal to ISM panelterminal 15.

b. If the above is not possible, then install a jumper fromISM panel terminal 15 to ISM panel terminal 101.

8. Wire from starter terminal 18 to ISM panel terminal 18(transition or 2M aux).

9. Wire from power panel terminal 17 and 43 to ISM panelterminals 17 and 43. Use 2-conductor, shielded wire. Donot run with 115 VAC (HPR Circuit).

10. Wire from power panel terminal 50 and 51 to ISM panelterminals 50 and 51. Use 2-conductor, shielded wire. Donot run in same conduit with 115 VAC (Oil Pump Back-up).

11. Wire from power panel A,B, and C directly to ISM J7-A,B,C. Use 3-conductor, shielded wire (communica-tions).

12. Wire from starter LL1, LL2 and G (ground) to the powerpanel terminals 22 and 23 located on the 1C oil heatercontactor and chassis ground (120 VAC circuit)

32SM/MP Units and Earlier using an Analog Benshaw (Pots Adjust Ramp Time and Initial Torque) (Fig. 25)NOTE: Wire and terminal numbers are generally proper formost Carrier chillers. Each job site should be inspected forproper terminal designation.

For removal, perform the following procedure:1. Remove wires between the starter and old control panel

on terminals V1, V2, 15, 18, 17, 43, and 23 and 24.2. Remove jumper between terminals 17 and V2 in starter

terminal strip.Perform the following procedure to install the starter:

1. If a Furnas solid-state overload relay is presently used, theoverload assembly will be removed and the ISM willhandle the overload function instead. The old overload3-phase current transformer secondary wires will be usedinstead of the need for a new current sensingtransformers. a. Remove wire from Furnas overload relay terminal 3,

and extend it to ISM terminal J4-1. Remove the wirefrom overload relay terminal 3A and extend it to ISMterminal J4-2.

b. Remove wire from Furnas overload relay terminal4, and extend it to ISM terminal J4-3. Remove thewire from overload relay terminal 4A and extend itto ISM terminal J4-4.

c. Remove wire from Furnas overload relay terminal5, and extend it to ISM terminal J4-5. Remove thewire from overload relay terminal 5A and extend itto ISM terminal J4-6.

d. Remove the wires 2 and 22 from the overload relayand jumper or wire nut them together.

e. Remove the overload relay assembly from thestarter.

2. If a Furnas solid-state overload relay is not present, installand wire the new 3-phase current transformer secondarywires directly to the ISM J4-1,2,3,4,5 and 6 as per Fig. 19.If there are any old current transformers in the starter foroptions not listed, they must remain in the circuit andshould not be removed.

3. If a current transformer is already installed, wire the exist-ing ground fault current transformer secondary wires di-rectly to the ISM J5-1,2, as per Fig. 19. This must be in a150:1 ratio. If the old current transformer does not meetthis criteria, then a proper one must be installed. If a cur-rent transformer is not used, jumper terminals J5-1 to 2, 3to 4 and 5 to 6.

101

18

**NOTE: NC 1CR Contacts Between LL1 and 15

Must be converted to NO Contacts

15**

LL2LL1 102 104100

Fig. 24 — 32SM/MP Units and Earlier UsingWye-Delta Starter Wiring

28

4. If a Motor Saver 3-phase monitor relay is presently used,as shown specifically on Benshaw Drawing 1464-1, thenthe monitor assembly will be removed and the ISM willhandle the voltage sensing function instead. The old3-phase voltage sensing wires will be used instead of newsensing wires and associated fuse block or circuitbreakers.a. Extend wire 40 to ISM J3-1.b. Extend wire 41 to ISM J3-2.c. Extend wire 42 to ISM J3-3.

d. Remove the wires 22 and 17 from the phase moni-tor relay and jumper or wire nut them together.

e. Remove the phase monitor relay assembly fromthe starter.

5. If a Motor Saver 3-phase monitor relay is not presentlyused, then wire the 3-phase power (sensing circuit) toISM panel on ISM J3-1,2 and 3. If 480-volt, 3-phase cir-cuit breaker or fuse assembly exists, then it can be used. Ifa fuse block or circuit breaker does not exist, a new onemust be installed.

Ground located in ISM Interface Panel

905

*** ***

906

208

207

18

15

101

LL1

100

LL2

Fig. 25 — 32SM/MP Units and Earlier Using an Analog Benshaw Wiring

29

6. Wire from starter terminal LL1, LL2 and G to new ISMpanel LL1, LL2 and G (115 vac power).

7. Add a jumper wire from the ISM interface panel terminalLL1 to ISM interface panel terminal 100.

8. Wire starter terminal LL1 to ISM panel terminal 99X1and starter terminal V2 to ISM panel terminal 101 (MotorStart).

9. It will be necessary to locate a normally open 1CR AUXcontact in the existing starter.a. Locate a normally open 1CR AUX contact in the

existing starter. The existing normally closed 1CRcontact wired to terminal 15 in the starter may beused if it can be configured for normally open opera-tion. If so, wire from new normally open 1CR termi-nal to ISM panel terminal 3CR.

b. If a normally open 1CR contact cannot be used, theninstead use terminal 15 in the existing starter. Wireterminal 15 in the starter to ISM panel terminal 3CR.The normally open contact on the 3CR relay base ter-minals 7 and 4, must be moved to terminals 1 and 4instead.

c. If none of the above is possible, then install a jumperfrom ISM panel terminal J9-2 to ISM panel terminal3CR.

10. Wire from starter terminal 18 to ISM panel terminal 4CR.

11. Wire from power panel terminal 17 and 43 (HPR circuit)to ISM panel TS 17 and 43. Use 2-conductor, shieldedwire. Do not run with 115 VAC.

12. Wire from starter panel terminal 17 and 43 (starter faultcircuit) to ISM panel J27 and J28. Do not run in sameconduit with 115 VAC.

13. Wire from power panel terminal 50 and 51 to ISM panelTS 50 and 51. Use 2-conductor, shielded wire. Do not runin same conduit with 115 VAC (Oil Pump Backup).

14. Wire from power panel A,B,C directly to ISM J7-A,B,C.Do not run in same conduit with 115 VAC. Use 3-con-ductor, shielded wire for communications.

15. Wire from ISM panel LL1, LL2 and G (ground) to thepower panel terminals 22 and 23 located on the 1C oilheater contactor and chassis ground (120 VAC circuit).

16. See power panel installation for proper wiring for oilpump.

PIC I With a SMM Module and Analog Benshaw (Pots to Adjust Ramp Time and Initial Torque) (Fig. 26)NOTE: Wire and terminal numbers are generally correct formost Carrier chillers. Each job site should be inspected forproper terminal designation.

For removal, perform the following procedure:1. Remove wires on SMM J2-5 and J2-6 as 1CR AUX.2. Remove the two wires numbered 48 and 49 between the

BIPCRS6AK card terminals 9 and 10 and SMM J2-7 andJ2-8 (up to voltage contacts).

-- - - - Wires indicated by dashed lines are field installed between existing starter and new ISM Interface panel

LL1

107

LL2 }

3 Ø Voltage SensingWire directly to ISM Module

J3-1, J3-2 and J3-3

160

J905

J906

J207 J208

}

Install new 3 Ø CTs andwire directly to ISM ModuleJ4-1-2, J4-3-4 and J4-5-6

Starter Fault

Start

100 101

26 27

Fig. 26 — PIC I with a SMM Module and Analog Benshaw Wiring

30

-- - - - Wires indicated by dashed lines are field installed between existing starter and new ISM Interface panel

Wire directly to ISM ModuleJ4-1-2, J4-3-4 and J4-5-6

If Phase to Phase GFis needed

J206

J205

CCM J3-18

CCM J3-17

CCM J3-24

CCM J3-23

J202

J201

J905

J906

J907

J908

J910

J909

J911

J912

J915

J916

J212

J211

} } }

CH.W. Pump

ShuntTrip

AlarmIndication

C.W. Pump

Tower Fan

17

43

50

51

2M Aux.

Fig. 26 — PIC I with a SMM Module and Analog Benshaw Wiring (cont)

31

3. Remove relays PR1 through 5 and all associated wiringbetween relays and TB3. Leave all customer/field wiringon TB3 in place, as well as shunt trip wires on TB6 4Aand 4B.

4. At the 1CR relay, mark and remove wires LL1 and 60(Vent Fan), 26 and 27 (start signal on BIPCRS6BC TB115 and 8), 46 and 47 (1M Aux on SMM J2-5 and 7) and 44and 45 (1CR Coil). Remove 1CR relay.

5. Due to the need for the Benshaw system to sense currentalong with the ISM, the Overload assembly will remainin the circuit, but the ISM will handle the overload func-tion instead. Remove the wires between the overload re-lay contacts and the BIPCRS6BC card TB12 terminal 4and the original 1CR relay coil.

6. Remove the wire (58) between BIPCRS6BC card TB12terminal 4 and the SMM J3 terminal 13.

7. Remove the wire marked 17A between the optionalphase/ground current relay terminal NC and TB2-17A.Remove the wire at TB2, not at the relay. Also removethe wire marked 17B between the optional Phase/GroundCurrent Relay terminal NO and TB12-3.

8. Mark and remove the Ground Fault Sensing wires fromthe optional Phase/Ground current relay.a. Remove CT4 wires 73 and 74 at the relay.b. Remove CT5 wires 75 and 76 at the relay.c. Remove CT6 wires 77 and 78 at the relay.

9. Remove the 24-vac power wires 57 and 58 from termi-nals T1 and T2. Remove the optional Phase/Ground cur-rent relay itself.

10. Remove and eliminate both wires between the SMMmodule terminals J3-21 and 22 motor current signal andthe Benshaw BIPCRS6BC card terminals TB12-5 and 6.

11. Eliminate the 28-vac transformer, trim potentiometers,small circuit breakers and associated wires to SMM ter-minals J3-23 and 24. There may be 2 individual trans-formers, or a single transformer with dual outputs.

12. Eliminate the wires between the 24 vac transformer andthe SMM terminals J4-1 and 2. If there is presently an op-tional phase/ground current relay, keep the wires betweenthe transformer and the protection relay.

13. Factory wiring between SMM module and TB2 terminals8A-8B (Remote Start), 9A-9B (Chilled Water Flow),10A-10B (Condenser Water Flow), and 12A-12B (SpareSafety Input), 17A and 43A (oil pump interlocks), ABC(communications) and 3-13A, and 3-13C (starter auxilia-ries) should be eliminated. All customer/field wires mustremain. Factory wires on TB5-50 and 51 to BenshawBIPCRS6BC card terminals TB11-6 and 7 must alsoremain.

14. Remove the J5 1, 2, 3 and 4 communication wires on theSMM module.

15. Remove all other wires on SMM module. Remove theSMM.

Perform the following procedure to install the starter:1. Wire from field terminal strip TB3 8A and 8B to ISM

panel terminals J205 and J206 (Remote S/S).2. Wire from field terminal strip TB3 9A and 9B to CCM

panel J3 17 and 18 (Ch W Flow).3. Wire from field terminal strip TB3 10A and 10B to CCM

panel J3 23 and 24 (CW Flow).4. Wire from field terminal strip TB3 12A and 12B to ISM

panel terminals J201 and J202 (Spare Safety).5. Wire from the power panel A,B, and C terminals directly

to ISM J7-A,B, and C. Use 3-conductor, shielded com-munications wire.

6. Wire from Benshaw BIPCRS6BC K2 N.C. contacts fromstarter terminals TB12-3 and TB12-4 to ISM Interfacepanel terminals J207 and J208 (Starter Fault).

7. Wire from TB1-LL1, LL2 and G to new ISM panel ter-minals LL1, LL2 and G.

8. Wire from TB3-1A and 1B to ISM panel terminals J907and J908 (Chilled Water Pump S/S).

9. Wire from TB3-2A and 2B to ISM panel terminals J909and J910 (Condenser Water Pump S/S).

10. Wire from TB3-3A and 3B to ISM panel terminals J911and J912 (Tower Fan Enable).

11. Wire from TB3-4A and 4B to ISM panel terminals J905and J906 (Shunt Trip).

12. Wire from TB3-5A and 5B to ISM panel terminals J915and J916 (Remote Alarm Indication).

13. Install and wire new 3-phase current transformer second-ary wires directly to the ISM J4 1,2,3,4,5 and 6 as perFig. 19.

14. Wire 3-phase power (sensing circuit) from CB2 output(wires 8, 9, and 10) to ISM panel on ISM J3-1, 2 and 3.

15. Install a jumper in the ISM Interface panel between ter-minals LL1 and 107. Extend the previously removed wire60 in the Benshaw starter (Vent Fan) to the ISM panel ter-minal 160 (1CR Extra B).

16. Extend the previously removed wires numbered 26 and27 removed from old 1CR contacts to ISM panel termi-nals 100 and 101 (Motor Start, 1CR Contacts).

17. Remove the two jumper wires between ISM interfacepanel terminals 300 and 301 and terminals J209 and J210.Run a new pair of wires from ISM panel terminals 146and 147 (1CR Extra C) directly to the ISM J209 and J210(1M Aux).

18. Remove the two jumper wires between ISM interfacepanel terminals 400 and 401 and terminals J211 and J212.Install two wires between the BIPCRS6AK card termi-nals 9 and 10 and ISM panel terminals J211 and J212(2M aux).

19. Wire from power panel terminals 17 and 43 to ISM panelterminals 17 and 43 (HPR Circuit). Use 2-conductorshielded wire. Benshaw starter terminals TB3 17A and43A are no longer needed.

20. Wire from power panel terminals 50 and 51 to ISM panelterminals 50 and 51. Use 2-conductor shielded wire.

PIC I with SMM Module Inside the Delta (Keypad on the Starter Door) (Fig. 27)NOTE: Wire and terminal numbers are generally correct formost Carrier chillers. Each job site should be inspected forproper terminal designation.

For removal, perform the following procedure:1. Remove wires from Benshaw relay card J1-13, 14 and

the SMM J2-5 and J2-6 as 1CR AUX.2. Remove the two wires between the BIPCRSMB-C card

terminals 11,12 and the SMM J2-7 and J2-8 (up to speedcontacts).

3. Remove all associated wiring between relays PR1through 5 the SMM J1-27 through 36.

4. On the 1CR relay circuit, remove wire 67 from the SMMJ1-26 and the relay card J2 terminal 11.

5. Remove wire 43A from the SMM J1-25 and the terminal43 in the power panel.

6. Remove wire 17A from the SMM J2-11 and the terminalTB3-2 on the power card, as well as terminal 17 in thepower panel.

32

7. Remove the jumpers between the SMM J1-26, J2-12 andJ3-14.

8. Remove wire 56 from between SMM J3-13, the relaycard J2-12, and the phase current card terminal COM.

9. Remove and mark wire 7 from the relay card TB1-1 andwire 60 from TB1-3, and LL2 from TB1-2.

10. Remove wires 96 and 97 from the SMM J4-1 and 2 andthe relay card J1-11 and 12 and from the phase/groundcurrent relay T1 and T2.

11. Remove wires 55 SMM J3-23 and the BIPCM1PWR-C4terminal TBP3-8. Keep note of proper terminal locationas they may actually be located on terminal 10. Removewire 56 from the BIPCM1PWR-C4 terminal TBP3-9 andthe relay card J1-10.

12. Remove wire from SMM J3-24 and the relay card J1-9.13. Remove wires on the relay card J1-1 through 8 from their

respective terminals on the SMM module.14. Remove wires 21 and 22 between the SMM module J3-

21 and 22 and the BIPCRSMB-C card terminals TB4-3and 4.

15. Remove the ABC communication wires from the SMMterminals J5-1, 2, 3.

16. Remove all other wires on SMM module. Remove theSMM.

17. Mark and remove the remote start/stop wires from relaycard TB5-1 and 2 (8A and 8B) Extend to ISM panel.

18. Mark and remove the chilled water flow switch wiresfrom relay card TB5-3 and 4 (9A and 9B) Extend toICVC panel.

19. Mark and remove the condenser water flow switch wiresfrom relay card TB5-5 and 6 (10A and 10B) Extend toICVC panel.

20. If present, mark and remove the spare safety switch wiresfrom relay card TB5-7 and 8 (12A and 12B) Extend toISM panel.

21. Mark and remove any pump, tower fan, or remote alarmindication wires from relay card TB6 terminals. Extend toISM panel.

22. Mark and remove the shunt trip wires from relay cardTB6-4A and 4B and extend to the ISM panel.

23. Remove all other wires on the relay card. Remove the re-lay card.

Ground located in ISM Interface Panel

208207

LL1LL2J212J211

101

906

100

905

Fig. 27 — PIC I with a SMM Module Inside the Delta Wiring

33

24. Remove wire 95 between the phase/ground current relayterminal NC and the BIPCM1PWR-C4 terminal TBP3-1.Keep note of proper terminal location as it may actuallybe located on terminal 3.

25. Remove three pairs of ground fault current transformerwires from the phase/ground current relay terminals BLKand RED. Extend to ISM panel.

26. Wires 50 and 51 on the BIPCRSMB-C card terminals 3and 4 must remain in place (oil pump interlock).

Perform the following procedure to install the starter:1. Wire the remote S/S wires to ISM panel terminals J205

and J206.2. Wire the CHW flow wires to CCM panel J3-17 and 18.3. Wire the CW flow to CCM panel J3-23 and 24.4. Wire the spare safety wires to ISM panel terminals J201

and J202.5. Wire from the power panel 17 and 43 directly to ISM

panel terminals 17 and 43 (HPR Circuit). Use 2-conduc-tor, shielded wire.

6. Wire from the power panel A,B, and C terminals directlyto ISM J7-A, B, and C. Use 3-conductor, shielded com-munications wire.

7. Wire from Benshaw starter terminals LL1, LL2 and G tonew ISM panel terminals LL1, LL2 and G.

8. Wire the chilled water pump S/S, condenser water pumpS/S, tower fan enable, and remote alarm indication wiringto the appropriate terminals in the ISM panel (J907through J916).

9. Wire from the Benshaw shunt trip wires 7 and 4B to ISMpanel terminals J905 and J906.

10. Install and wire new 3-phase current transformer second-ary wires directly to the ISM J4 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 as perFig. 19.

11. Wire 3-phase power (sensing circuit) to ISM panel onISM J3-1,2 and 3. If 480-v, 3-phase circuit breaker or fuseassembly exists, then it can be used. If a fuse block or cir-cuit breaker does not exist, a new one must be installed.

12. Wire previously removed wires 7 and 60 to ISM panelterminals 100 and 101 (Motor Start, 1CR contacts).

13. Remove the two jumper wires between ISM interfacepanel terminals 300 and 301 and terminals J209 and J210.Route a new pair of wires from ISM panel terminals 146and 147 (1CR Extra C) directly to the ISM terminals J209and J210 (1M Aux). Terminals 300 and 301 will not beused.

14. Remove the two jumper wires between ISM interfacepanel terminals 400 and 401 and terminals J211 and J212.Install two wires between the BIPCRSMB-C card termi-nals TB5-11 and 12 and ISM Panel terminals J211 andJ212 (2M aux). Terminals 400 and 401 will not be used.

15. Install a wire from the ISM panel terminal J207 to theBIPCM1PWR-C4 (power card) terminal TBP3-2. Installa jumper from TBP3-1 to TBP3-8. Install a wire fromTBP3-9 to ISM panel terminal J208 (Starter Fault). Dueto revisions in the Benshaw Power cards, these terminalsmay be numbered differently. Instead, refer to the old lo-cation of the 4 wires listed as 55, 56, 17A and 96 removedin steps 11 and 24 of the removal section listed above.

CONNECT CONTROL WIRES TO OIL PUMP CONTAC-TOR — If the existing oil pump motor uses an internal Klixontype thermal then the new oil pump contactor (2C) in the pow-er panel can be used. Connect the both sides of the Klixons to

the two white wires in the power panel (terminals 51 on the ter-minal strip, and hot side of 2C contactor coil).

Connect power wires from the oil pump contactor mountedin machine power panel to the oil pump. See Fig. 28. Use theelectrical disconnect located in the machine starter (if sup-plied), or a separate fused disconnect as shown on job wiringdiagrams. Check that power supply voltage agrees with oilpump voltage. Follow correct phasing for proper motorrotation.

If the existing oil pump motor uses 3-phase motor protec-tion (overloads) then the new oil pump contactor (2C) in thepower panel can be used only if the overload assembly is left inthe circuit. Connect the both sides of the overload contacts tothe two white wires in the power panel (terminals 51 on the ter-minal strip, and hot side of 2C contactor coil).

The 220/480 power wiring will need to be relocated be-tween the power panel, old overload assembly, and oil pumpmotor as necessary.

Another option that would be advisable on a 17/19FA,19EA,EB, or EF unit would be to not disturb any of the old oilpump power wiring at all. Instead, the oil pump contactor (2C)in the power panel can be used as a pilot relay to control thecoil of the old oil pump contactor. Any wires located on termi-nals 11,12,13,21,22 or 23 of the 2C contactor must be re-moved. Wire LL1 from terminal 22 of the 1C contactor shouldbe connected to terminal 22 of the 2C contactor. Terminal 12 ofthe 2C contactor can be wired to the coil of the original oilpump motor contactor. The circuit can be completed by con-necting the neutral wire out of the existing oil pump motor con-tactor’s overload block to LL2 on terminal 23 of the 1C contac-tor in the power panel.

Connect Power Wires To Oil Heater Contactor — Deter-mine if the existing control transformer is large enough to pow-er the oil heater. A 3 KVA transformer is typically required.Connect the control power wiring between the oil heater con-tactor (1C) terminals 22 and 23 (Fig. 29) and terminals LL1and LL2 on the weld wiring strip in the compressor motor start-er and from the contactor to the heater. Refer to the wiring labelon the chiller power panel.

CAUTION

Do not route wires into the top surface of the power panel.Knockouts are provided on the underside of the panel.

Fig. 28 — Oil Pump Wiring

LEGEND

Factory Wiring

Field Wiring

Oil Pump Terminal

Power Panel Component Terminal

34

If the existing control transformer is not large enough topower the oil heater, then the existing power supply can beused but special wiring is necessary. The RED wire from termi-nal 21 of the oil heater contactor (1C) must be removed fromthe T1 and T2 transformers in the power panel. The originalline and load wires connected to the old oil heater thermostatcan be connected to terminals 21 and 11 of the new oil heater atcontactor (1C). This will allow the oil heater to still be poweredby the PIC II controls, but utilize the original power supply.

Connect Communication and Control Wiring from Starterto Power Panel — Connect control wiring from main motorstarter to the chiller power panel. All control wiring must useshielded cable. Also connect the communications cable. Makesure the control circuit is grounded in accordance with applica-ble electrical codes and instructions on chiller control wiringlabel.

Carrier Comfort Network® Interface — The Car-rier Comfort Network (CCN) communication bus wiring issupplied and installed by the electrical contractor. It consists ofshielded, 3-conductor cable with drain wire.

The system elements are connected to the communicationbus in a daisy chain arrangement. The positive pin of each sys-tem element communication connector must be wired to thepositive pins of the system element on either side of it. Thenegative pins must be wired to the negative pins. The signalground pins must be wired to the signal ground pins. See instal-lation manual.NOTE: Conductors and drain wire must be 20 AWG(American Wire Gage) minimum stranded, tinned copper.Individual conductors must be insulated with PVC, PVC/nylon, vinyl, Teflon, or polyethylene. An aluminum/polyester100% foil shield and an outer jacket of PVC, PVC/nylon,chrome vinyl, or Teflon with a minimum operating tempera-ture range of –4 F to 140 F (–20 C to 60 C) is required. Seetable below for cables that meet the requirements.

When connecting the CCN communication bus to a systemelement, a color code system for the entire network is recom-mended to simplify installation and checkout. The followingcolor code is recommended:

ICVC Operation and MenusGENERAL• The ICVC display automatically reverts to the default

screen after 15 minutes if no softkey activity takes placeand if the chiller is not in the pump down mode (Fig. 30).

• If a screen other than the default screen is displayed onthe ICVC, the name of that screen is in the top line.See Fig. 31.

• The ICVC may be set to display either English or SIunits. Use the ICVC configuration screen (accessed fromthe Service menu) to change the units. See the ServiceOperation section, page 64.

NOTE: The date format on the default screen is MM-DD-YYfor English units and DD-MM-YY for SI metric units.• Local Operation — In LOCAL mode, the 32XR PIC II

accepts commands from the ICVC only and uses thelocal time occupancy schedule to determine chiller startand stop times. The 32XR PIC II can be placed in thelocal operating mode by pressing the LOCAL softkey.When RUN STATUS is READY, the chiller will attemptto start up.

• CCN Operation — In CCN mode, the 32XR PIC IIaccepts input from any CCN interface or module (withthe proper authority) as well as from the local ICVC. The32XR PIC II uses the CCN time occupancy schedule todetermine start and stop times. The 32XR PIC II can beplaced in the local operating mode by pressing the CCNsoftkey. When RUN STATUS is READY, the chiller willattempt to start up.

• OFF — The control is in OFF mode when neither theLOCAL nor CCN softkey cue is highlighted. Pressingthe STOP key or an alarm will place the control in thismode. The 32XR PIC II control must be in this mode forcertain operations, such as performing a Control Test oraccessing VFD Configuration parameters.

ALARMS AND ALERTS — An alarm shuts down the com-pressor. An alert does not shut down the compressor, but itnotifies the operator that an unusual condition has occurred. Analarm (*) or alert (!) is indicated on the STATUS screens on thefar right field of the ICVC display screen.

Alarms are indicated when the ICVC alarm light (!) flashes.The primary alarm message is displayed on the default screen.An additional, secondary message and troubleshooting infor-mation are sent to the ALARM HISTORY table.

When an alarm is detected, the ICVC default screen willfreeze (stop updating) at the time of alarm. The freeze enablesthe operator to view the chiller conditions at the time of alarm.The STATUS tables will show the updated information. Onceall alarms have been cleared (by pressing the soft-key), the default ICVC screen will return to normal operation.

An alarm condition must be rectified before a RESET willbe processed. However, an alert will clear automatically assoon as the associated condition is rectified.

WARNING

Voltage to terminals LL1 and LL2 comes from a controltransformer in a starter built to Carrier specifications. Donot connect an outside source of control power to the com-pressor motor starter (terminals LL1 and LL2). An outsidepower source will produce dangerous voltage at the lineside of the starter, because supplying voltage at the trans-former secondary terminals produces input level voltage atthe transformer primary terminals.

MANUFACTURER CABLE NO.Alpha 2413 or 5463

American A22503Belden 8772

Columbia 02525

LEGENDField WiringPower Panel Component Terminal

Fig. 29 — Oil Heater Contactor Wiring

SIGNAL TYPE

CCN BUS CONDUCTORINSULATION

COLOR

CCN TERMINALCONNECTION

+ Red RED (+)Ground White WHITE (G)

– Black BLACK (–)

RESET

35

ICVC MENU ITEMS — To perform any of the operationsdescribed below, the 32XR PIC II must be powered up andhave successfully completed its self test. The self test takesplace automatically, after power-up.

Press the softkey to view the list of menu struc-tures: , , , and

. See Fig. 32.• The STATUS menu allows viewing and limited calibra-

tion or modification of control points and sensors, relaysand contacts, and the options board.

• The SCHEDULE menu allows viewing and modificationof the local and CCN time schedules and Ice Build timeschedules.

• The SETPOINT menu allows set point adjustments, suchas the entering chilled water and leaving chilled water setpoints.

• The SERVICE menu can be used to view or modifyinformation on the Alarm History, Control Test, ControlAlgorithm Status, Equipment Configuration, VFD Con-figuration data, Equipment Service, Time and Date,Attach to Network Device, Log Out of Network Device,and ICVC Configuration screens. See Fig. 33.Press the softkey that corresponds to the menu structure to

be viewed: , , , or. To view or change parameters within any of these

menu structures, use the and softkeysto scroll down to the desired item or table. Use the softkey to select that item. The softkey choices that appear nextdepend on the selected table or menu. The softkey choices andtheir functions are described on page 39.

MENUSTATUS SCHEDULE SETPOINT

SERVICE

STATUS SCHEDULE SETPOINTSERVICE

NEXT PREVIOUSSELECT

RUNNING TEMP CONTROLLEAVING CHILLED WATER

01-01-95 11:4828.8 HOURS

CHW IN CHW OUT EVAP REF

CDW IN CDW OUT COND REF

OIL PRESS OIL TEMP % AMPS IN

CCN LOCAL RESET MENU

55.1 44.1 40.785.0 95.0 98.1

21.8 132.9 93

PRIMARY STATUSMESSAGE

COMPRESSORON TIME

DATE TIME

SOFT KEYSMENULINE

EACH KEY'S FUNCTION ISDEFINED BY THE MENU DESCRIPTIONON MENU LINE ABOVE

ALARM LIGHT(ILLUMINATEDWHEN POWER ON)

STOP BUTTON• HOLD FOR ONE

SECOND TO STOP

••

BLINKS CONTINUOUSLYON FOR AN ALARMBLINKS ONCE TOCONFIRM A STOP

SECONDARYSTATUSMESSAGE

ALERT HISTORYCONTROL TESTCONTROL ALGORITHM STATUSEQUIPMENT CONFIGURATIONISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATAEQUIPMENT SERVICETIME AND DATEATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICELOG OUT OF DEVICEICVC CONFIGURATION

ALARM HISTORY19XRV_II SERVICE

Fig. 30 — ICVC Default Screen

a19-1613

Fig. 31 — ICVC Service Screena19-1614

36

CCN LOCAL RESET MENU

DEF AUL T SCREEN

Start Chiller In CCN Control

Start Chiller in Local Control

Clear Alarm s

ST AT US SCHEDULE SETPOINT SER VICE

(SOFTKEYS)

Access Main Menu

List the Status T ables

Display The Setpoint T able

(ENTER A 4-DIGIT P ASSWORD) (V ALUES SHOWN AT F ACT O RY DEF AUL T)

List the Service Ta bles

• OCCPC01S – LOCAL TIME SCHEDUL E • OCCPC02S – ICE BUILD TIME SCHEDULE • OCCPC03S – CCN TIME SCHEDULE

List the Schedules

1

ALARM HIST OR Y ALER T HIST OR Y CONTROL T EST CONTROL ALGORITHM ST AT US EQUIPMENT CONFIGURA TION ISM STARTER CONFIG DATAEQUIPMENT SER VICE TIME AND DA TE AT T ACH TO NETWORK DEVICE LOG OUT OF DEVICE ICVC CONFIGURA TIO N

Base Demand Limit • LCW Setpoint • ECW Setpoint • Ice Build Setpoint • To wer Fan High Setpoint

EXI T SELECT PREVIOUS NEXT Select a Schedule

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Overrid e

ENABL E D ISABL E

EXI T SELECT PREVIOUS NEXT Select a Ti me Period/Override

Modify a Schedule Ti me

ENTER EXI T

INCREASE DECREASE ENTER EXI T (ANALOG VA LUES)

(DISCRETE VA LUES) Add/Eliminate a Da y

1 1 1

Select a Status T able NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXI T

ST AR T ON

ST OP OF F

RELEASE ENTER

EXI T NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT

ENTER ENABL E DISABL E QUI T

DECREASE INCREASE ENTER RELEASE

Select a Modification Point

Modify a Discrete Point

Modify an Analog Point

Modify Control Options

• MAINS TAT • ST AR TU P • COMPRESS • HEA T_E X • POWER • ISM_STAT• ICVC_PWD

Modify the Setpoint DECREASE INCREASE QUI T ENTER

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXI T Select the Setpoint

•

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXI T

SEE FIGURE 17

Fig. 32 — Typical Chiller Display Menu Structure (ICVC)

a19-171933

37

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXI T

SER VICE T ABLE

Display Alarm History(The table holds up to 25 alarms with the most recent alarm at the top of the screen.)

• CCM Thermistors • CCM Pressure T ransducers • Pump s • Discrete Outputs • Guide Vane Actuator • Head Pressure Output • Pumpdown/Lockout• Terminate Lockout• Guide Vane Calibration

CONTINUED ON NEXT P AGE

CONTROL ALGORITHM ST A TUS

CONTROL TEST

ALARM HISTORY

List the Control T ests

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXITSelect a Test

List the Control Algorithm Status Ta bles • CAP ACITY (Capacity Control) • OVERRIDE (Override Status)

• LL_MAINT (Lead Lag Status)• ISM_HIST (ISM Alarm History)• LOADSHED• CUR_ALARM (Current Alarm State)• WSMDEFME (Water System Manager Control Status)• OCCDEFCM (Time Schedule Status)

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXITSelect a Table

• NET_OPT • BRODEF • OCCDEFCS • HOLID AY S • CONSUME • RUNTIME

(ANALOG VALUES)

(DISCRETE VALUES)

Select a Parameter NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXI T

Modify a Parameter

ENTER ENABL E DISABL E QUI T

DECREASE INCREASE ENTER QUI T

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXI T Select a Ta bl e

EQUIPMENT CONFIGURA TION List the Equipment Configuration T ables

• CAPACITY (Capacity Control Algorithm)• OVERRIDE (Override Status)

• LL_MAINT (LEADLAG Status)• WSMDEFM2 (Water System Manager Control Status)

Maintenance Table Data

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXITData Select Table

OCCPC01S (Local Status)OCCPC02S (ICE BUILD Status)OCCPC03S (CCN Status)

OCCDEFM (Time Schedule Status)

SELECT (USE ENTER) TO SCROL L DOWN

(The table holds up to 25 alerts with the most recent alert at the top of the screen.)

Alert History

ALERT HISTORY

• Refrigerant Type

• SURGPREV (Surge Prevention Control Algorithm)

• SURGPREV

Fig. 33 — Typical Service Menu Structure

a19-1720

38

NEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXIT

FROM PREVIOUS PAGE

Select a Service Table

Select a Service Table ParameterNEXT PREVIOUS SELECT EXIT

Modify a Service Table Parameter(ANALOG VALUES)

(DISCRETE VALUES)

TIME AND DATE

Display Time and Date Table:• To Modify — Current Time — Day of Week

— Current Date — Holiday TodayATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICEENTERDECREASEINCREASE EXIT

ENTERENABLE DISABLE QUIT

DECREASEINCREASE ENTERQUIT

Select a DeviceATTACHNEXT PREVIOUS SELECT

Modify Device AddressEXITINCREASE DECREASE ENTER

• Use to attach ICVC to another CCN network or device• Attach to "LOCAL" to enter this machine• To upload new tables

Default ScreenMENURESETCCN LOCAL

LOG OUT OF DEVICE

List Network Devices• Local• Device 1• Device 2• Device 3• Device 4• Device 5

• Device 6• Device 7• Device 8• Attach to any Device

Service Tables:• OPTIONS• SETUP1• SETUP2• LEADLAG• RAMP_DEM• TEMP_CTL

EQUIPMENT SERVICE

ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA

Service Tables:• ISM (STARTER) CONFIG PASSWORD• ISM_CONF

(ENTER A 4-DIGIT PASSWORD)(VALUES SHOWN AT FACTORY DEFAULT)

4 4 4 4

ICVC CONFIGURATION

EXITINCREASE DECREASE ENTERICVC Configuration Table

• To Modify — ICVC CCN Address— Baud Rate (Do not change this)— English (U.S. IMP.) or S.I. Metric Units— Password— LID Language

• To View — ICVC Software Version (last 2 digits of part number

indicate software version)

ENTERNOYES EXIT

(ANALOG VALUE)

(DISCRETE VALUE)

LEGENDCCN — Carrier Comfort Network®ICVC — International Chiller Visual ControllerPIC II — Product Integrated Control II

Fig. 33 — Typical Service Menu Structure (cont)

a19-1618

39

BASIC ICVC OPERATIONS (Using the Softkeys) — To per-form any of the operations described below, the 32XR PIC IImust be powered up and have successfully completed its selftest.• Press to leave the selected decision or field with-

out saving any changes.

• Press to leave the selected decision or field andsave changes.

• Press to scroll the cursor bar down in order tohighlight a point or to view more points below the cur-rent screen.

• Press to scroll the cursor bar up in order tohighlight a point or to view points above the currentscreen.

• Press to view the next screen level (high-lighted with the cursor bar), or to override (if allowable)the highlighted point value.

• Press to return to the previous screen level.

• Press or to change the high-lighted point value.

TO VIEW STATUS (Fig. 34) — The status table shows theactual value of overall chiller status such as CONTROL

MODE, RUN STATUS, AUTO CHILLED WATER RESET,and REMOTE RESET SENSOR.

1. On the menu screen, press to view the list ofpoint status tables.

2. Press or to highlight the desiredstatus table. The list of tables is:• MAINSTAT — Overall chiller status• STARTUP — Status required to perform start-up of

chiller• COMPRESS — Status of sensors related to the

compressor• HEAT_EX — Status of sensors related to the heat

exchangers• POWER — Status of motor input power• ISM_STAT — Status of VFD• ICVC_PWD — Service menu password forcing

access screen

3. Press to view the desired point status table.

4. On the point status table, press or until the desired point is displayed on the screen.

QUIT

ENTER

NEXT

PREVIOUS

SELECT

EXIT

INCREASE DECREASE

STATUS

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECT

NEXT PREVIOUS

19XRPIC2 MAINSTAT POINT STATUSControl ModeRun StatusStart Inhibit TimerOccupied?System Alert/AlarmChiller Start/StopRemote Start ContactTemperature ResetControl PointChilled Water Temp

OFFReady

0.0 MinNO

NORMALSTOPOpen0.0 F

44.0 F44.6 F

Fig. 34 — Example of Status Screen

a19-1615

40

FORCING OPERATIONSTo Force (manually override) a Value or Status

1. From any point status screen, press or to highlight the desired value.

2. Press to select the highlighted value.

For Discrete Points — Press or to se-lect the desired state.

For Analog Points — Press or to select the desired value.

3. Press to register the new value.

NOTE: When forcing or changing metric values, it is neces-sary to hold down the softkey for a few seconds in order to seea value change, especially on kilopascal values.To Remove a Force

1. On the point status table press or to highlight the desired value.

2. Press to access the highlighted value.

3. Press to remove the force and return thepoint to the 32XR PIC II’s automatic control.

Force Indication — A forced value is indicated by“SUPVSR,” “SERVC,” or “BEST” flashing next to the pointvalue on the STATUS table.TIME SCHEDULE OPERATION (Fig. 35)

1. On the Menu screen, press .

2. Press or to highlight the desiredschedule.OCCPC01S — LOCAL Time ScheduleOCCPC02S — ICE BUILD Time ScheduleOCCPC03S — CCN Time Schedule

3. Press to view the desired time schedule.

4. Press or to highlight the desiredperiod or override to change.

5. Press to access the highlighted PERIOD orOVERRIDE.

6. a. Press or to change thetime values. OVERRIDE values are in one-hourincrements, up to 4 hours.

b. Press to select days in the day-of-weekfields. Press to eliminate days from theperiod.

NEXTPREVIOUS

SELECT

START STOP

INCREASEDECREASE

ENTER

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECT

RELEASE

SCHEDULE

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECT

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECT

INCREASE DECREASE

ENABLEDISABLE

41

7. Press to register the values and to move hori-zontally (left to right) within a period.

8. Press to leave the PERIOD or OVERRIDE.

9. Either return to Step 4 to select another PERIOD orOVERRIDE, or press again to leave the currenttime schedule screen and save the changes.

10. The Holiday Designation (HOLIDEF table) may befound in the Service Operation section on page 64. Themonth, day, and duration for the holiday must beassigned. The Broadcast function in the BRODEFtable also must be enabled for holiday periods tofunction.

TO VIEW AND CHANGE SET POINTS (Fig. 36)1. To view the SETPOINT table, from the MENU screen

press .

2. There are 5 set points on this screen: BASE DEMANDLIMIT, LCW SETPOINT (leaving chilled water setpoint), ECW SETPOINT (entering chilled water setpoint), ICE BUILD SETPOINT, and TOWER FANHIGH SETPOINT. Only one of the chilled water setpoints can be active at one time. The set point that isactive is determined from the SERVICE menu. See theService Operation section, page 64. The ice build (ICEBUILD) function is also activated and configured fromthe SERVICE menu.

3. Press or to highlight the desiredset point entry.

4. Press to modify the highlighted set point.

5. Press or to change the select-ed set point value.

6. Press to save the changes and return to the pre-vious screen.

SERVICE OPERATION — To view the menu-driven pro-grams available for Service Operation, see Service Operationsection, page 64. For examples of ICVC display screens, seeTable 5.

PIC2

Fig. 35 — Example of Time ScheduleOperation Screen

a19-1638

ENTER

EXIT

EXIT

SETPOINT

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECT

INCREASE DECREASE

ENTER

19XRPIC2 SETPOINT SELECTSETPOINT

Base Demand LimitControl PointLCW SetpointECW SetpointICE BUILD SetpointTower Fan High Setpoint

100%

50.0 F60.0 F40.0 F85.0 F

Fig. 36 — Example of Set Point Screen

a19-1619

42

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data

1. Only 12 lines of information appear on the chiller display screenat any one time. Press the or softkey tohighlight a point or to view items below or above the currentscreen. Double click the softkey to page forward; pressthe softkey twice to page back.

2. To access the information shown in Examples 10 through 22,enter a 4-digit password after pressing the softkey. Ifno softkeys are pressed for 15 minutes, the ICVC automaticallylogs off (to prevent unrestricted access to 32XR PIC II controls)and reverts to the default screen. If this happens, re-enter thepassword to access the tables shown in Examples 10 through22.

3. Terms in the Description column of these tables are listed asthey appear on the chiller display screen.

4. The ICVC may be configured in English or Metric (SI) units usingthe ICVC CONFIGURATION screen. See the Service Operationsection, page 64, for instructions on making this change.

5. The items in the Reference Point Name column do not appear onthe chiller display screen. They are data or variable names usedin CCN or Building Supervisor (BS) software. They are listed inthese tables as a convenience to the operator if it is necessary tocross reference CCN/BS documentation or use CCN/BS pro-grams. For more information, see the 19XRV CCN literature.

6. Reference Point Names shown in these tables in all capital let-ters can be read by CCN and BS software. Of these capitalizednames, those preceded by a dagger (†) can also be changed(that is, written to) by the CCN, BS, and the ICVC. CapitalizedReference Point Names preceded by two asterisks (**) can bechanged only from the ICVC. Reference Point Names in lowercase type can be viewed by CCN or BS only by viewing thewhole table.

7. Alarms and Alerts: An asterisk (*) in the far right field of a ICVCstatus screen indicates that the chiller is in an alarm state; anexclamation point (!) in the far right field of the ICVC screen indi-cates an alert state. The * (or !) indicates that the value on thatline has exceeded (or is approaching) a limit. For more informa-tion on alarms and alerts, see the Checking Display Messagessection, page 79.

LEGEND

EXAMPLE 1 — CHILLER DISPLAY DEFAULT SCREENThe following data is displayed in the Default screen.

NOTE: The last three entries are used to indicate operating mode to the 32XR PIC II. These values may be forced by the ICVC only.

IMPORTANT: The following notes apply to all Table 5examples.

NEXT PREVIOUS

NEXTPREVIOUS

SERVICE

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®

CHW — Chilled WaterCHWR — Chilled Water ReturnCHWS — Chilled Water SupplyCT — Current TransformerECW — Entering Chilled WaterHGBP — Hot Gas BypassICVC — International Chiller Visual ControllerLCW — Leaving Chilled WaterLRA — Locked Rotor AmpsmA — MilliampsP — Pressure32XR PIC II

— Product Integrated Controls III

SS — Solid StateT — TemperatureVFD — Variable Frequency DriveWSM — Water System Manager

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS REFERENCE POINT NAME(ALARM HISTORY) DISPLAY

(PRIMARY MESSAGE)(SECONDARY MESSAGE)(DATE AND TIME)Compressor Ontime 0-500000.0 HOURS C_HRSEntering Chilled Water –40-245 DEG F ECW CHW INLeaving Chilled Water –40-245 DEG F LCW CHW OUTEvaporator Temperature –40-245 DEG F ERT EVAP REFEntering Condenser Water –40-245 DEG F ECDW CDW INLeaving Condenser Water –40-245 DEG F LCDW CDW OUTCondenser Temperature –40-245 DEG F CRT COND REFOil Pressure 0-420 PSI OILPD OILPRESSOil Sump Temp 40-245 DEG F OILT OIL TEMPAverage Line Current 0-999 % AMPS_% AMPS%

0-1 CCN0-1 LOCAL0-1 RESET

43

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 2 — MAINSTAT DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press ( will be highlighted).

3. Press .

NOTES: 1. Numbers in parenthesis below, indicate the equivalent CCN index for BEST programming or BACnet™ Translator use.2. Off (0), Local (1), CCN (2), Reset (3)3. Timeout (0), Ready (1), Recycle (2), Startup (3), Running (4), Demand (5), Ramping (6), Tripout (7), Override (8), Tripout (9), Ctl Test (10),

Lockout (11), Pumpdown (12), Prestart (13)4. Normal (0), Alert (1), Alarm (2).5. All variables with capital letter point names are available for CCN read operation. Those shown with (*) support write operations for all CCN

devices.

EXAMPLE 3 — STARTUP DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation. Those shown with (**) shall support writeoperations for the ICVC only.

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTControl Mode NOTE 2 NOTE 2 MODERun Status NOTE 3 NOTE 3 STATUSStart Inhibit Timer 0-15 min T_STARTOccupied? 0/1 NO/YES OCCSystem Alert/Alarm NOTE 4 NOTE 4 SYS_ALM

*Chiller Start/Stop 0/1 STOP/START CHIL_S_S*Remote Start Contact 0/1 OPEN/CLOSE REMCONTemperature Reset –30-30 DEG F T_RESET

*Control Point 10-120 DEG F LCW_STPTChilled Water Temp –40-245 DEG F CHW_TMP

*Active Demand Limit 40-100 % DEM_LIMAverage Line Current 0-999 % %_AMPSMotor Percent Kilowatts 0-999 % KW_PAuto Demand Limit Input 4-20 mA AUTODEMAuto Chilled Water Reset 4-20 mA AUTORESRemote Reset Sensor –40-245 DEG F R_RESETTotal Compressor Starts 0-99999 c_startsStarts in 12 Hours 0-8 STARTSCompressor Ontime 0-500000.0 HOURS c_hrs

*Service Ontime 0-32767 HOURS S_HRSIce Build Contact 0-1 OPEN/CLOSE ICE_CONRefrigerant Leak Sensor 4-20 mA REF_LEAKEmergency Stop 0/1 ENABLE/EMSTOP EMSTOP

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTActual Guide Vane Pos 0-100 % GV_POS

**Chilled Water Pump 0-1 OFF/ON CHWPChilled Water Flow 0-1 NO/YES CHW_FLOW

**Condenser Water Pump 0-1 OFF/ON CDPCondenser Water Flow 0-1 NO/YES CDW_FLOWOil Pump Relay 0-1 OFF/ON OILR

**Oil Pump Delta P –6.7-200 ^PSI OILPDCompressor Start Relay 0-1 OFF/ON CMPRCompressor Start Contact 0-1 OPEN/CLOSED CR_AUXStarter Trans Relay 0-1 OFF/ON CMPTRANSCompressor Run Contact 0-1 OPEN/CLOSED RUN_AUX

**Tower Fan Relay Low 0-1 OFF/ON TFR_LOW**Tower Fan Relay High 0-1 OFF/ON TFR_HIGH

Starter Fault 0-1 ALARM/NORMAL STR_FLTSpare Safety Input 0-1 ALARM/NORMAL SAFETYShunt Trip Relay 0-1 OFF/ON TRIPRISM Fault Status 0-259 STRSTAT

MENU

STATUS MAINSTAT

SELECT

MENUSTATUS

STARTUPSELECT

44

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 4 — COMPRESS DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation. Those shown with (**) support write operations forthe ICVC only.

EXAMPLE 5 — HEAT_EX DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:

1. Press .

2. Press .

3. Scroll down to highlight .

4. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation. Those shown with (**) support write operations forthe ICVC only.

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTActual Guide Vane Pos 0.0-100.0 % GV_POSGuide Vane Delta 0.0-100.0 % GV_DELTA

**Target Guide Vane Pos 0.0-100.0 % GV_TRGOil Sump Temp –40-245 DEG F OILT

**Oil Pump Delta P –6.7-200 ^PSI OILPDComp Discharge Temp –40-245 DEG F CMPDComp Thrust Lvg Oil Temp –40-245 DEG FComp Thrust Brg Reset –40-245 DEG FComp Thrust Bearing Temp –40-245 DEG F MTRBThrust Bearing Safety 0/1 NORMAL/ALARMComp Motor Winding Temp –40-245 DEG F MTRWMotor Winding Safety 0/1 NORMAL/ALARMSpare Temperature 1 –40-245 DEG F SPARE_T1Spare Temperature 2 –40-245 DEG F SPARE_T2Oil Heater Relay 0/1 OFF/ON OILHEAT

**Target VFD Speed 0-100 % VFD_OUT**Actual VFD Speed 0-100 % VFD_ACT

Surge Protection Counts 0-5 SPCHGBP Active Region 0/1 NO/YES SHG_ACTImpeller Displace Switch 0/1 NORMAL/ALARM

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT**Chilled Water Delta P –6.7-420 PSI CHWPD

Entering Chilled Water –40-245 DEG F ECWLeaving Chilled Water –40-245 DEG F LCWChilled Water Delta T –40-245 ^F CHW_DTChill Water Pulldown/Min –20-20 ^F CHW_PULLCalc Evap SAT Temp –40-245 DEG F ERT

**Evaporator Pressure –6.7-420 PSI ERPEvaporator Approach 0-99 ^F EVAP_APP

**Condenser Water Delta P –6.7-420 PSI CDWPDEntering Condenser Water –40-245 DEG F ECDWLeaving Condenser Water –40-245 DEG F LCDWCondenser Refrig Temp –40-245 DEG F CRT

**Condenser Pressure –6.7-420 PSI CRPCondenser Approach 0-99 ^F COND_APPHot Gas Bypass Relay 0/1 OFF/ON HGBYPASSSurge Prevention Active? 0/1 NO/YES SHG_ACTActive Delta P 0-200 PSI dp_aActive Delta T 0-200 ^F dt_aSurge Line Delta T 0-200 ^F dt_cHead Pressure Reference 0-100 % hpr

MENU

STATUSCOMPRESS

SELECT

MENU

STATUS

HEAT_EX

SELECT

45

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 6 — POWER DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation. Those shown with (**) shall support write operations for ICVC only.

EXAMPLE 7 — ISM_STAT DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight ISM_STAT.4. Press

NOTE:All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN Read operation only.

MENU

STATUSPOWER

SELECT

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTAverage Line Current 0-999 % %_AMPSActual Line Current 0-99999 AMPS AMP_AAverage Line Voltage 0-999 % VOLT_PActual Line Voltage 0-99999 VOLTS VOLT_APower Factor 0.0-1.0 PFMotor Kilowatts 0-99999 kW KW_A

**Motor Kilowatt-Hours 0-99999 kWH KWH Demand Kilowatts 0-99999 kWH DEM_KWHLine Current Phase 1 0-99999 AMPS AMPS_1Line Current Phase 2 0-99999 AMPS AMPS_2Line Current Phase 3 0-99999 AMPS AMPS_3 Line Voltage Phase 1 0-99999 VOLTS VOLTS_1Line Voltage Phase 2 0-99999 VOLTS VOLTS_2Line Voltage Phase 3 0-99999 VOLTS VOLTS_3Ground Fault Phase 1 0-999 AMPS GF_1Ground Fault Phase 2 0-999 AMPS GF_2Ground Fault Phase 3 0-999 AMPS GF_3Frequency 0-99 Hz FREQI2T Sum Heat-Phase 1 0-200 % HEAT1SUMI2T Sum Heat-Phase 2 0-200 % HEAT2SUMI2T Sum Heat-Phase 3 0-200 % HEAT3SUM

MENU

STATUS

SELECT

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTISM Fault Status 0-223 ISMFLTSingle Cycle Dropout 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM CYCLE_1Phase Loss 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM PH_LOSSOvervoltage 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM OV_VOLTUndervoltage 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM UN_VOLTCurrent Imbalance 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM AMP_UNBVoltage Imbalance 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM VOLT_UNBOverload Trip 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM OVERLOADLocked Rotor Trip 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM LRATRIPStarter LRA Trip 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM SLRATRIPGround Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM GRND_FLTPhase Reversal 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM PH_REVFrequency Out of Range 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM FREQFLTISM Power on Reset 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM ISM_PORPhase 1 Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM PHASE_1Phase 2 Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM PHASE_2Phase 3 Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM PHASE_31CR Start Complete 0-1 FALSE/TRUE START_OK1M Start/Run Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM 1M_FLT2M Start/Run Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM 2M_FLTPressure Trip Contact 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM PRS_RIPStarter Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM STRT_FLTMotor Amps Not Sensed 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM NO_AMPSStarter Acceleration Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM ACCELFLTHigh Motor Amps 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM HIGHAMPS1CR Stop Complete 0-1 FALSE/TRUE STOP_OK1M/2M Stop Fault 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM 1M2MSTOPMotor Amps When Stopped 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM AMPSTOPHardware Failure 0-1 NORMAL/ALARM HARDWARE

46

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 8 — ICVC_PWD DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight . 4. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation. Those shown with (**) support write operations forthe ICVC only.To Disable Service Password, force that item to a value of “1” using Service Tool. Once this has been done, the Service menu and the VFD ConfigData screens can be accessed without a password. This access is cancelled the time the user exits the Service menu/screen.**If the Remote Reset Option is set to a value of “1” at the ICVC, alarms may be reset and CCN mode may be reinstated remotely using Service

Tool, Building Supervisor, or ComfortWORKS® controls.

EXAMPLE 9 — SETPOINT DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .

3. Press .

NOTE: All variables are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on set point screens.

EXAMPLE 10 — CAPACITY DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on maintenancescreen.

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTDisable Service Password 0-1 DSABLE/ENABLE PSWD_DIS

**Remote Reset Option 0-1 DSABLE/ENABLE RESETOPTReset Alarm? 0-1 NO/YES REMRESETCCN Mode? 0-1 NO/YES REM_CCN

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTBase Demand Limit 40-100 % DLM 100Control Point

LCW Setpoint 10-120 DEG F lcw_sp 50.0ECW Setpoint 15-120 DEG F ecw_sp 60.0

Ice Build Setpoint 15-60 DEG F ice_sp 40.0Tower Fan High Setpoint 55-105 DEG F TFH_SP 75

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTEntering Chilled Water –40-245 DEG F ECWLeaving Chilled Water –40-245 DEG F LCWCapacity Control

Control Point 10-120 DEG F ctrlptControl Point Error –99-99 ^F cperrECW Delta T –99-99 ^F ecwdtECW Reset –99-99 ^F ecwresLCW Reset –99-99 ^F lcwresTotal Error + Resets –99-99 ^F errorGuide Vane Delta –2-2 % gvd

Target Guide Vane Pos 0-100 % GV_TRGActual Guide Vane Pos 0-100 % GV_POSTarget VFD Speed 0-100 % VFD_OUTActual VFD Speed 0-110 % VFD_ACTVFD Gain 0.1-1.5 vfd_gainVFD Load Factor 0-200 VFD_LFDemand Limit Inhibit 0.2-2.0 % DEM_INHAmps/kW Ramp 40-100 % DMDLIM

MENU

STATUSICVC_PWD

SELECT

MENU

SETPOINT

SELECT

MENU

SERVICECONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS

SELECTCAPACITY

SELECT

47

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 11 — OVERRIDE DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on maintenancescreens.

EXAMPLE 12 — LL_MAINT DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight 6. Press .

NOTES:1. DISABLE, LEAD, LAG, STANDBY, INVALID2. DISABLE, LEAD, LAG, STANDBY, RECOVERY, CONFIG3. Reset, Off, Local, CCN4. Timeout, Ready, Recycle, Prestart, Startup, Ramping, Running, Demand, Override, Shutdown, Trippout, Pumpdown, Lockout, Ctl Test5. Stop, Start, Retain6. All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on maintenance screens.

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTComp Motor Winding Temp –40-245 DEG F MTRWComp Motor Temp Override 150-200 DEG F mt_overMotor Winding Safety 0/1 NORMAL/ALARMCondenser Pressure 0-420 PSI CRPCond Press Override 90-180 PSI cp_overCond Press Alarm/Cutout 90-245 PSIClac Evap SAT Temp –40-245 DEG F ERTEvap SAT Override Temp 2-45 DEG F ert_overComp Discharge Temp –40-245 DEG F CMPDComp Discharge Alert 125-200 DEG F cd_alertComp Thrust Lvg Oil Temp –40-245 DEG F MTRBComp Thrust Brg Reset 165-185 DEG F tb_alertComp Thrust Brg Temp –40-245 DEG F MTRBComp Thrust Brg Alert 165-185 DEG F tb_alertComp Thrust Brg Trip 165-185 DEG FThrust Bearing Safety 0/1 NORMAL/ALARMActual Superheat –20-99 ^F SUPRHEATSuperheat Required 6-99 ^F SUPR_REQCondenser Refrig Temp –40-245 DEG F CRTRefrigerant Type R-134/22/12/500

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTLeadLag Control

LEADLAG: Configuration NOTE 1 leadlagCurrent Mode NOTE 2 llmode

Load Balance Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE loadbalLAG START Time 2-60 MIN lagstartLAG STOP Time 2-60 MIN lagstopPrestart Fault Time 2-30 MIN prefltPulldown: Delta T / Min x.xx ^F pull_dt

Satisfied? 0/1 NO/YES pull_satLEAD CHILLER in Control 0/1 NO/YES leadctrlLAG CHILLER: Mode NOTE 3 lagmode Run Status NOTE 4 lagstat Start/Stop NOTE 5 lag_s_s

Recovery Start Request 0/1 NO/YES lag_recSTANDBY CHILLER: Mode NOTE 3 stdmode

Run Status NOTE 4 stdstatStart/Stop NOTE 5 Std_s_sRecovery Start Request 0/1 NO/YES std_rec

Spare Temperature 1 –40-245 DEG F SPARE_T1Spare Temperature 2 –40-245 DEG F SPARE_T2

MENU

SERVICECONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS

SELECTOVERRIDE

SELECT

MENUSERVICE

CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUSSELECT

LL_MAINT.SELECT

48

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 13 — ISM_HIST DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on maintenancescreens.

EXAMPLE 14 — WSMDEFME DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: All variables with CAPITAL LETTER point names are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on maintenancescreens.

EXAMPLE 15 — NET_OPT DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .

5. Scroll down to highlight .

6. Press .

NOTE: No variables are available for CCN read or write operation.

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT ISM FAULT HISTORYValues At Last Fault:Line Current Phase 1 0-99999 AMPS AMPS_1FLine Current Phase 2 0-99999 AMPS AMPS_2FLine Current Phase 3 0-99999 AMPS AMPS_3FLine Voltage Phase 1 0-99999 VOLTS VOLTS_1FLine Voltage Phase 2 0-99999 VOLTS VOLTS_2FLine Voltage Phase 3 0-99999 VOLTS VOLTS_3FGround Fault Phase 1 0-999 AMPS GF_1FGround Fault Phase 2 0-999 AMPS GF_2FGround Fault Phase 3 0-999 AMPS GF_3FI2T Sum Heat-Phase 1 0-200 % HEAT1SUMFI2T Sum Heat-Phase 2 0-200 % HEAT2SUMFI2T Sum Heat-Phase 3 0-200 % HEAT3SUMFPhase 1 Faulted? 0/1 NO/YES PH1_FLTPhase 2 Faulted? 0/1 NO/YES PH2_FLTPhase 3 Faulted? 0/1 NO/YES PH3_FLTLine Frequency 0-99 Hz FREQ_ FISM Fault Status 0-9999 ISM_STAT

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINTWSM Active? 0/1 NO/YES WSMSTATChilled Water Temp 0.0-99.9 DEG F CHWTEMPEquipment Status 0/1 OFF/ON CHLRSTCommanded State XXXXXXXX TEXT CHLRENACHW setpt Reset Value 0.0-25.0 DEG F CHWRVALCurrent CHW Set Point 0.0-99.9 DEG F CHWSTPT

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULT Loadshed Function Group Number 0-99 ldsgrp 0 Demand Limit Decrease 0-60 % ldsdelta 20 Maximum Loadshed Time 0-120 MIN maxldstm 60CCN Occupancy Config: Schedule Number 3-99 occpcxxe 3 Broadcast Option 0-1 DSABLE/ENABLE occbrcst DSABLEAlarm Configuration Re-Alarm Time 0-1440 MIN 30 Alarm Routing 0-1 10000000

MENU

SERVICECONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS

SELECTISM_HIST

SELECT

MENU

SERVICECONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS

SELECTWSMDEFME

SELECT

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION

SELECT

NET_OPT

SELECT

49

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 16 — ISM_CONF DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Enter password (4444 Factory Default).

6. Scroll down to highlight .

7. Press .

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTStarter Type 0-3 starter 1(0=Full, 1=Red, 2=SS, 3=VFD)Motor Rated Line Voltage 200-13200 VOLTS v_fs 460Volt Transformer Ratio:1 1-35 vt_rat 1Overvoltage Threshold 105-115 % overvolt 115Undervoltage Threshold 85-95 % undvolt 85Over/Under Volt Time 1-10 SEC uvuntime 5Voltage % Imbalance 1-10 % v_unbal 5Voltage Imbalance Time 1-10 SEC v_time 5Motor Rated Load Amps 10-5000 AMPS a_fs 200Motor Locked Rotor Trip 100-60000 AMPS motor_lr 1000Locked Rotor Start Delay 1-10 cycles lrdelay 5Starter LRA Rating 100-60000 AMPS start_lr 2000Motor Current CT Ratio:1 3-1000 ct_turns 100Current % Imbalance 5-40 % c_unbal 15Current Imbalance Time 1-10 SEC c_time 5Grnd Fault CT’s? 0-1 NO/YES gf_phase YESGround Fault CT Ratio:1 150 gf_ctr 150Ground Fault Current 1-25 AMPS gf_amps 15Ground Fault Start Delay 1-20 cycles gf_delay 10Ground Fault Persistence 1-10 cycles gf_pers 5Single Cycle Dropout 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE cycdrop DSABLEFrequency = 60 Hz? (No = 50) 0/1 NO/YES freq YESLine Frequency Faulting 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE freq_en DSABLE

MENU

SERVICEISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA

SELECT

ISM_CONF

SELECT

50

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 17 — OPTIONS DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: No variables are available for CCN read or write operation.

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTAuto Restart Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE astart DSABLERemote Contacts Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE modes DSABLESoft Stop Amps Threshold 40-100 % strtstop 10017 Series Seal Oil Stir 0-12 HOURS 0Surge / Hot Gas Bypass

Surge Limit/HGBP Option 0/1/2 srg_hgbp 0Select: Surge=0, HGBP=1

Low-Load HGBP=2Min. Load Point (T1,P1)Surge/HGBP Delta T1 0.5-20 ^F hgb_dt1 1.5Surge/HGBP Delta P1 30-170 PSI hgb_dp1 50Low Load Point (T2,P2)Surge/HGBP Delta T2 0.5-20 ^F hgb_dt2 10Surge/HGBP Delta P2 50-170 PSI hgb_dp2 85Mid Load Point (T3,P3)Surge/HGBP Delta T3 0-50 ^F 10Surge/HGBP Delta P3 50-170 PSI 85Full Load Point (T4,P4)Surge/HGBP Delta T4 0-50 ^F 10Surge/HGBP Delta P4 50-170 PSI 85Surge/HGBP Deadband 0.5-3 ^F hgb_db 1HGBP On Delta T 0.5-10.0 ^F 2.0HGBP Off Delta T 1.0-10.0 ^F 4.0

Surge ProtectionSurge Delta% Amps 5-20 % surge_a 10Surge Time Period 7-10 MIN surge_t 8

Ice Build ControlIce Build Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE ibopt DSABLEIce Build Termination 0-2 ibterm 00=Temp, 1=Contacts, 2=BothIce Build Recycle 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE ibrecyc DSABLERefrigerant Leak Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE LEAK_EN DSABLERefrig Leak Alarm mA 4-20 mA LEAK_MA 20

Head Pressure ReferenceDelta P at 0% (4mA) 20-85 PSI HPDPO 25Delta P at 100% (20mA) 20-85 PSI HPDP100 50Minimum Output 0-100 % HPDPMIN% 0

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT SERVICE

SELECTOPTIONS

SELECT

51

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)

EXAMPLE 18 — SETUP1 DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: No variables are available for CCN read operation; forcing shall not be supported on service screens.

EXAMPLE 19 — SETUP2 DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: No variables are available for CCN read or write operation; forcing shall not be supported on service screens.

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT SERVICE

SELECTSETUP1

SELECT

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTComp Motor Temp Override 150-200 DEG F MT_OVER 200Motor Winding Sensor 0/1 ANALOG/DSCRETE 0Cond Press Override 90-245 PSI 125Comp Discharge Alert 125-200 DEG F CD_ALERT 200Comp Thrust Brg Alert 10-20 DEG F TB_ALERT 10Comp Thrust Brg Trip 165-185 DEG F 185Thrust Brg Rest Factor 1.0-2.0 TB_POWER 1.5Thrust Bearing Sensor 0/1 ANALOG/DSCRETE TB_SENSOR 0

Chilled Medium 0/1 WATER/BRINE MEDIUM 0Chilled Water Deadband 0.5-2.0 ^ F CWDB 1.0Evap Refrig Trippoint 0.0-40.0 DEG F ERT_TRIP 33Refrig Override Delta T 2.0-5.0 ^ F REF_OVER 3Evap Approach Alert 0.5-15 ^ F EVAP_AL 5Cond Approach Alert 0.5-15 ^ F COND_AL 6Condenser Freeze Point -20 - 35 DEG F CDFREEZE 34

Flow Delta P Display 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE FLOWDISP DSABLEEvap Flow Delta P Cutout 0.5 - 50.0 PSI EVAP_CUT 5.0Cond Hi Flow Alarm Opt 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE COND_ALM 0Cond Hi Flow Del P Limit 0.5 - 50.0 PSI COND_VAL 50.0Cond Flow Delta P Cutout 0.5 - 50.0 PSI COND_CUT 5.0Water Flow Verify Time 0.5-5 MIN WFLOW_T 5Oil Press Verify Time 15-300 SEC OILPR_T 40Recycle Control Restart Delta T 2.0-10.0 DEG F rcycr_dt 5 Shutdown Delta T 0.5-4.0 DEG F rcycs_dt 1

Spare Alert/Alarm EnableDisable=0, Lo=1/3,Hi=2/4

Spare Temp #1 Enable 0-4 sp1_en 0Spare Temp #1 Limit -40-245 DEG F sp1_lim 245Spare Temp #2 Enable 0-4 sp2_en 0Spare Temp #2 Limit -40-245 DEG F sp2_lim 245

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTCapacity Control

Proportional Inc Band 2-10 gv_inc 6.5Proportional DEC Band 2-10 gv_dec 6.0Proportional ECW Band 1-3 gw_ecw 2

Guide Vane Travel Limit 30-100 % gv_ctrl 80

VFD Speed ControlVFD Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE vfd_opt DSABLEVFD Gain 0.1-1.5 vfd_gain 0.75VFD Increase Step 1-5 % vfd_step 2VFD Minimum Speed 65-100 % vfd_min 70VFD Maximum Speed 90-100 % vfd_max 100VFD Start Speed 65-100 % 100VFD Surge Line Gain 2.0-3.5 2.0

VFD Current Limit 0-99999 Amps vfdlim_i 250

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT SERVICE

SELECTSETUP2

SELECT

52

Table 5 — ICVC Display Data (cont)EXAMPLE 20 — LEADLAG DISPLAY SCREEN

To access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: No variables are available for CCN read or write operation.

EXAMPLE 21 — RAMP_DEM DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

NOTE: No variables are available for CCN read or write operation.

EXAMPLE 22 — TEMP_CTL DISPLAY SCREENTo access this display from the ICVC default screen:1. Press .

2. Press .3. Scroll down to highlight .4. Press .5. Scroll down to highlight .6. Press .

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTLead Lag Control

LEAD/LAG: Configuration 0-3 leadlag 0DSABLE=0, Lead=1LAG=2, STANDBY=3Load Balance Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE loadbal DSABLECommon Sensor Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE commsens DSABLELAG % Capacity 25-75 % lag_per 50LAG Address 1-236 lag_add 92LAG START Timer 2-60 MIN lagstart 10LAG STOP Timer 2-60 MIN lagstop 10PRESTART FAULT Timer 2-30 MIN preflt 5PULLDOWN Timer 1-30 MIN PULLTIME 2STANDBY Chiller Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE stndopt DSABLESTANDBY % Capacity 25-75 % stnd_per 50STANDBY Address 1-236 stnd_add 93

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTPulldown Ramp Type: 0/1 ramps1ct 1

Select: Temp=0, Load=1Demand Limit and kW Ramp

Demand Limit Source 0/1 dem_src 0Select: Amps=0, kW=1Amps or Kw Ramp%/Min 5-20 kw_ramp 10Demand Limit Prop Band 3-15 % dem_app 10Demand Limit At 20 mA 40-100 % dem_20ma 4020 mA Demand Limit Opt 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE dem_sel DSABLEMotor Rated Kilowatts 50-9999 kW 145

Demand Watts Interval 5-60 MIN dw_int 15

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS POINT DEFAULTControl Point

ECW Control Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE ecw_opt DSABLETemp Pulldown Deg/Min 2-10 ^F tmp_ramp 3

Temperature ResetRESET TYPE 1Degrees Reset At 20 mA –30- 30 ^F deg_20ma 10RESET TYPE 2Remote Temp —> No Reset –40-245 DEG F res_rt1 85Remote Temp —> Full Reset –40-245 DEG F res_rt2 65Degrees Reset –30-30 ^F deg_rt 10RESET TYPE 3CHW Delta T —> No Reset 0-15 ^F restd_1 10CHW Delta T —> Full Reset 0-15 ^F restd_2 0Degrees Reset –30-30 ^F deg_chw 5

Enable Reset Type 0-3 res_sel 0

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT SERVICE

SELECTLEADLAG

SELECT

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT SERVICE

SELECTRAMP_DEM

SELECT

MENU

SERVICEEQUIPMENT SERVICE

SELECTTEMP_CTL

SELECT

53

PIC II System FunctionsNOTE: Words not part of paragraph headings and printed in allcapital letters can be viewed on the ICVC (e.g., LOCAL,CCN, RUNNING, ALARM, etc.). Words printed both in allcapital letters and italics can also be viewed on the ICVC andare parameters (CONTROL MODE, TARGET GUIDE VANEPOS, etc.) with associated values (e.g., modes, temperatures,pressures, percentages, on, off, enable, disable, etc.). Wordsprinted in all capital letters and in a box represent softkeys onthe ICVC (e.g., and ). See Table 5 for exam-ples of the type of information that can appear on the ICVCscreens. Figures 30-36 give an overview of ICVC operationsand menus.CAPACITY CONTROL FIXED SPEED — The 32XR PICII controls the chiller capacity by modulating the inlet guidevanes in response to chilled water temperature deviation fromthe CONTROL POINT. The CONTROL POINT may bechanged by a CCN network device or is determined by the32XR PIC II adding any active chilled water reset to the SETPOINT. The 32XR PIC II uses the PROPORTIONAL INC(Increase) BAND, PROPORTIONAL DEC (Decrease) BAND,and the PROPORTIONAL ECW (Entering Chilled Water)GAIN to determine how fast or slow to respond. CONTROLPOINT may be viewed or overridden from the MAINSTATscreen.CAPACITY CONTROL VFD — The 32XR PIC II controlsthe machine capacity by modulating the motor speed and inletguide vanes in response to chilled water temperature deviationfrom the CONTROL POINT. The controller will maintain thehighest inlet guide vane setting at the lowest speed to maxi-mize efficiency while avoiding surge. The CONTROL POINTmay be changed by a CCN network device or is determined bythe 32XR PIC II adding any active chilled water reset to the tothe SET POINT. CONTROL POINT may be viewed or over-ridden from the MAINSTAT screen. The 32XR PIC II uses thePROPORTIONAL INC (Increase) BAND, PROP DEC(Decrease) BAND, and the PROPORTIONAL ECW (EnteringChilled Water) GAIN to determine how fast or slow it takes thesystem to respond. The VFD GAIN allows for additionaladjustment of the VFD response. At start-up, the inlet guidevanes (IGV) are in the closed position and the VFD ramps toits minimum speed setting.

The 32XR PIC II controller then initiates the Capacity Con-trol algorithm to maintain the chilled water temperature at theCONTROL POINT. During operation when the CONTROLPOINT is not met, the controller will establish a GUIDE VANEDELTA which will either affect a percentage change to theGUIDE VANES or the VFD TARGET SPEED. Any change tothe IGV position or the VFD SPEED will depend on whetherthe GUIDE VANE DELTA is positive or negative, and the sta-tus of the Surge Control Algorithm. The Surge Control Algo-rithm determines if the chiller should operate in Normal Modeor Surge Prevention Mode. The logic for how the IGV andVFD SPEED will be affected by the GUIDE VANE DELTAand the Surge Control Algorithm can be seen below:

Normal Control mode occurs when ACTIVE DELTA T >SURGE/HGBP DELTA T.

Surge Prevention Mode occurs when ACTIVE DELTA T≤ SURGE/HGBP DELTA T.

The TARGET VFD SPEED, ACTUAL VFD SPEED and theVFD GAIN can be viewed and modified in the CAPACITYdisplay screen. The TARGET VFD SPEED can be manuallyoverridden by the operator from the COMPRESS screen. The

VFD MINIMUM SPEED, MAXIMUM SPEED, VFD GAINand INCREASE STEP can be viewed and modified in theSETUP2 display screen. TARGET and ACTUAL VFD SPEEDcan be viewed in the COMPRESS screen.ECW CONTROL OPTION — If this option is enabled, the32XR PIC II uses the ENTERING CHILLED WATER temper-ature to modulate the vanes instead of the LEAVINGCHILLED WATER temperature. The ECW CONTROLOPTION may be viewed on the TEMP_CTL screen, which isaccessed from the EQUIPMENT SERVICE screen.CONTROL POINT DEADBAND — This is the tolerancerange on the chilled water/brine temperature control point. Ifthe water temperature goes outside the CHILLED WATERDEADBAND, the 32XR PIC II opens or closes the guide vanesuntil the temperature is within tolerance. The PIC II may beconfigured with a 0.5 to 2 F (0.3 to 1.1 C) deadband.CHILLED WATER DEADBAND may be viewed or modifiedon the SETUP1 screen, which is accessed from the EQUIP-MENT SERVICE table.

For example, a 1° F (0.6° C) deadband setting controls thewater temperature within ±0.5° F (0.3° C) of the control point.This may cause frequent guide vane movement if the chilledwater load fluctuates frequently. A value of 1° F (0.6° C) is thedefault setting.PROPORTIONAL BANDS AND GAIN — Proportional bandis the rate at which the guide vane position is corrected in pro-portion to how far the chilled water/brine temperature is fromthe control point. Proportional gain determines how quickly theguide vanes react to how quickly the temperature is movingfrom the CONTROL POINT. The proportional bands and gainmay be viewed or modified from the SETUP2 screen, which isaccessed from the EQUIPMENT SERVICE table.Proportional Band — There are two response modes, one fortemperature response above the control point, the other for theresponse below the control point.

The temperature response above the control point is calledthe PROPORTIONAL INC BAND, and it can slow or quickenguide vane response to chilled water/brine temperatures abovethe DEADBAND. The PROPORTIONAL INC BAND can beadjusted from a setting of 2 to 10; the default setting is 6.5.

The response below the control point is called the PRO-PORTIONAL DEC BAND, and it can slow or quicken theguide vane response to chilled water temperature below thedeadband plus the control point. The PROPORTIONAL DECBAND can be adjusted on the CVC/ICVC from a setting of 2 to10. The default setting is 6.0.NOTE: Increasing either of these settings causes the guidevanes to respond more slowly than they would at a lowersetting.The PROPORTIONAL ECW GAIN can be adjusted on theICVC display for values of 1, 2, or 3; the default setting is 2.Increase this setting to increase guide vane response to achange in entering chilled water temperature.DEMAND LIMITING — The 32XR PIC II responds to theACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT set point by limiting the opening ofthe guide vanes. It compares the ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT setpoint to the DEMAND LIMIT SOURCE (either the AVERAGELINE CURRENT or the MOTOR KW). Depending on how thecontrol is configured. DEMAND LIMIT SOURCE is on theRAMP_DEM screen. The default source is the compressormotor current.CHILLER TIMERS — The 32XR PIC II maintains 2 runtime clocks, known as COMPRESSOR ONTIME and SER-VICE ONTIME. COMPRESSOR ONTIME indicates the totallife-time compressor run hours. This timer can register up to500,000 hours before the clock turns back to zero. The SER-VICE ONTIME is a resettable timer that can be used to indicatethe hours since the last service visit or any other event. The

GUIDE VANEDELTA

NORMALCONTROL

MODE

SURGEPREVENTION

MODEIGV VFD IGV VFD

From +0.2 to +2.0 1st 2nd 2nd 1stFrom –0.2 to –2.0 2nd 1st 1st —

ENTER EXIT

54

time can be changed in the ICVC to whatever value is desired.This timer can register up to 32,767 hours before it rolls over tozero.

The chiller also maintains a start-to-start timer and a stop-to-start timer. These timers limit how soon the chiller can bestarted. START INHIBIT TIMER is displayed on the MAIN-STAT screen. See the Start-Up/Shutdown/Recycle Sequencesection, page 65, for more information on this topic.OCCUPANCY SCHEDULE — The chiller schedule, de-scribed in the Time Schedule Operation section on page 40, de-termines when the chiller can run. Each schedule consists offrom 1 to 8 occupied or unoccupied time periods, set by the op-erator. The chiller can be started and run during an occupiedtime period (when OCCUPIED? is set to YES on the MAIN-STAT display screen). It cannot be started or run during an un-occupied time period (when OCCUPIED? is set to NO on theMAINSTAT display screen). These time periods can be set foreach day of the week and for holidays. The day begins with0000 hours and ends with 2400 hours. The default setting forOCCUPIED? is YES, unless an unoccupied time period is ineffect.

These schedules can be set up to follow a building’s occu-pancy schedule, or the chiller can be set so to run 100% of thetime, if the operator wishes. The schedules also can be by-passed by forcing the CHILLER START/STOP parameter onthe MAINSTAT screen to START. For more information onforced starts, see Local Start-Up, page 65.

The schedules also can be overridden to keep the chiller inan occupied state for up to 4 hours, on a one time basis. See theTime Schedule Operation section on page 40.

Figure 35 shows a schedule for a typical office buildingwith a 3-hour, off-peak, cool-down period from midnight to3 a.m., following a weekend shutdown. Holiday periods are inan unoccupied state 24 hours per day. The building operatesMonday through Friday, 7:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., and Saturdaysfrom 6:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. This schedule also includes theMonday midnight to 3:00 a.m. weekend cool-down schedule.NOTE: This schedule is for illustration only and is notintended to be a recommended schedule for chiller operation.

Whenever the chiller is in the LOCAL mode, it uses Occu-pancy Schedule 01 (OCCPC01S). When the chiller is in theICE BUILD mode, it uses Occupancy Schedule 02(OCCPC02S). When the chiller is in CCN mode, it usesOccupancy Schedule 03 (OCCPC03S).

The CCN SCHEDULE NUMBER is configured on theNET_OPT display screen, accessed from the EQUIPMENTCONFIGURATION table. See Table 5, Example 15. SCHED-ULE NUMBER can be changed to any value from 03 to 99. Ifthis number is changed on the NET_OPT screen, the operatormust go to the ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICE screen toupload the new number into the SCHEDULE screen. SeeFig. 35.

Safety Controls — The 32XR PIC II monitors all safetycontrol inputs and, if required, shuts down the chiller or limitsthe guide vanes to protect the chiller from possible damagefrom any of the following conditions:• high bearing temperature• high motor winding temperature• high discharge temperature• low discharge superheat*• low oil pressure• low cooler refrigerant temperature/pressure†• condenser high pressure or low pressure†• inadequate water/brine cooler and condenser flow• high, low, or loss of voltage• ground fault• voltage imbalance

• current imbalance• excessive motor acceleration time• excessive starter transition time• lack of motor current signal• excessive motor amps• excessive compressor surge• temperature and transducer faults*Superheat is the difference between saturation temperatureand sensible temperature. The high discharge temperaturesafety measures only sensible temperature.

†Pressures are specific to the configured refrigerant.Starter faults or optional protective devices within the starter

can shut down the chiller. The protective devices you have foryour application depend on what options were purchased.

If the 32XR PIC II control initiates a safety shutdown, it dis-plays the reason for the shutdown (the fault) on the ICVC dis-play screen along with a primary and secondary message, ener-gizes an alarm relay in the starter, and blinks the alarm light onthe control panel. The alarm is stored in memory and can beviewed on the ALARM HISTORY and ISM_HIST screens onthe ICVC, along with a message for troubleshooting. If thesafety shutdown was also initiated by a fault detected in themotor starter, the conditions at the time of the fault will bestored in ISM_HIST.

To give more precise information or warnings on thechiller’s operating condition, the operator can define alert lim-its on various monitored inputs. Safety contact and alert limitsare defined in Table 6. Alarm and alert messages are listed inthe Troubleshooting section, page 78.

Shunt Trip (Option) — The function of the shunt tripoption on the 32XR PIC II is to act as a safety trip. The shunttrip is wired from an output on the ISM to a shunt trip equippedmotor circuit breaker. If the 32XR PIC II tries to shut down thecompressor using a normal shutdown procedure but is unsuc-cessful for 20 seconds, the shunt trip output is energized andcauses the circuit breaker to trip off. If ground fault protectionhas been applied to the starter, the ground fault trip also ener-gizes the shunt trip to trip the circuit breaker. Protective devicesin the starter can also energize the shunt trip. The shunt trip fea-ture can be tested using the Control Test feature.

Default Screen Freeze — When the chiller is in analarm state, the default ICVC display “freezes,” that is, it stopsupdating. The first line of the ICVC default screen displays aprimary alarm message; the second line displays a secondaryalarm message.

The ICVC default screen freezes to enable the operator tosee the conditions of the chiller at the time of the alarm. If thevalue in alarm is one normally displayed on the default screen,it flashes between normal and reverse video. The ICVC defaultscreen remains frozen until the condition that caused the alarmis remedied by the operator. Use ICVC display and alarm shut-down record sheet (page CL-13) to record all values from de-fault screen freeze.

Knowledge of the operating state of the chiller at the time analarm occurs is useful when troubleshooting. Additional chillerinformation can be viewed on the status screens and theISM_HIST screen. Troubleshooting information is recorded inthe ALARM HISTORY table, which can be accessed from theSERVICE menu.

CAUTION

If compressor motor overload occurs, check the motor forgrounded or open phases before attempting a restart.

55

Table 6 — Protective Safety Limits and Control Settings

To determine what caused the alarm, the operator shouldread both the primary and secondary default screen messages,as well as the alarm history. The primary message indicates themost recent alarm condition. The secondary message givesmore detail on the alarm condition. Since there may be morethan one alarm condition, another alarm message may appearafter the first condition is cleared. Check the ALARM HISTO-RY screen for additional help in determining the reasons for thealarms. Once all existing alarms are cleared (by pressing the

softkey), the default ICVC display returns to normaloperation.

Ramp Loading — Ramp loading controls slow down therate at which the compressor loads up. This control can preventthe compressor from loading up during the short period of timewhen the chiller is started and the chilled water loop has to bebrought down to CONTROL POINT. This helps reduce electri-cal demand charges by slowly bringing the chilled water toCONTROL POINT. The total power draw during this period re-mains almost unchanged.

There are two methods of ramp loading with the 32XR PICII. Ramp loading can be based on chilled water temperature oron motor load. Either method is selected from theRAMP__DEM screen.

1. Temperature ramp loading (TEMP PULLDOWN DEG/MIN) limits the degrees per minute rate at which eitherleaving chilled water or entering chilled water tempera-ture decreases. This rate is configured by the operator onthe TEMP_CTL screen. The lowest temperature ramprate will also be used if chiller power has been off for3 hours or more (even if the motor ramp load is selectedas the ramp loading method).

2. Motor load ramp loading (LOAD PULLDOWN) limitsthe degrees per minute rate at which the compressor mo-tor current or compressor motor load increases. TheLOAD PULLDOWN rate is configured by the operatoron the RAMP_DEM screen in amps or kilowatts. Thepoint name is MOTOR LOAD RAMP%/MIN.

MONITORED PARAMETER LIMIT APPLICABLE COMMENTSTEMPERATURE SENSORS OUT OFRANGE

–40 to 245 F (–40 to 118.3 C) Must be outside range for 2 seconds

PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS OUT OFRANGE

0.06 to 0.98 Voltage Ratio Must be outside range for 3 seconds.Ratio = Input Voltage ÷ Voltage Reference

COMPRESSOR DISCHARGETEMPERATURE

>220 F (104.4 C) Preset, alert setting configurable

MOTOR WINDING TEMPERATURE >220 F (104.4 C) — analog sensor200 F - 220 F (93.3 C - 104.4C) — digital sensor

Preset, alert setting configurable

BEARING TEMPERATURE >185 F (85 C) — analog sensor200 F - 220 F (93.3 C - 104.4C) — digital sensor

Preset, alert setting configurable

EVAPORATOR REFRIGERANT TEMPERATURE

<33 F (for water chilling) (0.6°C) Preset, configurable chilled medium for water (SETUP1 table)

<EVAP REFRIG TRIPPOINT (set point adjustable from 0 to 40 F [–18 to 4 C]) for brine chilling)

Configure chilled medium for brine (SETUP1 table). Adjust EVAP REFRIG TRIPPOINT for proper cutout

TRANSDUCER VOLTAGE <4.5 vdc> 5.5 vdc PresetCONDENSER PRESSURE — SWITCH 165 ± 5 psig (1138 ± 34 kPa), reset at

110 ± 7 psig (758 ± 48 kPa) for R-134a, R-12 and R-500.263 ± 7 psig (1813 ± 48 kPA), reset at 180 ± 10 psig (1241 ± 69 kPA) for R-22.

Preset

— CONTROL 165 psig (1138 kPa) — R134a, R-12180 psig (1241 kPa) — R-500260 psig (1793 kPa) — R-22

Preset

OIL PRESSURE Cutout <15 psid (103 kPad)Alert <18 psid (124 kPad)

Preset

LINE VOLTAGE — HIGH >150% for one second or >115% for 10 seconds Preset, based on transformed line voltageto ISM. Also monitored at CVC/ICVC and CCM power input.

— LOW <85% for ten seconds or ≤80 for 5 seconds or <75% for one second

— SINGLE-CYCLE <50% for one cycle (if enabled) Default is disabled.COMPRESSOR MOTOR LOAD >110% for 30 seconds Preset

<15% with compressor running Preset>15% with compressor off Preset

STARTER ACCELERATION TIME(Determined by inrush current)

150% RLA for 20 sec. For chillers with reduced voltage mechanical and solid-state starters and VFDs>100% RLA for 45 sec.

>100% RLA for 10 sec. For chillers with full voltage starters (Configures on ISM_CONF table).

STARTER TRANSITION If transition contact open >20 sec. Reduced voltage starters only and VFDsCONDENSER FREEZE PROTECTION Energizes condenser pump relay if condenser

refrigerant temperature or condenser entering water temperature is below the configured con-denser freeze point temperature. Deenergizes when the temperature is 5 F (3 C) above con-denser freeze point temperature.

CONDENSER FREEZE POINT configured in SETUP1 table with a default setting of 34 F(1 C).

DISCHARGE SUPERHEAT Minimum value calculated based onoperating conditions and then comparedto actual superheat.

Calculated minimum required superheatand actual superheat are shown onOVERRIDE screen.

IMPELLER DISPLACEMENT SWITCH Excessive shaft movement. Preset, no calibration needed.

RESET

56

If kilowatts is selected for the DEMAND LIMIT SOURCE,the MOTOR RATED KILOWATTS must be entered (informa-tion found on the chiller Requisition form).

The TEMP PULLDOWN DEG/MIN may be viewed ormodified on the TEMP_CTL screen which is accessed fromthe EQUIPMENT SERVICE screen. PULLDOWN RAMPTYPE, DEMAND LIMIT SOURCE, and MOTOR LOADRAMP %/MIN may be viewed or modified on theRAMP_DEM screen.

Capacity Override (Table 7) — Capacity overrides canprevent some safety shutdowns caused by exceeding the motoramperage limit, refrigerant low temperature safety limit, motorhigh temperature safety limit, and condenser high pressurelimit. In all cases there are 2 stages of compressor vane control.

1. The vanes are prevented from opening further, and thestatus line on the ICVC indicates the reason for theoverride.

2. The vanes are closed until the condition decreases to be-low the first step set point. Then the vanes are released tonormal capacity control.

Whenever the motor current demand limit set point(ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT) is reached, it activates a capacityoverride, again, with a 2-step process. Exceeding 110% of therated load amps for more than 30 seconds will initiate a safetyshutdown.

The compressor high lift (surge prevention) set point willcause a capacity override as well. When the surge preventionset point is reached, the controller normally will only preventthe guide vanes from opening. If so equipped, the hot gas by-pass valve will open instead of holding the vanes. See theSurge Prevention Algorithm section, page 59.

High Discharge Temperature Control — If thedischarge temperature increases above 160 F (71.1 C), theguide vanes are proportionally opened to increase gas flowthrough the compressor. If the leaving chilled water tempera-ture is then brought 5° F (2.8° C) below the control set pointtemperature, the 32XR PIC II will bring the chiller into the re-cycle mode.

Oil Sump Temperature Control — The oil sumptemperature control is regulated by the 32XR PIC II, whichuses the oil heater relay when the chiller is shut down.

As part of the pre-start checks executed by the controls, theoil sump temperature (OIL SUMP TEMP) is compared to thecooler refrigerant temperature (EVAPORATOR REFRIGTEMP). If the difference between these 2 temperatures is 50 F(27.8 C) or less, the start-up will be delayed until the oil tem-perature is 50 F (27.8 C) or more. Once this temperature is con-firmed, the start-up continues.

The oil heater relay is energized whenever the chiller com-pressor is off and the oil sump temperature is less than 140 F(60.0 C) or the oil sump temperature is less than the cooler re-frigerant temperature plus 53° F (11.7° C). The oil heater isturned off when the oil sump temperature is either• more than 152 F (66.7 C), or• more than 142 F (61.1 C) and more than the cooler

refrigerant temperature plus 55° F (12.8° C).The oil heater is always off during start-up or when the

compressor is running.The oil pump is also energized during the time the oil is be-

ing heated (for 60 seconds at the end of every 30 minutes).Oil Cooler — The oil must be cooled when the compres-sor is running. This is accomplished several ways. On 19EA/EB and older 19EF and 17/19FA chillers, the oil is cooled

through a small shell and tube heat exchanger. The heat ex-changer uses chilled or condenser water as the cooling liquid.A solenoid and cock valve regulate flow to control oil tempera-ture entering the bearings. The valve is set to maintain 140 F(60 C) oil sump temperature.

On 17/19EX, 19XL/XR and newer 19EF and 17/19FAchillers oil cooling is accomplished through a small, plate-typeheat exchanger (also called the oil cooler). The heat exchangeruses liquid condenser refrigerant as the cooling liquid. Refrig-erant thermostatic expansion valves (TXVs) regulate refriger-ant flow to control the oil temperature entering the bearings.The bulbs for the expansion valves are strapped to the oil sup-ply line leaving the heat exchanger, and the valves are set tomaintain 110 F (43 C).NOTE: The TXVs are not adjustable. The oil sump tempera-ture may be at a lower temperature during compressoroperations.

Auxiliary Oil Pump Control (Open DriveMachines Only) — The auxiliary oil pump (optional) iscontrolled by the 32XR PIC II. During start-up, if the main oilpump cannot raise pressure to 18 psid (124 kPa), the auxiliaryoil pump will be energized. During compressor operation, theauxiliary oil pump will be energized if the oil pressure fallsbelow the alert threshold (18 psid [124 kPa]). Once running,the auxiliary oil pump will remain on until the compressor isturned off and will deenergize with the main oil pump after thepost-lube time period.

Shaft Seal Oil Control (Open Drive MachinesOnly) — All open drive machines require that the shaft sealbe bathed in oil at all times, especially when the machine is notrunning. This ensures that refrigerant does not leak past theseal. When the 17-Series Seal Oil Stir value (OPTIONS table)is set to a non-zero value, the oil pump will be energized for30 seconds at the configured frequency (1 to 12 hours) whenthe chiller is not running.It is important to note that if control power is to be turned offfor longer than this period, the refrigerant charge must bepumped over into the utility vessel. Because the oil heater willalso be off during this time, storing the refrigerant will alsoprevent refrigerant migration into the oil.

Remote Start/Stop Controls — A remote device, suchas a timeclock that uses a set of contacts, may be used to startand stop the chiller. However, the device should not be pro-grammed to start and stop the chiller in excess of 2 or 3 timesevery 12 hours. If more than 8 starts in 12 hours (the STARTSIN 12 HOURS parameter on the MAINSTAT screen) occur, anexcessive starts alarm displays, preventing the chiller fromstarting. The operator must press the softkey on theICVC to override the starts counter and start the chiller. If thechiller records 12 starts (excluding recycle starts) in a sliding12-hour period, it can be restarted only by pressing the

softkey followed by the or softkey.This ensures that, if the automatic system is malfunctioning,the chiller will not repeatedly cycle on and off. If the automaticrestart after a power failure option (AUTO RESTART OPTIONon the OPTIONS screen) is not activated when a power failureoccurs, and if the remote contact is closed, the chiller will indi-cate an alarm because of the loss of voltage.

The contacts for remote start are wired into terminals J205and J206 of the ISM interface panel (32XR680001). If no ISMinterface panel is used, wire the contacts for remote start to ter-minals J2-5 and J2-6 of the ISM. See the certified drawings forfurther details on contact ratings. The contacts must have24 vac dry contact rating.

RESET

RESET LOCAL CCN

57

Table 7 — Capacity Overrides

Spare Safety Inputs — Normally closed (NC) discreteinputs for additional field-supplied safeties may be wired to thespare protective limits input channel terminals J201 and J202of the ISM interface ianel or to terminals J2-1 and J2-2 of theISM, in place of the factory-installed jumper. (Wire multipleinputs in series.) The opening of any contact will result in asafety shutdown and a display on the ICVC. Refer to the certi-fied drawings for safety contact ratings.

Analog temperature sensors may also be added to the CCMmodule (SPARE TEMP #1 and #2). The analog temperaturesensors may be configured to cause an alert or alarm on theCCN network. The alert will not shut the chiller down. Config-uring for alarm state will cause the chiller to shut down.

Alarm (Trip) Output Contacts — One set of alarmcontacts is provided in the starter. The contact ratings are pro-vided in the certified drawings. The contacts are located onISM terminal strip J9, terminals 15 and 16.

Refrigerant Leak Detector — An input is availableon the CCM module [terminal J5-5 (–) and J5-6 (+)] for arefrigerant leak detector. Enabling REFRIGERANT LEAKOPTION (OPTIONS screen) will allow the 32XR PIC II con-trols to go into an alarm state at a user configured level (RE-FRIGERANT LEAK ALARM mA). The input is configured for4 to 20 mA by setting the DIP switch 1 on SW2 at the ON posi-tion, or configured for 1 to 5 vdc by setting switch 1 at the OFFposition. The output of the refrigerant leak detector is displayedas REFRIGERANT LEAK SENSOR on the MAINSTATscreen. For a 1 to 5 vdc input, 1 vdc input represents 4 mA dis-played and 5 vdc input represents 20 mA displayed.

Kilowatt Output — An output is available on the CCMmodule [terminal J8-1 (+) and J8-2 (–)] to represent the powerconsumption of the chiller. The 4 to 20 mA signal generated bythe CCM module can be wired to the building automation orenergy management system to monitor the chiller’s energyconsumption. A 4 mA signal represents the chiller in an offstate and a 20 mA signal represents the chiller operating at itsrated peak kilowatt consumption. The rated peak kilowatt con-sumption is configured by the user in the RAMP_DEM displayscreen by the setting the MOTOR RATED KILOWATTS fromthe job data sheet.

Remote Reset of Alarms — A standard feature of the32XR PIC II controls is the ability to reset a chiller in a shut-down alarm state from a remote location. If the conditionwhich caused the alarm has cleared the chiller can be placedback into a normal CCN operating mode when the REMOTERESET OPTION (ICVC_PSWD menu) is set to ENABLE. Avariety of Carrier Comfort Network software systems includ-ing ComfortVIEW™ or Network Service Tool™ can accessthe 32XR PIC II controls and reset the displayed alarm. Thirdparty software from building automation systems (BAS) or en-ergy management systems (EMS) can also access the 32XRPIC II controls through a Carrier DataLINK™ module and re-set the fault displayed. Both methods would access theICVC_PSWD screen and force the RESET ALARM? point toYES to reset the fault condition. If the 32XR PIC II controlshave determined that is safe to start the chiller the CCNMODE? point (ICVC_PSWD screen) can be forced to YES toplace the chiller back into normal CCN operating mode. Theonly exceptions are the following alarms that cannot be resetfrom a remote location: STATE #100, 205, 217-220, 223, 233,

OVERRIDECAPACITY CONTROL

FIRST STAGE SET POINT SECOND STAGE SET POINT

OVERRIDE TERMINATION

View/Modifyon CVC/ICVC

Screen

DefaultValue

ConfigurableRange Value Value

HIGH CONDENSERPRESSURE SETUP1 125 psig (862 kPa) —

R-134a, R-12

90 to 165 psig(620 to 1138 kPa) — R-134a, R-1290 to 170 psig

(620 to 1172 kPa) — R-500

150 to 245 psig(1034 to 1689 kPa)

— R-22

>Override Set Point+2.4 psid (16.5 kPad)

— R-134a, R-12,R-500

+4.0 psid (27.5 kPad)— R-22

<OverrideSet Point

HIGH MOTORTEMPERATURE SETUP1 >200 F

(93.3 C)150 to 200 F(66 to 93 C)

>OverrideSet Point

+10° F (6° C)

<OverrideSet Point

LOW REFRIGERANTTEMPERATURE

(RefrigerantOverride DeltaTemperature)

SETUP1 3° F (1.6° C) 2° to 5° F(1° to 3° C)

≤Trippoint+ Override

ΔT –1° F (0.56° C)

>Trippoint+ Override

ΔT+2° F (1.2° C)

HIGH COMPRESSORLIFT

(Surge Prevention)OPTIONS

Min: T1 — 1.5° F(0.8° C)P1 — 50 psid(345 kPad)

Max: T2 — 10° F(5.6° C)P2 — 85 psid(586 kPad)

— R-134a, R-12

0.5° to 20° F(0.3° to 8.3° C)30 to 170 psid

(207 to 1172 kPad)0.5° to 20° F

(0.3° to 8.3° C)50 to 170 psid

(348 to 1172 kPad)— R-134a, R-12

NoneWithin Lift Limits

Plus Surge/HGBPDeadband Setting

MANUAL GUIDE VANETARGET CAPACITY Automatic 0 to 100% None Release of

Manual Control

MOTOR LOAD —ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT MAINSTAT 100% 40 to 100% ≥5% of

Set Point2% Lower

Than Set Point

LOW DISCHARGESUPERHEAT OVERRIDE

Calculated MinimumSuperheat for

ConditionsNone

2° F (1.1° C)Below Calculated

Minimum Superheat

1° F (0.56° C)Above Calculated

Minimum Superheat

58

234, 247, and 250. To view alarm codes, refer to Troubleshoot-ing, Checking Display Messages, page 79. After the alarm hasbeen reset the 32XR PIC II control will increment the Starts in12 Hours counter by one upon restart. If the limit of 8 starts in a12-hour period occurs the alarm will be required to be reset atthe chiller control panel (ICVC).

Condenser Pump Control — The chiller will moni-tor the condenser pressure (CONDENSER PRESSURE) andmay turn on the condenser pump if the condenser pressure be-comes too high while the compressor is shut down. The con-denser pressure override (COND PRESS OVERRIDE) parame-ter is used to determine this pressure point. COND PRESSOVERRIDE is found in the SETUP1 display screen, which isaccessed from the EQUIPMENT SERVICE table. The defaultvalue is 125 psig (862 kPa).

If the CONDENSER PRESSURE is greater than or equal tothe COND PRESS OVERRIDE, and the entering condenserwater temperature (ENTERING CONDENSER WATER) is lessthan 115 F (46 C), the condenser pump will energize to try todecrease the pressure. The pump will turn off when the con-denser pressure is 3.5 psi (24.1 kPa) less than the pressure over-ride or when the condenser refrigerant temperature (CON-DENSER REFRIG TEMP) is within 3° F (1.7° C) of the enter-ing condenser water temperature (ENTERING CONDENSERWATER).

Condenser Freeze Prevention — This control algo-rithm helps prevent condenser tube freeze-up by energizing thecondenser pump relay. The 32XR PIC II controls the pumpand, by starting it, helps to prevent the water in the condenserfrom freezing. The 32XR PIC II can perform this functionwhenever the chiller is not running except when it is either ac-tively in pumpdown or in pumpdown/lockout with the freezeprevention disabled.

When the CONDENSER REFRIG TEMP is less than orequal to the CONDENSER FREEZE POINT, the CONDENS-ER WATER PUMP is energized until the CONDENSER RE-FRIG TEMP is greater than the CONDENSER FREEZEPOINT plus 5° F (2.7° C) and the ENTERING CONDENSERWATER TEMPERATURE is less than or equal to the CON-DENSER FREEZE POINT. An alarm is generated if the chilleris in PUMPDOWN mode and the pump is energized. An alertis generated if the chiller is not in PUMPDOWN mode and thepump is energized. If the chiller is in RECYCLE SHUT-DOWN mode, the mode will transition to a non-recycleshutdown.

Tower Fan Relay Low and High — Low condens-er water temperature can cause the chiller to shut down whenrefrigerant temperature is low. The tower fan relays, located inthe starter, are controlled by the 32XR PIC II to energize anddeenergize as the pressure differential between cooler and con-denser vessels changes. This prevents low condenser watertemperature and maximizes chiller efficiency. The tower fanrelay can only accomplish this if the relay has been added tothe cooling tower temperature controller.

The tower fan relay low is turned on whenever the condens-er water pump is running, flow is verified, and the differencebetween cooler and condenser pressure is more than 30 psid(207 kPad) for entering condenser water temperature greaterthan 65 F (18.3 C).

The tower fan relay low is turned off when the condenserpump is off, flow is stopped, or the cooler refrigerant tempera-ture is less than the override temperature for ENTERING CON-DENSER WATER temperature less than 62 F (16.7 C), or thedifferential pressure is less than 25 psid (172.4 kPad) for enter-ing condenser water less than 80 F (27 C).

The tower fan relay high is turned on whenever thecondenser water pump is running, flow is verified and the dif-ference between cooler and condenser pressure is more than

35 psid (241.3 kPa) for entering condenser water temperaturegreater than the TOWER FAN HIGH SETPOINT (SETPOINTmenu, default 75 F [23.9 C]).

The tower fan relay high is turned off when the condenserpump is off, flow is stopped, or the cooler refrigerant tempera-ture is less than the override temperature and ENTERINGCONDENSER WATER is less than 70 F (21.1 C), or the differ-ence between cooler and condenser pressure is less than28 Psid (193 kPa), or ENTERING CONDENSER WATERtemperature is less than TOWER FAN HIGH SETPOINTminus 3 F (–16.1 C).

The TOWER FAN RELAY LOW and HIGH parameters areaccessed from the STARTUP screen.

Head Pressure Reference Output (SeeFig. 37) — The 32XR PIC II control outputs a 4 to 20 mAsignal for the configurable Delta P (condenser pressure minusevaporator pressure) reference curve shown in Fig. 37. An out-put is available on the ISM module [Terminal J8 (+), J8 (–) la-beled spare]. For chillers with Benshaw Inc. solid-state startersterminal strip labeled J8 (+), J8 (–) located next to the RediStartMICRO™ input/output card is provided. The Delta P at 100%(chiller at maximum load condition default at 35 psi), DELTAP AT 0% (chiller at minimum load condition default at 25 psi)and MINIMUM OUTPUT points are configurable in theEQUIPMENT SERVICE-OPTIONS table. When configuringthis output ensure that minimum requirements for oil pressureand proper condenser FLASC orifice performance are main-tained. The 4 to 20 mA output can be used as a reference tocontrol a tower bypass valve, tower speed control, or condenserpump speed control.

IMPORTANT: A field-supplied water temperature controlsystem for condenser water should be installed. The systemshould maintain the leaving condenser water temperatureat a temperature that is 20° F (11° C) above the leavingchilled water temperature.

CAUTION

The tower fan relay control is not a substitute for a con-denser water temperature control. When used with a watertemperature control system, the tower fan relay control canbe used to help prevent low condenser water temperatures.

MINIMUMREFERENCEOUTPUT

DELTA PAT 100%

DELTA PAT 0%

DELTA P

0 mA 2 mA 4 mA(0%)

20 mA(100%)

4 T0 20 mA OUTPUT

Fig. 37 — Head Pressure Reference Output

59

Auto. Restart After Power Failure — This optionmay be enabled or disabled and may be viewed or modified onthe OPTIONS screen, which is accessed from the EQUIP-MENT CONFIGURATION table. If the AUTO. RESTARTOPTION is enabled, the chiller will start up automatically after apower failure has occurred (after a single cycle dropout; low,high, or loss of voltage; and the power is within ± 15% of nor-mal). The 15 and 5-minute inhibit timers are ignored during thistype of start-up.

When power is restored after the power failure and if thecompressor had been running, the oil pump will energize forone minute before energizing the cooler pump. AUTO.RESTART will then continue like a normal start-up.

If power to the ICVC module has been off for more than 3hours or the timeclock has been set for the first time, start thecompressor with the slowest temperature-based ramp load ratepossible in order to minimize oil foaming.

The oil pump is energized occasionally during the time theoil is being brought up to proper temperature in order to elimi-nate refrigerant that has migrated to the oil sump during thepower failure. The pump turns on for 60 seconds at the end ofevery 30-minute period until the chiller is started.

Water/Brine Reset — Three types of chilled water orbrine reset are available and can be viewed or modified on theTEMP_CTL screen, which is accessed from the EQUIPMENTSERVICE table.

The ICVC default screen indicates when the chilled waterreset is active. TEMPERATURE RESET on the MAINSTATscreen indicates the amount of reset. The CONTROL POINTwill be determined by adding the TEMPERATURE RESET tothe SETPOINT.

To activate a reset type, access the TEMP_CTL screen andinput all configuration information for that reset type. Then, in-put the reset type number (1, 2, or 3) in the SELECT/ENABLERESET TYPE input line.RESET TYPE 1: 4 to 20 mA (1 to 5 vdc) TEMPERATURERESET — Reset Type 1 is an automatic chilled water temper-ature reset based on a remote temperature sensor input config-ured for either an externally powered 4 to 20 mA or a 1 to5 vdc signal. Reset Type 1 permits up to ±30 F (±16 C) ofautomatic reset to the chilled water set point.

The auto, chilled water reset is hardwired to terminalsJ5-3 (–) and J5-4 (+) on the CCM. Switch setting number 2 onSW2 will determine the type of input signal. With the switchset at the ON position the input is configured for an externallypowered 4 to 20 mA signal. With the switch in the OFF posi-tion the input is configured for an external 1 to 5 vdc signal.RESET TYPE 2: REMOTE TEMPERATURE RESET —Reset Type 2 is an automatic chilled water temperature resetbased on a remote temperature sensor input signal. Reset Type2 permits ± 30° F (± 16° C) of automatic reset to the set pointbased on a temperature sensor wired to the CCM module(see wiring diagrams or certified drawings). The temperaturesensor must be wired to terminal J4-13 and J4-14. To configureReset Type 2, enter the temperature of the remote sensor at thepoint where no temperature reset will occur (REMOTE TEMP–> NO RESET). Next, enter the temperature at which the fullamount of reset will occur (REMOTE TEMP –> FULLRESET). Then, enter the maximum amount of reset required tooperate the chiller (DEGREES RESET). Reset Type 2 can nowbe activated.RESET TYPE 3 — Reset Type 3 is an automatic chilled watertemperature reset based on cooler temperature difference.Reset Type 3 adds ± 30° F (± 16° C) based on the temperaturedifference between the entering and leaving chilled watertemperature.

To configure Reset Type 3, enter the chilled water tempera-ture difference (the difference between entering and leaving

chilled water) at which no temperature reset occurs (CHWDELTA T –> NO RESET). This chilled water temperature dif-ference is usually the full design load temperature difference.Next, enter the difference in chilled water temperature at whichthe full amount of reset occurs (CHW DELTA T –> FULL RE-SET). Finally, enter the amount of reset (DEGREES RESET).Reset Type 3 can now be activated.

Demand Limit Control Option — The demand limitcontrol option (20 mA DEMAND LIMIT OPT) is externallycontrolled by a 4 to 20 mA or 1 to 5 vdc signal from an energymanagement system (EMS). The option is set up on theRAMP_DEM screen. When enabled, 4 mA is the 100% de-mand set point with an operator-configured minimum demandat a 20 mA set point (DEMAND LIMIT AT 20 mA).

The auto. demand limit is hardwired to terminals J5-1 (–)and J5-2 (+) on the CCM. Switch setting number 1 on SW2will determine the type of input signal. With the switch set atthe ON position the input is configured for an externally pow-ered 4 to 20 mA signal. With the switch in the OFF position theinput is configured for an external 1 to 5 vdc signal.

Surge Prevention Algorithm (Fixed SpeedChiller) — This is an operator-configurable feature that candetermine if lift conditions are too high for the compressor andthen take corrective action. Lift is defined as the difference be-tween the pressure at the impeller eye and at the impellerdischarge. The maximum lift a particular impeller wheel canperform varies with the gas flow across the impeller and thesize of the wheel.

A surge condition occurs when the lift becomes so high thegas flow across the impeller reverses. This condition can even-tually cause chiller damage. The surge prevention algorithmnotifies the operator that chiller operating conditions are mar-ginal and to take action to help prevent chiller damage such aslowering entering condenser water temperature.

The surge prevention algorithm first determines if correc-tive action is necessary. The algorithm checks 2 sets of opera-tor-configured data points, the minimum load points (MIN.LOAD POINT [T1,P1]) and the full load points (FULL LOADPOINT [T2,P2]). These points have default settings as definedon the OPTIONS screen or on Table 7.

The 32XR PIC II software has 4 load points that can be con-figured. In most cases, only the first two, T1/P1 and T2/P2 areused. In this case, load points T3/P3 and T4/P4 must be config-ured to the same values as T2/P2. Other settings require guid-ance from the local Carrier service office.

The surge prevention algorithm function and settings aregraphically displayed in Fig. 38 and 39. The two sets of loadpoints on the graph (default settings are shown) describe a linethe algorithm uses to determine the maximum lift of the com-pressor. When the actual differential pressure between the cool-er and condenser and the temperature difference between theentering and leaving chilled water are above the line on thegraph (as defined by the minimum and full load points), the al-gorithm goes into a corrective action mode. If the actual valuesare below the line and outside of the deadband region, the algo-rithm takes no action. When the point defined by the ACTIVEDELTA P and ACTIVE DELTA T, moves from the regionwhere the HOT GAS BYPASS/SURGE PREVENTION is off,the point must pass through the deadband region to the linedetermined by the configured values before the HOT GASBYPASS/SURGE PREVENTION will be turned on. As thepoint moves from the region where the HOT GAS BYPASS/SURGE PREVENTION is on, the point must pass through thedeadband region before the HOT GAS BYPASS/SURGEPREVENTION is turned off. Information on modifying the de-fault set points of the minimum and full load points may befound in the Input Service Configurations section, page 68.

60

The state of the surge/hot gas bypass algorithm on theHEAT_EX DISPLAY SCREEN (Surge/HGBP Active?).

Corrective action can be taken by making one of 2 choices.If a hot gas bypass valve is present and the hot gas option isselected on the OPTIONS table (SURGE LIMIT/HGBPOPTION is set to 1), the hot gas bypass valve can be energized.If the hot gas bypass option is not selected (SURGE LIMIT/HGBP OPTION is set to 0), the guide vanes are held at theircurrent position. See Table 7, Capacity Overrides. Both ofthese corrective actions try to reduce the lift experienced by thecompressor and help prevent a surge condition.

Surge Prevention Algorithm with VFD — This isan operator configurable feature that can determine if lift con-ditions are too high for the compressor and then take correctiveaction. Lift is defined as the difference between the pressure atthe impeller eye and at the impeller discharge. The maximum

lift a particular impeller wheel can perform varies with the gasflow through the impeller and the diameter of the impeller.

A surge condition occurs when the lift becomes so high thegas flow across the impeller reverses. This condition can even-tually cause chiller damage. When enabled, the Surge Preven-tion Algorithm will adjust either the inlet guide vane (IGV)position or compressor speed to maintain the compressor at asafe distance from surge while maintaining machine efficiency.If the surge condition degrades then the algorithm will moveaggressively away from surge. This condition can be identifiedwhen the SURGE/HGBP ACTIVE? on the HEAT_EX displayscreen displays a YES.

The surge prevention algorithm first determines if correc-tive action is necessary. The algorithm checks two sets ofoperator-configured data points, the lower surge point (MIN.LOAD POINT [T1,P1]) and the upper surge point (FULLLOAD POINT [T2,P2]). The surge characteristics vary be-tween different chiller configurations and operating conditions.The surge characteristics are factory set based on the originalselection with the values displayed inside the control panel ofthe chiller. Since operating conditions may affect the surge pre-vention algorithm, some field adjustments may be necessary.

The surge prevention algorithm function and settings aregraphically displayed on Fig. 38 and 39. The two sets of loadpoints on the graph (default settings are shown) describe a linethe algorithm uses to determine the maximum lift of the com-pressor for the particular maximum operating speed. When theactual differential pressure between the cooler and condenserand the temperature difference between the entering and leav-ing chilled water are above the line on the graph (as defined bythe minimum and full load points), the algorithm operates inSurge Prevention mode. This is determined when the ACTIVEDELTA T is less than SURGE/HGBP DELTA T minus thedeadband.

When in Surge Prevention mode, with a command to in-crease capacity, the VFD speed will increase until maximumVFD speed is reached. At VFD MAXIMUM SPEED, when Ca-pacity still needs to increase, the IGVs open. When in SurgePrevention mode, with a command to decrease capacity onlythe IGVs will close.

Surge Protection VFD Units — The 32XR PIC IImonitors surge, which is detected as a fluctuation in compres-sor motor amperage. Each time the fluctuation exceeds anoperator-specified limit (SURGE DELTA % AMPS), the 32XRPIC II registers a surge protection count. If more than 5 surgesoccur within an operator-specified time (SURGE TIME PERI-OD), the 32XR PIC II initiates a surge protection shutdown ofthe chiller.

On VFD units, if a surge count is registered and if ACTUALVFD SPEED is less than VFD MAXIMUM SPEED then motorspeed will be increased by the configured VFD increase step.While the SURGE PROTECTION COUNTS are >0, a speeddecrease will not be honored.

The surge limit can be adjusted from the OPTIONS screen(see Table 5). Scroll down to the SURGE DELTA % AMPSparameter, and use the or softkeyto adjust the percent of surge. The default setting is 10% amps.

The surge time period can also be adjusted from theOPTIONS screen. Scroll to the SURGE TIME PERIODparameter, and use the or softkeyto adjust the amount of time. The default setting is 8 minutes.

Access the display screen (COMPRESS) to monitor thesurge count (SURGE PROTECTION COUNTS).

Surge Protection (Fixed Speed Chiller) — The32XR PIC II monitors surge, which is a fluctuation in compres-sor motor amperage. Each time the fluctuation exceeds anoperator-specified limit (SURGE DELTA % AMPS), the 32XRPIC II counts the surge. If more than 5 surges occur within an

LEGEND

ΔP = (Condenser Psi) – (Cooler Psi)ΔT = (ECW) – (LCW)

Fig. 38 — Hot Gas Bypass/Surge Prevention withDefault English Settings (R-134a, R-12)

ECW — Entering Chilled WaterHGBP — Hot Gas BypassLCW — Leaving Chilled Water

LEGEND

ΔP = (Condenser kPa) – (Cooler kPa)ΔT = (ECW) – (LCW)

Fig. 39 — Hot Gas Bypass/Surge Preventionwith Default Metric Settings (R-134a, R-12)

ECW — Entering Chilled WaterHGBP — Hot Gas BypassLCW — Leaving Chilled Water

INCREASE DECREASE

INCREASE DECREASE

61

operator-specified time (SURGE TIME PERIOD), the 32XRPIC II initiates a surge protection shutdown of the chiller.

The surge limit can be adjusted from the OPTIONS screen.Scroll down to the SURGE DELTA % AMPS parameter, anduse the or softkey to adjust thepercent of surge. The default setting is 10% amps.

The surge time period can also be adjusted from theOPTIONS screen. Scroll to the SURGE TIME PERIODparameter, and use the or softkeyto adjust the amount of time. The default setting is 8 minutes.

Access the display screen (COMPRESS) to monitor thesurge count (SURGE PROTECTION COUNTS).

Lead/Lag Control — The lead/lag control system auto-matically starts and stops a lag or second chiller in a 2-chillerwater system. A third chiller can be added to the lead/lag sys-tem as a standby chiller to start up in case the lead or lag chillerin the system has shut down during an alarm condition and ad-ditional cooling is required. Refer to Fig. 30-36 for menu, table,and screen selection information.NOTE: The lead/lag function can be configured on the LEAD-LAG screen, which is accessed from the SERVICE menu andEQUIPMENT SERVICE table. See Table 5, Example 20.Lead/lag status during chiller operation can be viewed on theLL_MAINT display screen, which is accessed from the SER-VICE menu and CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS table.See Table 5, Example 12.Lead/lag system requirements:• all chillers in the system must have software capable of

performing the lead/lag function• water pumps MUST be energized from the 32XR PIC II

controls• water flows should be constant• the CCN time schedules for all chillers must be identical Operation features:• 2 chiller lead/lag• addition of a third chiller for backup• manual rotation of lead chiller• load balancing if configured• staggered restart of the chillers after a power failure• chillers may be piped in parallel or in series chilled water

flowCOMMON POINT SENSOR INSTALLATION — Lead/lagoperation does not require a common chilled water point sen-sor. Common point sensors (Spare Temp #1 and #2) can beadded to the CCM module, if desired. Spare Temp #1 and #2are wired to plug J4 terminals 25-26 and 27-28 (J4 lower,respectively).NOTE: If the common point sensor option is chosen on achilled water system, each chiller should have its own commonpoint sensor installed. Each chiller uses its own common pointsensor for control when that chiller is designated as the leadchiller. The 32XR PIC II cannot read the value of commonpoint sensors installed on the other chillers in the chilled watersystem.

If leaving chilled water control (ECW CONTROL OPTIONis set to 0 [DSABLE] TEMP_CTL screen) and a commonpoint sensor is desired (COMMON SENSOR OPTION inLEADLAG screen selected as 1) then the sensor is wired inSpare Temp #1 position on the CCM.

If the entering chilled water control option (ECW CON-TROL OPTION) is enabled (configured in TEMP_CTLscreen) and a common point sensor is desired (COMMONSENSOR OPTION in LEADLAG screen selected as 1) thenthe sensor is wired in Spare Temp #2 position on the CCM.

When installing chillers in series, a common point sensorshould be used. If a common point sensor is not used, theleaving chilled water sensor of the upstream chiller must be

moved into the leaving chilled water pipe of the downstreamchiller.

If return chilled water control is required on chillers piped inseries, the common point return chilled water sensor should beinstalled. If this sensor is not installed, the return chilled watersensor of the downstream chiller must be relocated to the returnchilled water pipe of the upstream chiller.

To properly control the common supply point temperaturesensor when chillers are piped in parallel, the water flowthrough the shutdown chillers must be isolated so no water by-pass around the operating chiller occurs. The common pointsensor option must not be used if water bypass around the oper-ating chiller is occurring.LEAD/LAG OPERATION — The 32XR PIC II not only hasthe ability to operate 2 chillers in lead/lag, but it can also start adesignated standby chiller when either the lead or lag chiller isfaulted and capacity requirements are not met. The lead/lag op-tion only operates when the chillers are in CCN mode. If anyother chiller configured for lead/lag is set to the LOCAL orOFF modes, it will be unavailable for lead/lag operation. Lead/Lag Chiller Configuration and Operation• A chiller is designated the lead chiller when its

LEADLAG: CONFIGURATION value on the LEAD-LAG screen is set to “1.”

• A chiller is designated the lag chiller when itsLEADLAG: CONFIGURATION value is set to “2.”

• A chiller is designated as a standby chiller when itsLEADLAG: CONFIGURATION value is set to “3.”

• A value of “0” disables the lead/lag designation of achiller.To configure the LAG ADDRESS value on the LEADLAG

screen, always enter the address of the other chiller on the sys-tem. For example, if you are configuring chiller A, enter the ad-dress for chiller B as the lag address. If you are configuringchiller B, enter the address for chiller A as the lag address. Thismakes it easier to rotate the lead and lag chillers.

If the address assignments in the LAG ADDRESS andSTANDBY ADDRESS parameters conflict, the lead/lag func-tion is disabled and an alert (!) message displays. For example,if the LAG ADDRESS matches the lead chiller’s address, thelead/lag will be disabled and an alert (!) message displayed.The lead/lag maintenance screen (LL_MAINT) displays themessage ‘INVALID CONFIG’ in the LEADLAG: CONFIGU-RATION and CURRENT MODE fields.

The lead chiller responds to normal start/stop controls suchas the occupancy schedule, a forced start or stop, and remotestart contact inputs. After completing start-up and ramp load-ing, the PIC II evaluates the need for additional capacity. If ad-ditional capacity is needed, the 32XR PIC II initiates the start-up of the chiller configured at the LAG ADDRESS. If the lagchiller is faulted (in alarm) or is in the OFF or LOCAL modes,the chiller at the STANDBY ADDRESS (if configured) is re-quested to start. After the second chiller is started and is run-ning, the lead chiller monitors conditions and evaluates wheth-er the capacity has been reduced enough for the lead chiller tosustain the system alone. If the capacity is reduced enough forthe lead chiller to sustain the CONTROL POINT temperaturesalone, then the operating lag chiller is stopped.

If the lead chiller is stopped in CCN mode for any reasonother than an alarm (*) condition, the lag and standby chillersare also stopped. If the configured lead chiller stops for analarm condition, the configured lag chiller takes the lead chill-er’s place as the lead chiller, and the standby chiller serves asthe lag chiller.

If the configured lead chiller does not complete the start-upbefore the PRESTART FAULT TIMER (a user-configuredvalue) elapses, then the lag chiller starts and the lead chillershuts down. The lead chiller then monitors the start requestfrom the acting lead chiller. The PRESTART FAULT TIMER is

INCREASE DECREASE

INCREASE DECREASE

62

initiated at the time of a start request. The PRESTART FAULTTIMER provides a timeout if there is a prestart alert conditionthat prevents the chiller from starting in a timely manner. ThePRESTART FAULT TIMER parameter is on the LEADLAGscreen, which is accessed from the EQUIPMENT SERVICEtable of the SERVICE menu.

If the lag chiller does not achieve start-up before the PRE-START FAULT TIMER elapses, the lag chiller stops, and thestandby chiller is requested to start, if configured and ready.Standby Chiller Configuration and Operation — A chiller isdesignated as a standby chiller when its LEADLAG: CONFIG-URATION value on the LEADLAG screen is set to “3.” Thestandby chiller can operate as a replacement for the lag chilleronly if one of the other two chillers is in an alarm (*) condition(as shown on the ICVC panel). If both lead and lag chillers arein an alarm (*) condition, the standby chiller defaults to oper-ate in CCN mode, based on its configured occupancy scheduleand remote contacts input.Lag Chiller Start-Up Requirements — Before the lag chillercan be started, the following conditions must be met:

1. Lead chiller ramp loading must be complete.2. Lead chilled water temperature must be greater than the

CONTROL POINT temperature (see the MAINSTATscreen) plus 1/2 the CHILLED WATER DEADBANDtemperature (see the SETUP1 screen).NOTE: The chilled water temperature sensor may be theleaving chilled water sensor, the return water sensor, thecommon supply water sensor, or the common return wa-ter sensor, depending on which options are configuredand enabled.

3. Lead chiller ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT (see the MAIN-STAT screen) value must be greater than 95% of full loadamps.

4. Lead chiller temperature pulldown rate (TEMP PULL-DOWN DEG/MIN on the TEMP_CTL screen) of thechilled water temperature is less than 0.5° F (0.27° C) perminute.

5. The lag chiller status indicates it is in CCN mode and isnot in an alarm condition. If the current lag chiller is in analarm condition, the standby chiller becomes the activelag chiller, if it is configured and available.

6. The configured LAG START TIMER entry has elapsed.The LAG START TIMER starts when the lead chiller ramploading is completed. The LAG START TIMER entry ison the LEADLAG screen, which is accessed from theEQUIPMENT SERVICE table of the SERVICE menu.

When all the above requirements have been met, the lagchiller is commanded to a STARTUP mode (SUPVSR flashingnext to the point value on the STATUS table). The 32XR PIC IIcontrol then monitors the lag chiller for a successful start. If thelag chiller fails to start, the standby chiller, if configured, isstarted.Lag Chiller Shutdown Requirements — The following condi-tions must be met in order for the lag chiller to be stopped.

1. Lead chiller compressor motor average line current orload value (MOTOR PERCENT KILOWATTS on theMAINSTAT screen) is less than the lead chiller percentcapacity.NOTE: Lead chiller percent capacity = 115 – LAG % CA-PACITY. The LAG % CAPACITY parameter is on theLEADLAG screen, which is accessed from the EQUIP-MENT SERVICE table on the SERVICE menu.

2. The lead chiller chilled water temperature is less than theCONTROL POINT temperature (see the MAINSTATscreen) plus 1/2 the CHILLED WATER DEADBAND tem-perature (see the SETUP1 screen).

3. The configured LAG STOP TIMER entry has elapsed.The LAG STOP TIMER starts when the lead chillerchilled water temperature is less than the chilled waterCONTROL POINT plus 1/2 of the CHILLED WATERDEADBAND and the lead chiller compressor motor load(MOTOR PERCENT KILOWATT or AVERAGE LINECURRENT on the MAINSTAT screen) is less than thelead chiller percent capacity.

NOTE: Lead chiller percent capacity = 115 – LAG % CAPAC-ITY. The LAG % CAPACITY parameter is on the LEADLAGscreen, which is accessed from the EQUIPMENT SERVICEtable on the SERVICE menu.FAULTED CHILLER OPERATION — If the lead chillershuts down because of an alarm (*) condition, it stops commu-nicating to the lag and standby chillers. After 30 seconds, thelag chiller becomes the acting lead chiller and starts and stopsthe standby chiller, if necessary.

If the lag chiller goes into alarm when the lead chiller is alsoin alarm, the standby chiller reverts to a stand-alone CCNmode of operation.

If the lead chiller is in an alarm (*) condition (as shown onthe ICVC panel), press the softkey to clear the alarm.The chiller is placed in CCN mode. The lead chiller communi-cates and monitors the RUN STATUS of the lag and standbychillers. If both the lag and standby chillers are running, thelead chiller does not attempt to start and does not assume therole of lead chiller until either the lag or standby chiller shutsdown. If only one chiller is running, the lead chiller waits for astart request from the operating chiller. When the configuredlead chiller starts, it assumes its role as lead chiller.

If the lag chiller is the only chiller running when the leadchiller assumes its role as a lead chiller then the lag chiller willperform a RECOVERY START REQUEST (LL_MAINTscreen). The lead chiller will start up when the following condi-tions are met.

1. Lag chiller ramp loading must be complete.2. Lag CHILLED WATER TEMP (MAINSTAT screen) is

greater than CONTROL POINT plus 1/2 the CHILLEDWATER DEADBAND temperature.

3. Lag chiller ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT value must begreater than 95% of full load amps.

4. Lag chiller temperature pulldown rate (TEMP PULL-DOWN DEG/MIN) of the chilled water temperature isless than 0.5 F (0.27 C) per minute.

5. The standby chiller is not running as a lag chiller.6. The configured LAG START TIMER has elapsed. The

LAG START TIMER is started when ramp loading iscompleted.

LOAD BALANCING — When the LOAD BALANCEOPTION (see LEADLAG screen) is enabled, the lead chillersets the ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT in the lag chiller to the leadchiller’s compressor motor load value MOTOR PERCENTKILOWATTS or AVERAGE LINE CURRENT on the MAIN-STAT screen). This value has limits of 40% to 100%. When thelag chiller ACTIVE DEMAND LIMIT is set, the CONTROLPOINT must be modified to a value of 3° F (1.67° C) less thanthe lead chiller’s CONTROL POINT value. If the LOAD BAL-ANCE OPTION is disabled, the ACTIVE DEMAND LIMITand the CONTROL POINT are forced to the same value as thelead chiller.AUTO. RESTART AFTER POWER FAILURE — Whenan auto. restart condition occurs, each chiller may have a delayadded to the start-up sequence, depending on its lead/lag con-figuration. The lead chiller does not have a delay. The lag chill-er has a 45-second delay. The standby chiller has a 90-seconddelay. The delay time is added after the chiller water flow isverified. The 32XR PIC II ensures the guide vanes are closed.

RESET

63

After the guide vane position is confirmed, the delay for lagand standby chillers occurs prior to energizing the oil pump.The normal start-up sequence then continues. The auto. restartdelay sequence occurs whether the chiller is in CCN or LO-CAL mode and is intended to stagger the compressor motorstarts. Preventing the motors from starting simultaneouslyhelps reduce the inrush demands on the building power system.

Ice Build Control — The ice build control option auto-matically sets the CONTROL POINT of the chiller to a temper-ature that allows ice building for thermal storage.NOTE: For ice build control to operate properly, the 32XRPIC II must be in CCN mode.

The 32XR PIC II can be configured for ice build operation.• From the SERVICE menu, access the EQUIPMENT

SERVICE table. From there, select the OPTIONS screento enable or disable the ICE BUILD OPTION. SeeTable 5, Example 17.

• The ICE BUILD SETPOINT can be configured from theSETPOINT display, which is accessed from the PIC IImain menu. See Table 5, Example 9.

• The ice build schedule can be viewed or modified fromthe SCHEDULE table. From this table, select the icebuild schedule (OCCPC02S) screen. See Fig. 35 and thesection on Time Schedule Operation, page 40, for moreinformation on modifying chiller schedules.The ice build time schedule defines the period(s) during

which ice build is active if the ice build option is enabled. If theice build time schedule overlaps other schedules, the ice buildtime schedule takes priority. During the ice build period, theCONTROL POINT is set to the ICE BUILD SETPOINT fortemperature control. The ICE BUILD RECYCLE and ICEBUILD TERMINATION parameters, accessed from theOPTIONS screen, allow the chiller operator to recycle or ter-minate the ice build cycle. The ice build cycle can be config-ured to terminate if:• the ENTERING CHILLED WATER temperature is less

than the ICE BUILD SETPOINT. In this case, the opera-tor sets the ICE BUILD TERMINATION parameter to 0on the OPTIONS screen.

• the REMOTE CONTACT inputs from an ice level indi-cator are opened. In this case, the operator sets the ICEBUILD TERMINATION parameter to 1 on the OPTIONSscreen.

• the chilled water temperature is less than the ice build setpoint and the remote contact inputs from an ice levelindicator are open. In this case, the operator sets the ICEBUILD TERMINATION parameter to 2 on the OPTIONSscreen.

• the end of the ice build time schedule has been reached.ICE BUILD INITIATION — The ice build time schedule(OCCPC02S) is the means for activating the ice build option.The ice build option is enabled if:• a day of the week and a time period on the ice build time

schedule are enabled. The SCHEDULE screen shows anX in the day field and ON/OFF times are designated forthe day(s),

• and the ICE BUILD OPTION is enabled.The following events take place (unless overridden by a

higher authority CCN device).• CHILLER START/STOP is forced to START.• The CONTROL POINT is forced to the ICE BUILD SET-

POINT.• Any force (Auto) is removed from the ACTIVE

DEMAND LIMIT.NOTE: A parameter’s value can be forced, that is, the valuecan be manually changed at the ICVC by an operator, changedfrom another CCN device, or changed by other algorithms inthe 32XR PIC II control system.

NOTE: The Ice Build steps do not occur if the chiller is config-ured and operating as a lag or standby chiller for lead/lag oper-ation and is actively being controlled by a lead chiller. The leadchiller communicates the ICE BUILD SET POINT, the desiredCHILLER START/STOP state, and the ACTIVE DEMANDLIMIT to the lag or standby chiller as required for ice build, ifconfigured to do so.START-UP/RECYCLE OPERATION — If the chiller is notrunning when ice build activates, the 32XR PIC II checks thefollowing conditions, based on the ICE BUILD TERMINA-TION value, to avoid starting the compressor unnecessarily:• if ICE BUILD TERMINATION is set to the TEMP option

and the ENTERING CHILLED WATER temperature isless than or equal to the ICE BUILD SETPOINT;

• if ICE BUILD TERMINATION is set to the CONTACTSoption and the remote contacts are open;

• if the ICE BUILD TERMINATION is set to the BOTH(temperature and contacts) option and the ENTERINGCHILLED WATER temperature is less than or equal tothe ICE BUILD SETPOINT and the remote contacts areopen.The ICE BUILD RECYCLE on the OPTIONS screen deter-

mines whether or not the chiller will go into an ice build RE-CYCLE mode.• If the ICE BUILD RECYCLE is set to DSABLE (dis-

able), the 32XR PIC II reverts to normal temperaturecontrol when the ice build function terminates.

• If the ICE BUILD RECYCLE is set to ENABLE, the32XR PIC II goes into an ICE BUILD RECYCLE modeand the chilled water pump relay remains energized tokeep the chilled water flowing when the ice build func-tion terminates. If the temperature of the ENTERINGCHILLED WATER increases above the ICE BUILD SET-POINT plus the RECYCLE RESTART DELTA T value,the compressor restarts and controls the chilled water/brine temperature to the ICE BUILD SETPOINT.

TEMPERATURE CONTROL DURING ICE BUILD —During ice build, the capacity control algorithm shall use theCONTROL POINT minus 5 F (–2.8 C) for control of theLEAVING CHILLED WATER temperature. (See Table 5, ex-ample 10, the CAPACITY CONTROL parameter on the CA-PACITY screen.) The ECW CONTROL OPTION and any tem-perature reset option shall be ignored, if enabled, during icebuild. The AUTO DEMAND LIMIT INPUT shall also beignored if enabled during ice build.• ECW CONTROL OPTION and any temperature reset

options (configured on TEMP_CTL screen).• 20 mA DEMAND LIMIT OPT (configured on

RAMP_DEM screen).TERMINATION OF ICE BUILD — The ice build functionterminates under the following conditions:

1. Time Schedule — When the current time on the ice buildtime schedule (OCCPC02S) is not set as an ice build timeperiod.

2. Entering Chilled Water Temperature — Compressoroperation terminates, based on temperature, if the ICEBUILD TERMINATION parameter is set to 0 (TEMP),the ENTERING CHILLED WATER temperature is lessthan the ICE BUILD SETPOINT, and the ICE BUILDRECYCLE is set to DSABLE. If the ICE BUILD RECY-CLE OPTION is set to ENABLE, a recycle shutdown oc-curs and recycle start-up depends on the LEAVINGCHILLED WATER temperature being greater than thewater/brine CONTROL POINT plus the RESTARTDELTA T temperature.

3. Remote Contacts/Ice Level Input — Compressor opera-tion terminates when the ICE BUILD TERMINATIONparameter is set to 1 (CONTACTS) and the remote con-tacts are open and the ICE BUILD RECYCLE is set to

64

DSABLE (0). In this case, the contacts provide ice leveltermination control. The contacts are used to stop the icebuild function when a time period on the ice build sched-ule (OCCPC02S) is set for ice build operation. The re-mote contacts can still be opened and closed to start andstop the chiller when a specific time period on the icebuild schedule is not set for ice build.

4. Entering Chilled Water Temperature and ICE BUILDContacts — Compressor operation terminates when theICE BUILD TERMINATION parameter is set to2 (BOTH) and the conditions described above in items2 and 3 for entering chilled water temperature and remotecontacts have occurred.

NOTE: It is not possible to override the CHILLER START/STOP, CONTROL POINT, and ACTIVE DEMAND LIMITvariables from CCN devices (with a priority 4 or greater) dur-ing the ice build period. However, a CCN device can overridethese settings during 2-chiller lead/lag operation.RETURN TO NON-ICE BUILD OPERATIONS — The icebuild function forces the chiller to start, even if all other sched-ules indicate that the chiller should stop. When the ice buildfunction terminates, the chiller returns to normal temperaturecontrol and start/stop schedule operation. The CHILLERSTART/STOP and CONTROL POINT return to normal opera-tion. If the CHILLER START/STOP or CONTROL POINT hasbeen forced (with a device of less than 4 priority) before the icebuild function started, when the ice build function ends, theprevious forces (of less than 4 priority) are not automaticallyrestored.

Attach to Network Device Control — The Servicemenu includes the ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICEscreen. From this screen, the operator can: • enter the time schedule number (if changed) for

OCCPC03S, as defined in the NET_OPT screen• attach the ICVC to any CCN device, if the chiller has

been connected to a CCN network. This may includeother PIC-controlled chillers.

• upgrade softwareFigure 40 shows the ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICE

screen. The LOCAL parameter is always the ICVC module ad-dress of the chiller on which it is mounted. Whenever the con-troller identification of the ICVC changes, the change is re-flected automatically in the BUS and ADDRESS columns forthe local device. See Fig. 40. Default address for local device isBUS 0 ADDRESS 1.

When the ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICE screen is ac-cessed, information can not be read from the ICVC on any de-vice until one of the devices listed on that screen is attached.The ICVC erases information about the module to which it wasattached to make room for information on another device.Therefore, a CCN module must be attached when this screen isentered.

To attach any CCN device, highlight it using the softkey and press the softkey. The message “UP-LOADING TABLES, PLEASE WAIT” displays. The ICVCthen uploads the highlighted device or module. If the moduleaddress cannot be found, the message “COMMUNICATIONFAILURE” appears. The ICVC then reverts back to the AT-TACH TO DEVICE screen. Try another device or check theaddress of the device that would not attach. The upload processtime for each CCN module is different. In general, the upload-ing process takes 1 to 2 minutes. Before leaving the ATTACHTO NETWORK DEVICE screen, select the local device. Oth-erwise, the ICVC will be unable to display information on thelocal chiller.

ATTACHING TO OTHER CCN MODULES — If the chill-er ICVC has been connected to a CCN Network or other PICcontrolled chillers through CCN wiring, the ICVC can be usedto view or change parameters on the other controllers. OtherPIC chillers can be viewed and set points changed (if the otherunit is in CCN control), from this particular ICVC module.

If the module number is not valid, the “COMMUNICA-TION FAILURE” message will show and a new address num-ber must be entered or the wiring checked. If the module iscommunicating properly, the “UPLOAD IN PROGRESS”message will flash and the new module can now be viewed.

Whenever there is a question regarding which module onthe ICVC is currently being shown, check the device name de-scriptor on the upper left hand corner of the ICVC screen. SeeFig. 31.

When the CCN device has been viewed, the ATTACH TONETWORK DEVICE table should be used to attach to the PICthat is on the chiller. Move to the ATTACH TO NETWORKDEVICE table (LOCAL should be highlighted) and press the

softkey to upload the LOCAL device. The ICVCfor the chiller will be uploaded and default screen will display.NOTE: The ICVC will not automatically reattach to the localmodule on the chiller. Press the softkey to attach tothe LOCAL device and view the chiller operation.

Service Operation — An overview of the tables andscreens available for the SERVICE function is shown inFig. 33.TO ACCESS THE SERVICE SCREENS — When the SER-VICE screens are accessed, a password must be entered.

1. From the main MENU screen, press the softkey. The softkeys now correspond to the numerals1, 2, 3, 4.

2. Press the four digits of the password, one at a time. Anasterisk (*) appears as each digit is entered

NOTE: The initial factory-set password is 1-1-1-1. If thepassword is incorrect, an error message is displayed

SELECTATTACH

Fig. 40 — Example of Attach to NetworkDevice Screen

a19-1743

ATTACH

ATTACH

SERVICE

65

If this occurs, return to Step 1 and try to access the SER-VICE screens again. If the password is correct, the soft-key labels change to:

NOTE: The SERVICE screen password can be changedby entering the ICVC CONFIGURATION screen underSERVICE menu. The password is located at the bottomof the menu.The ICVC screen displays the following list of availableSERVICE screens:• Alarm History• Control Test• Control Algorithm Status• Equipment Configuration• ISM (Starter) Config Data• Equipment Service• Time and Date• Attach to Network Device• Log Out of Device• ICVC Configuration

See Fig. 31 for additional screens and tables available fromthe SERVICE screens listed above. Use the softkey toreturn to the main MENU screen.NOTE: To prevent unauthorized persons from accessing theICVC service screens, the ICVC automatically signs off andpassword-protects itself if a key has not been pressed for15 minutes. The sequence is as follows. Fifteen minutes afterthe last key is pressed, the default screen displays, the ICVCscreen light goes out (analogous to a screen saver), and theICVC logs out of the password-protected SERVICE menu.Other screen and menus, such as the STATUS screen can beaccessed without the password by pressing the appropriatesoftkey.TO LOG OUT OF NETWORK DEVICE — To access thisscreen and log out of a network device, from the default ICVCscreen, press the and softkeys. Enter thepassword and, from the SERVICE menu, highlight LOG OUTOF NETWORK DEVICE and press the softkey.The ICVC default screen will now be displayed.HOLIDAY SCHEDULING — The time schedules may beconfigured for special operation during a holiday period. Whenmodifying a time period, the “H” at the end of the days of theweek field signifies that the period is applicable to a holiday.

The broadcast function must be activated for the holidaysconfigured on the HOLIDEF screen to work properly. Accessthe BRODEF screen from the EQUIPMENT CONFIGURA-TION table and select ENABLE to activate function. Note thatwhen the chiller is connected to a CCN Network, only onechiller or CCN device can be configured as the broadcast de-vice. The controller that is configured as the broadcaster is thedevice responsible for transmitting holiday, time, and daylight-savings dates throughout the network.

To access the BRODEF screen, see the SERVICE menustructure, Fig. 33.

To view or change the holiday periods for up to 18 differentholidays, perform the following operation:

1. At the Menu screen, press to access the Ser-vice menu.

2. If not logged on, follow the instructions for Attach to Net-work Device or To Log Out. Once logged on, press

until Equipment Configuration is highlighted.

3. Once Equipment Configuration is highlighted, press to access.

4. Press until HOLIDAYS is highlighted. This isthe Holiday Definition table.

5. Press to enter the Data Table Select screen.This screen lists 18 holiday tables.

6. Press to highlight the holiday table that is to beviewed or changed. Each table is one holiday period,starting on a specific date, and lasting up to 99 days.

7. Press to access the holiday table. The Config-uration Select table now shows the holiday start monthand day, and how many days the holiday period will last.

8. Press or to highlight the month,day, or duration.

9. Press to modify the month, day, or duration.10. Press or to change the

selected value.11. Press to save the changes.12. Press to return to the previous menu.

Refrigerant Type Selection — The Refrigerant Typeselection provides the means to identify the refrigerant installedin the chiller. The refrigerant selection must be completed onnewly installed software in order to enable the chiller to start.If the refrigerant type is not selected prior to attempting a start-up, a prestart check alert state will be declared (alert 110) andstartup will be inhibited. The default refrigerant is R-134a. Thedisplay will show the 3 types of refrigerant selectable above thesoftkeys. The other selectable refrigerant types are R-12, R-500and R-22.

Selecting the correct refrigerant will automatically convertthe safety and pressure conversion tables in the 32XR PIC IIcontroller. After selecting the correct refrigerant type, press the

softkey.

START-UP/SHUTDOWN/RECYCLE SEQUENCE (Fig. 41)

Local Start-Up — Local start-up (or a manual start-up) isinitiated by pressing the menu softkey on the defaultICVC screen. Local start-up can proceed when the chillerschedule indicates that the current time and date have beenestablished as a run time and date, and after the internal15-minute start-to-start and the 1-minute stop-to-start inhibittimers have expired. These timers are represented in the STARTINHIBIT TIMER and can be viewed on the MAINSTAT screenand DEFAULT screen. The timer must expire before the chillerwill start. If the timers have not expired the RUN STATUS pa-rameter on the MAINSTAT screen now reads TIMEOUT.NOTE: The time schedule is said to be “occupied” if theOCCUPIED ? parameter on the MAINSTAT screen is set toYES.

If the OCCUPIED ? parameter on the MAINSTAT screenis set to NO, the chiller can be forced to start as follows. Fromthe default ICVC screen, press the and softkeys. Scroll to highlight MAINSTAT. Press the softkey. Scroll to highlight CHILLER START/STOP. Press the

softkey to override the schedule and start the chiller.NOTE: The chiller will continue to run until this forced start isreleased, regardless of the programmed schedule. To release

EXIT

MENU SERVICE

SELECT

SERVICE

NEXT

CAUTION

Selecting a refrigerant type that is not the same as themachine can cause damage to the chiller.

SELECTNEXT

SELECT

NEXT

SELECT

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECTINCREASE DECREASE

ENTEREXIT

EXIT

LOCAL

MENU STATUSSELECT

START

66

the forced start, highlight CHILLER START/STOP from theMAINSTAT screen and press the softkey. Thisaction returns the chiller to the start and stop times establishedby the schedule.

The chiller may also be started by overriding the timeschedule. From the default screen, press the and

softkeys. Scroll down and select the currentschedule. Select OVERRIDE, and set the desired overridetime.

Another condition for start-up must be met for chillers thathave the REMOTE CONTACTS OPTION on the EQUIP-MENT SERVICE screen set to ENABLE. For these chillers,the REMOTE START CONTACT parameter on the MAIN-STAT screen must be CLOSED. From the ICVC defaultscreen, press the and softkeys. Scroll tohighlight MAINSTAT and press the softkey. Scrolldown the MAINSTAT screen to highlight REMOTE STARTCONTACT and press the softkey. Then, press the

softkey. To end the override, select REMOTE CON-TACTS INPUT and press the softkey.

Once local start-up begins, the 32XR PIC II performs a se-ries of pre-start tests to verify that all pre-start alerts and safe-ties are within the limits shown in Table 7. The RUN STATUSparameter on the MAINSTAT screen line now reads PRE-START. If a test is not successful, the start-up is delayed oraborted. If the tests are successful, the chilled water/brine pumprelay energizes, and the MAINSTAT screen line now readsSTARTUP.

Five seconds later, the condenser pump relay energizes.Thirty seconds later the 32XR PIC II monitors the chilled waterand condenser water flow devices and waits until the WATERFLOW VERIFY TIME (operator-configured, default 5 minutes)expires to confirm flow. After flow is verified, the chilled watertemperature is compared to CONTROL POINT plus 1/2CHILLED WATER DEADBAND. If the temperature is lessthan or equal to this value, the 32XR PIC II turns off the con-denser pump relay and goes into a RECYCLE mode.

If the water/brine temperature is high enough, the start-upsequence continues and checks the guide vane position. If theguide vanes are more than 4% open, the start-up waits until the32XR PIC II closes the vanes. If the vanes are closed and theoil pump pressure is less than 4 psi (28 kPa), the oil pump relayenergizes. The 32XR PIC II then waits until the oil pressure(OIL PRESS VERIFY TIME, operator-configured, default of40 seconds) reaches a maximum of 18 psi (124 kPa). After oilpressure is verified, the 32XR PIC II waits 40 seconds, and thecompressor start relay (1CR) energizes to start the compressor.

Compressor ontime and service ontime timers start, and thecompressor STARTS IN 12 HOURS counter and the number ofstarts over a 12-hour period counter advance by one.

Failure to verify any of the requirements up to this point willresult in the 32XR PIC II aborting the start and displaying theapplicable pre-start mode of failure on the ICVC defaultscreen. A pre-start failure does not advance the STARTS IN 12HOURS counter. Any failure after the 1CR relay has energizedresults in a safety shutdown, advances the starts in 12 hourscounter by one, and displays the applicable shutdown status onthe ICVC display.

Shutdown Sequence — Chiller shutdown begins ifany of the following occurs:• the STOP button is pressed for at least one second (the

alarm light blinks once to confirm the stop command)• a recycle condition is present (see Chilled Water Recycle

Mode section)• the time schedule has gone into unoccupied mode

• the chiller protective limit has been reached and chiller isin alarm

• the start/stop status is overridden to stop from the CCNnetwork or the ICVC

• remote contact openWhen a stop signal occurs, the shutdown sequence first

stops the compressor by deactivating the start relay (1CR). Astatus message of “SHUTDOWN IN PROGRESS, COM-PRESSOR DEENERGIZED” is displayed, and the compres-sor ontime and service ontime stop. The guide vanes are thenbrought to the closed position. The oil pump relay and thechilled water/brine pump relay shut down 60 seconds after thecompressor stops. The condenser water pump shuts down atthe same time if the ENTERING CONDENSER WATER tem-perature is less than or equal to 115 F (46.1 C) and the CON-DENSER REFRIG TEMP is greater than the CONDENSERFREEZE POINT plus 5 F (–15.0 C). The stop-to-start timernow begins to count down. If the start-to-start timer value isstill greater than the value of the start-to-stop timer, then thistime displays on the ICVC.

Certain conditions that occur during shutdown can changethis sequence.• If the AVERAGE LINE CURRENT is greater than 5%

after shutdown, or the starter contacts remain energized,the oil pump and chilled water pump remain energizedand the alarm is displayed.

• The condenser pump shuts down when the CON-DENSER PRESSURE is less than the COND PRESSOVERRIDE threshold minus 3.5 psi (24.1 kPa) and theCONDENSER REFRIG TEMP is less than or equal to the

RELEASE

MENUSCHEDULE

MENU STATUSSELECT

SELECTCLOSE

RELEASEA — START INITIATED: Pre-start checks are made; evaporator pump

started.B — Condenser water pump started (5 seconds after A).C — Water flows verified (30 seconds to 5 minutes maximum after B).

Chilled water temperatures checked against control point. Guidevanes checked for closure. Oil pump started; tower fan controlenabled.

D — Oil pressure verified (15 seconds minimum, 300 seconds maximumafter C).

E — Compressor motor starts; compressor ontime and service ontimestart, 15-minute inhibit timer starts (10 seconds after D), total com-pressor starts advances by one, and the number of starts over a12-hour period advances by one.

F — SHUTDOWN INITIATED — Compressor motor stops; compressorontime and service ontime stop, and 1-minute inhibit timer starts.

G — Oil pump and evaporator pumps deenergized (60 seconds after F).Condenser pump and tower fan control may continue to operate ifcondenser pressure is high. Evaporator pump may continue if inRECYCLE mode.

O/A — Restart permitted (both inhibit timers expired: minimum of 15 minutesafter E; minimum of 1 minute after F).

Fig. 41 — Control Sequence

67

ENTERING CONDENSER WATER temperature plus3° F (–1.6° C).

• If the chiller shuts down due to low refrigerant tempera-ture, the chilled water pump continues to run until theLEAVING CHILLED WATER temperature is greater thanthe CONTROL POINT temperature, plus 5° F (3° C).

Automatic Soft Stop Amps Threshold — The softstop amps threshold feature closes the guide vanes of the com-pressor automatically if a non-recycle, non-alarm stop signaloccurs before the compressor motor is deenergized.

If the STOP button is pressed, the guide vanes close to apreset amperage percent until the guide vane is less than 4%open or 4 minutes have passed. The compressor then shuts off.

If the chiller enters an alarm state or if the compressor entersa RECYCLE mode, the compressor deenergizes immediately.

To activate the soft stop amps threshold feature, scroll to thebottom of OPTIONS screen on the ICVC. Use the

or softkey to set the SOFT STOPAMPS THRESHOLD parameter to the percent of amps atwhich the motor will shut down. The default setting is 100%amps (no soft stop). The range is 40 to 100%.

When the soft stop amps threshold feature is being applied,a status message, “SHUTDOWN IN PROGRESS, COM-PRESSOR UNLOADING” displays on the ICVC.

The soft stop amps threshold function can be terminated andthe compressor motor deenergized immediately by depressingthe STOP button twice.

Chilled Water Recycle Mode — The chiller maycycle off and wait until the load increases to restart when thecompressor is running in a lightly loaded condition. This cy-cling is normal and is known as “recycle.” A recycle shutdownis initiated when any of the following conditions are true:• the chiller is in LCW control, the difference between the

LEAVING CHILLED WATER temperature and ENTER-ING CHILLED WATER temperature is less than theRECYCLE SHUTDOWN DELTA T (found in theSETUP1 table) the LEAVING CHILLED WATER tem-perature is 5° F (2.8° C) below the CONTROL POINT,the CONTROL POINT has not increased in the last5 minutes and ICE BUILD is not active.

• the ECW CONTROL OPTION is enabled, the differencebetween the ENTERING CHILLED WATER temperatureand the LEAVING CHILLED WATER temperature is lessthan the RECYCLE SHUTDOWN DELTA T (found in theSETUP1 table), the ENTERING CHILLED WATER tem-perature is 5° F (2.8° C) below the CONTROL POINT,and the CONTROL POINT has not increased in the last5 minutes.

• the LEAVING CHILLED WATER temperature is within3° F (2° C) of the EVAP REFRIG TRIPPOINT.When the chiller is in RECYCLE mode, the chilled water

pump relay remains energized so the chilled water temperaturecan be monitored for increasing load. The recycle control usesRESTART DELTA T to check when the compressor should berestarted. This is an operator-configured function which de-faults to 5° F (3° C). This value can be viewed or modified onthe SETUP1 table. The compressor will restart when the chilleris:• in LCW CONTROL and the LEAVING CHILLED

WATER temperature is greater than the CONTROLPOINT plus the RECYCLE RESTART DELTA T.

• in ECW CONTROL and the ENTERING CHILLEDWATER temperature is greater than the CONTROLPOINT plus the RECYCLE RESTART DELTA T.Once these conditions are met, the compressor initiates a

start-up with a normal start-up sequence.

An alert condition may be generated if 5 or more recyclestart-ups occur in less than 4 hours. Excessive recycling canreduce chiller life; therefore, compressor recycling due to ex-tremely low loads should be reduced.

To reduce compressor recycling, use the time schedule toshut the chiller down during known low load operation period,or increase the chiller load by running the fan systems. If thehot gas bypass is installed, adjust the values to ensure that hotgas is energized during light load conditions. Increase theRECYCLE RESTART DELTA T on the SETUP1 table tolengthen the time between restarts.

The chiller should not be operated below design minimumload without a hot gas bypass installed.

Safety Shutdown — A safety shutdown is identical toa manual shutdown with the exception that, during a safetyshutdown, the ICVC displays the reason for the shutdown, thealarm light blinks continuously, and the spare alarm contactsare energized.

After a safety shutdown, the softkey must bepressed to clear the alarm. If the alarm condition is still present,the alarm light continues to blink. Once the alarm is cleared,the operator must press the or softkeys to re-start the chiller.

BEFORE INITIAL START-UP

Check Starter

Use the instruction and service manual supplied by the start-er manufacturer to verify the starter has been installed correct-ly, to set up and calibrate the starter, and for complete trouble-shooting information.

Whenever a starter safety trip device activates, wait at least30 seconds before resetting the safety. The microprocessormaintains its output to the 1CR relay for 10 seconds after start-er safety shutdown to determine the fault mode of failure.MECHANICAL STARTER

1. Check all field wiring connections for tightness, clear-ance from moving parts, and correct connection.

2. Check the contactor(s) to ensure they move freely. Checkthe mechanical interlock between contactors to ensurethat 1S and 2M contactors cannot be closed at the sametime. Check all other electro-mechanical devices, such asrelays, for free movement. If the devices do not movefreely, contact the starter manufacturer for replacementcomponents.

INCREASE DECREASE

CAUTION

Do not reset starter loads or any other starter safety for 30seconds after the compressor has stopped. Voltage outputto the compressor start signal is maintained for 10 secondsto determine starter fault. Personal injury may result.

CAUTION

BE AWARE that certain automatic start arrangements canengage the starter. Open the disconnect ahead of the starterin addition to shutting off the chiller or pump.

CAUTION

The main disconnect on the starter front panel may notdeenergize all internal circuits. Open all internal andremote disconnects before servicing the starter.

RESET

CCN LOCAL

68

3. Reapply starter control power (not main chiller power) tocheck the electrical functions.

4. Ensure the starter (with relay 1CR closed) goes through acomplete and proper start cycle.

BENSHAW, INC. RediStart MICRO™ SOLID-STATESTARTER

1. Ensure all wiring connections are properly terminated tothe starter.

2. Verify the ground wire to the starter is installed properlyand is sufficient size.

3. Verify the motors are properly grounded to the starter.4. Check that all of the relays are properly seated in their

sockets.5. Verify the proper ac input voltage is brought into the start-

er according to the certified drawings.6. Apply power to the starter

VFD STARTER1. Turn off unit, tag and lock disconnects and wait 5 minutes.2. Verify that the DC voltage is zero. 3. Ensure there is adequate clearance around the drive. 4. Verify that the wiring to the terminal strip and power ter-

minals is correct.5. Verify that wire size is within the terminal specification

and the wires are secure.6. Inspect the field supplied branch circuit protection is

properly rated and installed.7. Verify that the system is properly grounded.8. Inspect all liquid cooling connections for leaks.

Power Up the Controls and Check the OilHeater — Ensure that an oil level is visible in the compres-sor before energizing the controls. A circuit breaker in the start-er energizes the oil heater and the control circuit. When firstpowered, the ICVC should display the default screen within ashort period of time.

The oil heater is energized by powering the control circuit.This should be done several hours before start-up to minimizeoil-refrigerant migration. The oil heater is controlled by the32XR PIC II and is powered through a contactor in the powerpanel. Starters contain a separate circuit breaker to power theheater and the control circuit. This arrangement allows theheater to energize when the main motor circuit breaker is offfor service work or extended shutdowns. The oil heater relaystatus (OIL HEATER RELAY) can be viewed on the COM-PRESS table on the ICVC. Oil sump temperature can beviewed on the ICVC default screen.SOFTWARE VERSION — The software part number is la-beled on the backside of the ICVC module. The software ver-sion also appears on the ICVC configuration screen as the lasttwo digits of the software part number.

Software Configuration

As the unit is configured, all configuration settings shouldbe written down. A log, such as the one shown on pages CL-1to CL-14, provides a list for configuration values.

Input the Design Set Points — Access the ICVC setpoint screen and view/modify the base demand limit set point,and either the LCW set point or the ECW set point. The 32XRPIC II can control a set point to either the leaving or enteringchilled water. This control method is set in the EQUIPMENTSERVICE (TEMP_CTL) table.

Input the Local Occupied Schedule (OCCPC01S) —Access the schedule OCCPC01S screen on the ICVC and setup the occupied time schedule according to the customer’s re-quirements. If no schedule is available, the default is factory setfor 24 hours occupied, 7 days per week including holidays.

For more information about how to set up a time schedule,see the Controls section, page 4.

The CCN Occupied Schedule (OCCPC03S) should be con-figured if a CCN system is being installed or if a secondarytime schedule is needed.NOTE: The default CCN Occupied Schedule OCCPC03S isconfigured to be unoccupied.

Input Service Configurations — The following con-figurations require the ICVC screen to be in the SERVICE por-tion of the menu.• password• input time and date• ICVC configuration• service parameters• equipment configuration• automated control testPASSWORD — When accessing the SERVICE tables, a pass-word must be entered. All ICVC are initially set for a passwordof 1-1-1-1.INPUT TIME AND DATE — Access the TIME AND DATEtable on the SERVICE menu. Input the present time of day,date, and day of the week. The HOLIDAY TODAY parametershould only be configured to YES if the present day is aholiday.NOTE: Because a schedule is integral to the chiller controlsequence, the chiller will not start until the time and date havebeen set.CHANGE ICVC CONFIGURATION IF NECESSARY —From the SERVICE table, access the ICVC CONFIGU-RATION screen. From there, view or modify the ICVC CCNaddress, change to English or SI units, and change the pass-word. If there is more than one chiller at the jobsite, change theICVC address on each chiller so that each chiller has its ownaddress. Note and record the new address. Change the screento SI units as required, and change the password if desired.TO CHANGE THE PASSWORD — The password may bechanged from the ICVC CONFIGURATION screen.

1. Press the and softkeys. Enter thecurrent password and highlight ICVC CONFIGURA-TION. Press the softkey. Only the last5 entries on the CVC/ICVC CONFIG screen can be

WARNING

This equipment is at line voltage when AC power is con-nected. Pressing the STOP button does not remove voltage.Serious injury from electric shock could occur.

WARNING

Do not operate the machine before the control configura-tions have been checked and a Control Test has beensatisfactorily completed. Protection by safety controls can-not be assumed until all control configurations have beenconfirmed. Serious injury could occur.

MENU SERVICE

SELECT

69

changed: BUS #, ADDRESS #, BAUD RATE, US IMP/METRIC, and PASSWORD.

2. Use the softkey to scroll to PASSWORD. Thefirst digit of the password is highlighted on the screen.

3. To change the digit, press the or softkey. When the desired digit is seen,

press the softkey.4. The next digit is highlighted. Change it, and the third and

fourth digits in the same way the first was changed.5. After the last digit is changed, the ICVC goes to the BUS

parameter. Press the softkey to leave that screenand return to the SERVICE menu.

TO CHANGE THE ICVC DISPLAY FROM ENGLISH TOMETRIC UNITS — By default, the ICVC displays informa-tion in English units. To change to metric units, access theICVC CONFIGURATION screen:

1. Press the and softkeys. Enter thepassword and highlight ICVC CONFIGURATION. Pressthe softkey.

2. Use the softkey to scroll to US IMP/METRIC.3. Press the softkey that corresponds to the units desired for

display on the ICVC (e.g., US or METRIC).MODIFY CONTROLLER IDENTIFICATION IF NECES-SARY — The ICVC module address can be changed from theICVC CONFIGURATION screen. Change this address foreach chiller if there is more than one chiller at the jobsite. Writethe new address on the ICVC module for future reference.INPUT EQUIPMENT SERVICE PARAMETERS IF NEC-ESSARY — The EQUIPMENT SERVICE table has sixservice tables.Configure SERVICE Tables — Access the SERVICE tables,shown in Table 8, to modify or view job site parameters.Modify Minimum and Maximum Load Points (ΔT1/P1; ΔT2/P2; ΔT3/P3; ΔT4/P4) If Necessary — These pairs of chillerload points, located on the OPTIONS screen, determine whento limit guide vane travel or open the hot gas bypass valvewhen surge prevention is needed. These points should be setbased on individual chiller operating conditions.

The 4 load points provide closer matching of the 19XRcompressor map characteristics to obtain better surge preven-tion, hot-gas bypass and VFD operation.

For most 32XR PIC II retrofits using two load points is suf-ficient. To do this, simply enter the data for load point 2 into theconfigurations for points 3 and 4. In other words, points 2, 3and 4 will all have the same data coordinates. Load point 1 isalways the minimum point. If the 32XR PIC II retrofit is to beinstalled on a 19XR chiller and the 4 load points are required,contact the local Carrier service office for assistance.

If after configuring a value for these points, surge preven-tion is operating too soon or too late for conditions, these pa-rameters should be changed by the operator.

Table 8 — Service Parameters

*With variable flow systems this point may be configured to the lower end ofthe range.

NOTE: Other parameters: Screens are normally left at the default settings; theymay be changed by the operator as required. The time and persistence set-tings on the ISM_CONF table can be adjusted to increase or decrease the sen-sitivity to a fault condition. Increasing time or persistence decreases sensitivity.Decreasing time or persistence increases sensitivity to the fault condition.

An example of such a configuration is shown below. In theexample below, it is assumed load point 1 is the minimumpoint and load points 2, 3 and 4 are equal to the maximum loadpoint.Refrigerant: HCFC-134aEstimated Minimum Load Conditions:

44 F (6.7 C) LCW45.5 F (7.5 C) ECW43 F (6.1 C) Suction Temperature70 F (21.1 C) Condensing Temperature

IMPORTANT: Be sure to remember the password. Retaina copy for future reference. Without the password, accessto the SERVICE menu will not be possible unless theICVC_PSWD menu on the STATUS screen is accessed bya Carrier representative.

ENTER

INCREASEDECREASE

ENTER

EXIT

MENU SERVICE

SELECTENTER

PARAMETER TABLEStarter Type ISM_CONF — Select 0 for full voltage, 1 for

reduced voltage, 2 for solid state, or 3 for variable frequency drive.

Motor Rated LineVoltage

ISM_CONF — Motor rated voltage from chiller information nameplate.

Volt TransformerRatio

ISM_CONF — Enter ratio (reduced to a ratio to 1) of power transformer wired to terminal J3 of ISM. If no transformer is used enter 1.

Motor RatedLoad Amps

ISM_CONF — Per chiller identification name-plate data.

Motor LockedRotor Trip

ISM_CONF — Per chiller identification name-plate data. Enter locked rotor delta amps (LR AMPS D-).

Starter LRARating

ISM_CONF — Enter value from nameplate in starter cabinetBenshaw Starters: value is entered as 9999.

Motor CurrentCT Ratio

ISM_CONF — Enter ratio (reduced to a ratio to 1) of current transformers wired to terminal J4 of ISM. For Benshaw Inc. RediStart MICRO™ Starters set to 100.

Ground FaultCurrentTransformers

ISM_CONF — Enter 0 if no ground fault CTs are wired to terminal J5 of ISM. Enter 1 if ground fault CTs are used.

Ground FaultCT Ratio

ISM_CONF — Enter ratio (reduced to a ratio to 1) of ground fault CT.

Single CycleDropout

ISM_CONF — ENABLE if motor protection required from drop in line voltage within one cycle.

Line Frequency ISM_CONF — Enter YES for 60 Hz or NO for 50 Hz.

Line FrequencyFaulting

ISM_CONF — ENABLE if motorprotection required for drop in linefrequency.

Surge Limiting orHot Gas BypassOption

OPTIONS — Enter 1 if HGBP is installed.

Minimum LoadPoints (T1, P1)

OPTIONS — Per Chiller Requisition (DT1, DP2) if available or per job data — See modify load points section.

Low LoadPoints (T2, P2)

OPTIONS — Per Chiller Requisition (DT2, DP2) if available or per job data — See modify load points section.

Mid LoadPoints (T3, P3)

OPTIONS — Per Chiller Requisition (DT3, DP3) if available or per job data — See modify load points section.

Full LoadPoints (T4, P4)

OPTIONS — Per Chiller Requisition (DT4, DP4) if available or per job data — See modify load points section. For VFD units refer to table located in control panel.

Chilled Medium SETUP1 — Enter water or brine.EvaporatorRefrigerantTrippoint

SETUP1 — Usually 3° F (1.7° C) below design refrigerant temperature.

Evaporator FlowDelta P Cutout (if used)

SETUP1 — Per Chiller Requisition if available or enter 50% of design pressure drop to 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa).*

Condenser FlowDelta P Cutout (if used)

SETUP1 — Per Chiller Requisition if available or enter 50% of design pressure drop to 0.5 psi (3.4 kPa).*

Motor RatedKilowatts

RAMP_DEM — Enter value from chiller requisi-tion form (product data submittal) if kilowatt ramp demand is enabled.

70

Estimated Maximum Load Conditions:44 F (6.7 C) LCW54 F (12.2 C) ECW42 F (5.6 C) Suction Temperature98 F (36.7 C) Condensing Temperature

Calculate Maximum Load — To calculate the maximum loadpoints, use the design load condition data. If the chiller full loadcooler temperature difference is more than 15 F (8.3 C), esti-mate the refrigerant suction and condensing temperatures atthis difference. Use the proper saturated pressure and tempera-ture for the particular refrigerant used.Suction Temperature:

42 F (5.6 C) = 37 psig (255 kPa) saturatedrefrigerant pressure (HFC-134a)

Condensing Temperature:98 F (36.7 C) = 120 psig (1827 kPa) saturated

refrigerant pressure (HFC-134a)Maximum Load ΔT2, ΔT3, ΔT4:

54 – 44 = 10º F (12.2 – 6.7 = 5.5º C)Maximum Load ΔP2, ΔP3, ΔP4:

120 – 37 = 83 psid (827 – 255 = 572 kPad)To avoid unnecessary surge prevention, add about 10 psid

(70 kPad) to ΔP2, ΔP3, ΔP4 from these conditions:ΔT2, ΔT3, ΔT4 = 10º F (5.5º C)ΔP2, ΔP3, ΔP4 = 93 psid (642 kPad)

Calculate Minimum Load — To calculate the minimum loadconditions, estimate the temperature difference the cooler willhave at 10% load, then estimate what the suction and condens-ing temperatures will be at this point. Use the proper saturatedpressure and temperature for the particular refrigerant used.Suction Temperature:

43 F (6.1 C) = 38 psig (262 kPa) saturatedrefrigerant pressure (HFC-134a)

Condensing Temperature:70 F (21.1 C) = 71 psig (490 kPa) saturated

refrigerant pressure (HFC-134a)Minimum Load ΔT1 (at 20% Load): 2 F (1.1 C)Minimum Load ΔP1:

71 – 38 = 33 psid (490 – 262 = 228 kPad)Again, to avoid unnecessary surge prevention, add 20 psid(140 kPad) at ΔP1 from these conditions:

ΔT1 = 2 F (1.1 C)ΔP1 = 53 psid (368 kPad)

If surge prevention occurs too soon or too late:

The differential pressure (ΔP) and temperature (ΔT) can bemonitored during chiller operation by viewing ACTIVEDELTA P and ACTIVE DELTA T (HEAT_EX screen). Com-paring SURGE/HGBP DELTA T to ACTIVE DELTA T will de-termine when the SURGE PREVENTION function will occur.The smaller the difference between the SURGE/HGBP DELTAT and the ACTIVE DELTA T values, the closer to surgeprevention.Units with VFD — On units with VFD further adjustments canbe made if response to surge prevention or protection is notfunctioning as desired. VFD GAIN and VFD INCREASE STEPcan be adjusted to allow for more aggressive changes in speedwhen surge prevention or protection is active.

MODIFY EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION IF NECES-SARY — The EQUIPMENT SERVICE table has screens toselect, view, or modify parameters. Modify these values asrequired.SERVICE Screen Modifications — Change the values onthese screens according to specific job data. See the certifieddrawings for the correct values. Modifications can include:• chilled water reset• entering chilled water control (Enable/Disable)• 4 to 20 mA demand limit• auto restart option (Enable/Disable)• remote contact option (Enable/Disable)Owner-Modified CCN Tables — The following EQUIP-MENT CONFIGURATION screens are described for refer-ence only.OCCDEFCS — The OCCDEFCS screen contains the Localand CCN time schedules, which can be modified here or on theSCHEDULE screen as described previously.HOLIDAYS — From the HOLIDAYS screen, the days of theyear that holidays are in effect can be configured. See the holi-day paragraphs in the Controls section for more details.BRODEF — The BRODEF screen defines the start and end ofdaylight savings time. Enter the dates for the start and end ofdaylight savings if required for your location. BRODEF alsoactivates the Broadcast function which enables the holidayperiods that are defined on the ICVC to take effect.Other Tables — The CONSUME, NET_OPT, and RUN-TIME screens contain parameters used with a CCN system.See the applicable CCN manual for more information on thesescreens. These tables can only be defined from a CCN Build-ing Supervisor.

Reliance (Rockwell) Unit-Mounted VFD FieldSetup And VerificationLABEL LOCATIONS — Verify the following labels havebeen installed properly and match the chiller requisition:• Surge parameters — Located inside the control panel.• Chiller identification nameplate — Located on the right

side of the control panel.• VFD Parameter — Located to the right of the VFD con-

troller keypad on the VFD module.• VFD Nameplate — Located on the right side of the VFD

as viewed from its front.• Record all nameplate information on the Reliance Con-

figuration sheet.VFD DISPLAY KEYPAD OPERATION

Using The VFD Control Keypad — The keypad display isused to monitor operation (Monitor mode), set VFD operation-al parameters (Program mode), and view VFD fault history.Monitor Mode (Default Mode) — Certain values may bemonitored on the VFD display in this mode. When in the Pro-gram mode, press PROGRAM twice to enter Monitor mode.

Press the ENTER key to scroll through the monitored val-ues. Illumination of the LEDs next to the parameter names onthe left side of the control indicates which value is displayed:• Motor Speed• Output Volts• Output Amps • Output Frequency (Hz)• kW

LOAD SURGE PREVENTIONOCCURS TOO SOON

SURGE PREVENTION OCCURS TOO LATE

At low loads(<50%)

Increase P1 by2 psid (14 kPad)

Decrease P1 by2 psid (14 kPad)

At high loads(>50%)

Increase P2, P3, and P4 by 2 psid (14 kPad)

Decrease P2, P3, and P4 by 2 psid (14 kPad)

IMPORTANT: The VFD controller has been factory con-figured for use and communication with the ICVC. Someparameters are specific to the chiller configuration andshould be verified prior to operation. Speed control and theability to start the drive from the VFD keypad are disabled.All command function must be initiated by/from the ICVC.

71

• TorqueAfter all individual items in the list have been selected, with

the LED lit, press ENTER again to illuminate all of the LEDs(except “Password” if password-controlled access is enabled).In this state, the display shows a Scaled Reference value. TheScaled Reference is the percent speed times the value enteredin parameter P.028. Otherwise stated, the value of parameterP.028 will be displayed when the drive is operating at 100%speed. For example, for a 60 Hz application, with the value 60stored in P.028, the Scaled Reference will display 45 when at75% speed.VFD Keypad Usage for Parameter Entry (ProgramMode) — Press the PROGRAM key once to change fromMonitor Mode to Program Mode. This displays the GeneralParameter group header (P.---). Press UP or DOWN ARROWto change to other parameter group headers (H.---, U.---, r.---,Err) once access is enabled via password. The parametergroups are as follows:

P. — general parametersH. — Volts per Hertz parametersU. — Vector parameters – not used by Carrierr. — RMI parametersE. — Error logWhen the desired parameter group header is showing, press

UP or DOWN ARROW to move through the parameter listwithin the group (e.g., move from P.000 to P.001). Once the pa-rameter is showing (e.g., P.028), press ENTER to view the val-ue. Use UP or DOWN ARROW to modify the value. PressENTER to store the value and show the parameter numberagain. Press PROGRAM twice to exit the Program mode andreturn to the Monitor mode.Using Passwords to Enable Viewing and Modifying Parame-ters — Following the above procedure, enter the value 107 (thepassword value) into parameter P.006. Each time this entry ismade, it alternately permits or locks out the ability to view thegreater part of the VFD parameters. If the user is able to viewparameter P.007, viewing access is enabled.

Similarly, enter the value 26 (the password value) into pa-rameter P.051. Each time this entry is made, it alternately per-mits or locks out the ability to modify VFD parameters (param-eter programming). If parameter programming is disabled, the“PASSWORD” LED will be lit. Keypad Usage Summary — Use the ENTER key to:• view the next parameter of the common display parameters

in Monitor mode• display a parameter (e.g., P.000), when showing a parameter

group header (e.g., P.---) in Program mode• display a parameter value, when showing a parameter (e.g.,

P.028) in Program mode• save a modified parameter value when showing a parameter

value, in Program modeUse the PROGRAM key to:

• change from Monitor mode to Program mode, displayingP.---

• exit the Program mode and enter Monitor mode, whenpressed twiceUse the UP or DOWN ARROW keys to:

• advance to the next parameter group header (e.g., P.--- toU.---), when showing any parameter group header in Pro-gram mode

• advance to the next higher or lower parameter number,when showing a parameter number in Program mode

• increase or decrease a parameter value, when showing aparameter value in Program mode (hold down either ofthese keys to increase the rate of change)

Configuring VFD Parameters — Extreme care should be tak-en when changing parameters. The user should be familiar andcomfortable with using the VFD control keypad before pro-ceeding. Incorrect configurations can adversely affect chilleroperation or result in nuisance trips. Some parameters can bechanged only when the drive is stopped. Some parameters re-quire password access. Changing parameter P.050 to ON willrestore drive supplier default values and require all Carrier-spe-cific parameters to be reentered. Refer to service bulletins forfurther detail on parameters.NOTE: It is the operator’s responsibility to control distributionof passwords. Carrier is not responsible for unauthorizedaccess violations. Failure to exercise proper password controlcould result in personal injury or equipment damage.

Although the VFD controller should be preconfigured at thefactory, the user will need to be able to access various parame-ters to verify that job-specific parameters are correct, tune cer-tain parameters, or access other parameters when troubleshoot-ing.

See also the Initial Start-Up Checklist (starting at page CL-1at the end of this manual) for VFD job-specific configurationtables. Job-specific parameter values should be listed on the in-side of the VFD enclosure door, next to the keypad.

The VFD controller must have job specific parameters setas defined by the component nameplates and labels. The pa-rameters come preset by the factory, but must be verified priorto start-up by accessing the PROGRAM MODE of the VFDcontroller keypad.

Press the softkey to access the parameterscreen to modify or view the following job specific parameters:.

CONFIGURE ICVC PARAMETERS FOR VFD — Thechiller controller must have its job-specific parameters set asdefined by the jobsheet or installed nameplates. All 19XRVchillers are provided with a VFD Control Configuration Job-sheet, which lists all the job-specific VFD and (I)CVC parame-ters. Below are the job specific parameters that must be set:To access the ISM_CONF screen:

1. Press .2. Press .3. Enter the password 1111.4. Select ISM (CONFIG STARTER DATA)

VFD PARAMETER TITLE SETTING

P.004 Maximum Speed

60 for 60 Hz selection and50 for 50 Hz selection

P.028 Speed Display Scaling

60 for 60 Hz selection and50 for 50 Hz selection

H.000 MotorVoltage

Compressor nameplate voltage.

H.001 Frequency 60 for 60 Hz selection and50 for 50 Hz selection

H.002 MotorAmps

1.08 x compressor nameplate amps.

H.021 LineVoltage

VFD nameplate voltage.

H.022 Over Frequency Limit

69 for 60 Hz selection and57 for 50 Hz selection.

P.009, P.010,r.002, r.003

Input and Output Gains and Offset

See VFD Calibrations section.

PROGRAM

ENTERSERVICE

72

5. Scroll down and select the ISM_CONF DATA screen tomodify or view the ISM parameters:

6. Press to the softkey to save changes.7. Press the softkey to and exit the ISM Configura-

tion Screen.VFD Enable Configuration — To access the parameters:

1. Press .2. Press .3. Select EQUIPMENT SERVICE.4. Scroll down and select SETUP2.5. Verify the following parameters:

Configure Surge Parameters1. Press .2. Press .3. Select EQUIPMENT SERVICE and OPTIONS to verify

the following:

PRE-RUN VFD CALIBRATIONS — Follow procedures 1through 3 below with the compressor not running to verify I/Ocoordination between chiller controls and the VFD. Speed con-trol input to the VFD (4 – 20 mA analog) is provided from ISMterminals J8 1-2 (labeled “4-20 mA OUT, VFD”). Speed feed-back output from the VFD (0 – 5 dcv analog) is provided toISM terminals J6 1-2 (labeled “VFD HZ”).Zero Speed Input Adjustment — At the ICVC, in the STA-TUS / COMPRESS screen, select “Target VFD Speed”, andset it to 0.0%.

Change VFD parameter P.028 to 10x the selection frequen-cy value (to 600 or 500). This makes the value displayed inMonitor mode 10x frequency. Press PROGRAM twice to re-turn to Monitor mode.

Press the ENTER key until all LEDs of the left side (withexception of the Password LED) are lit (viewing Scaled Refer-ence value).

If the Scaled Reference value is not between 4 and 8 (equiv-alent to 0.4 to 0.8 Hz), adjust the value of parameter P.009 (In-put Offset). Repeat until the Scaled Reference value displayedin Monitor mode is between 4 and 8 (0.4 to 0.8 Hz).

Return to the Program Mode, and change the value of pa-rameter P.028 back to 60 or 50 (to read in Hz) per the job selec-tion. Return to Monitor mode.Zero Speed Output Adjustment — With the Target VFDSpeed still at 0.0%, check the value of Actual VFD Speed inthe STATUS / COMPRESS screen of the ICVC.

If the displayed value of Actual VFD Speed is not between0.0% and 1.0%, adjust VFD parameter r.002 (Analog OutputOffset) to meet this requirement.Full Speed Input Adjustment — Check that the Frequencyentry in the ISM CONFIG DATA table of the ICVC matchesthe job selection (50 or 60 Hz).

At the ICVC, in the STATUS / COMPRESS screen, select“Target VFD Speed”, and set it to 100.0%.

At the VFD display press the ENTER key until all LEDs ofthe left side (with exception of the Password LED) are lit(viewing Scaled Reference value).

If the Scaled Reference value is not reading within 1 Hz ofthe nominal 50 or 60 Hz job selection frequency, adjust the val-ue of parameter P.010 (Input Gain). Repeat until the ScaledReference value displayed in Monitor mode is within 1 Hz ofthe nominal value.

Release the Target VFD Speed so that it can operate in auto-matic mode.VFD CALIBRATIONS (RUNNING)Preparation

1. Prior to starting the machine, find and note the CT Ratiobeing used: “Motor Current CT Ratio :1” from the SER-VICE / ISM(STARTER) CONFIG DATA / ISM_CONFscreen.

2. Disconnect power to the VFD. Verify that the branch dis-connects or other local disconnects are open and properlytagged out.

3. Connect a voltmeter and ampmeter to the line side of theVFD. Locate meters safely away from the power cables.

4. Reconnect power to the VFD.5. Measure the voltage on the line side of the drive.6. Verify it is within 10% of the chiller nameplate voltage.7. Set up the ICVC temperature controller per the require-

ments of the job.8. Start the chiller and verify the rotation of the compressor

just as it starts.9. Allow the chiller to load up. Verify that the chiller loads

up smoothly.NOTE: One or two surges may be counted during the firstminute of operation.Adjustments — Perform the following 4 procedures whilerunning, in the indicated sequence. Best results can be obtainedwhen conditions can provide a stable full load on the chiller.

Full Speed Output Adjustment — At the ICVC, in the STA-TUS / COMPRESS screen, select “Target VFD Speed”, andset it to 100.0% (manual override).

Check the value of Actual VFD Speed in the STATUS /COMPRESS screen of the ICVC.

If the displayed value of Actual VFD Speed is not between98.0% and 102.0%, adjust VFD parameter r.003 (Analog Out-put Gain) to meet this requirement.

ISM CT Calibration — Running Condition: Target speed is100% (by automatic or manual control). Guide vanes open tomaintain average line amps of at 75% (as close to 100% aspractical). Wait for conditions to stabilize (less than 1% currentvariation).

DESCRIPTION SETTINGSTARTER TYPE 3 for new production, 2 if option 3

unavailableSTARTER LRA RATING 600 for VFD

part #19XVR0414XXX700 for VFD part #19XVR0500XXX 900 for VFD part #19XVR0643XXX

MOTOR CURRENT CT RATIO:1

120 for VFDpart #19XVR0414XXX163 for all others

3 GRND FAULT PROTEC-TION

No

CURRENT % IMBAL-ANCE

Enter 100% to avoid nuisance trips on line side current imbalance

VFD OPTION ENABLEDVFD CURRENT LIMIT COMPRESSOR NAMEPLATE AMPS

DESCRIPTION SETTINGSSURGE/HGBPDELTA T1

Surge parameter label

SURGE/HGBPDELTA P1

Surge parameter label

SURGE/HGBPDELTA T2

Surge parameter label

SURGE/HGBPDELTA P2

Surge parameter label

SAVEEXIT

MENUSERVICE

MENUSERVICE

73

Measure currents on line side of VFD (load side of harmon-ic filter, if any) with true RMS clamp-on ammeter:

Phase A:_______ Amps (A)Phase B:_______ Amps (B)Phase C:_______ Amps (C)

Note current reported on ICVC. (STATUS / POWERscreen, "Actual Line Current"):

_______ Amps (D)Add individual phase current measurements(A) + (B) + (C) = _______ Amps (E)Calculate average measured line side amps:

(E) / 3 = _______ Amps (F)CT ratio used, from ISM_CONF table. (See Preparation

above.):Ratio is _______:1 (G)

Determine revised CT ratio (rounded off to nearest in-teger):

(G) x (F) / (D) = _______:1 (H)Shut down chiller. Enter revised CT ratio (in the ISM_CONF screen) if it is

different from that being used. Inform the Service Engineer ifthe ratio needs to be changed by more than 2%.

VFD Current Prediction (VFD Load Factor) Calibration —This procedure calibrates the chiller controls’ prediction ofVFD load side current based on line side current.

Reestablish running condition: Target speed is 100% (byautomatic or manual control). Guide vanes open to maintainaverage line amps > 75% (as close to 100% as practical), asread from “AMPS %” on ICVC default screen. Wait for condi-tions to stabilize (less than 1% current variation).

Check results of ISM CT Calibration procedure with steps2) (b) through (e) above. Repeat CT ratio adjustment if neces-sary.

Find “MOTOR NAMEPLATE AMPS” = “MOTORFLA” on the label, right end of VFD enclosure, and enter ithere:

_______ Amps (J)Read VFD Current Limit from the (I)CVC (SERVICE /

EQUIPMENT SERVICE / SETUP2 screen), and enter it here: _______ Amps (K)

Read VFD load current from VFD display (press ENTERuntil only the “AMPS” LED is lit), and enter it here:

_______ Amps (L)Read VFD Load Factor from the (I)CVC (SERVICE /

CONTROL ALG. STATUS / CAPACITY screen), and enter ithere:

_______ (M)Calculate and enter a revised VFD Current Limit in the

(I)CVC (SERVICE / EQUIPMENT SERVICE / SETUP2screen):

(J) x (K) x (M) / (L) = _______ Amps (N)Release VFD Target Speed from manual (SUPVSR) control

in the STATUS / COMPRESS screen by selecting the line, thenpressing RELEASE.Protecting the VFD Configuration — Put the VFD controlinto Program Mode, go to parameter P.051, and (re)enter a val-ue of 26. This will prevent further parameter changes in theProgram Mode. The PASSWORD LED should become illumi-nated.

Still in Program Mode, go to parameter P.006, and (re)entera value of 107. This will prevent viewing parameters beyondP.006.

Press the PROGRAM key twice to return to the MonitorMode.

Perform a Control Test — Check the safety controlsstatus by performing an automated control test. Access theCONTROL TEST table and select a test to be performed func-tion (Table 9).

The Automated Control Test checks all outputs and inputsfor function. In order to successfully proceed with the controlstest, the compressor should be off, no alarms showing, and volt-age should be within ±10% of rating plate value. The compres-sor can be put in OFF mode by pressing the STOP push-buttonon the ICVC. Each test asks the operator to confirm the opera-tion is occurring and whether or not to continue. If an error oc-curs, the operator can try to address the problem as the test isbeing done or note the problem and proceed to the next test.NOTE: Enter guide vane calibration to calibrate guidevane input on CCM (Plug J4 upper terminal 9 and 10).NOTE: If during the control test the guide vanes do not open,verify the low pressure alarm is not active. (An active lowpressure alarm causes the guide vanes to close.)NOTE: The oil pump test will not energize the oil pump ifcooler pressure is below –5 psig (–35 kPa).

When the control test is finished or the softkey ispressed, the test stops, and the CONTROL TEST menu dis-plays. If a specific automated test procedure is not completed,access the particular control test to test the function when ready.The CONTROL TEST menu is described in the table below.

NOTE: During any of the tests, an out-of-range reading will have an asterisk(*) next to the reading.

COOLER CONDENSER PRESSURE TRANSDUCERAND WATERSIDE FLOW DEVICE CALIBRATION(Optional with ICVC inputs available) — Calibration can bechecked by comparing the pressure readings from thetransducer to an accurate refrigeration gage reading. Thesereadings can be viewed or calibrated from the HEAT_EXscreen on the ICVC. The transducer can be checked and cali-brated at 2 pressure points. These calibration points are 0 psig(0 kPa) and between 25 and 250 psig (173 and 1724 kPa). Tocalibrate these transducers:

1. Shut down the compressor, cooler, and condenser pumps.NOTE: There should be no flow through the heatexchangers.

2. Disconnect the transducer in question from its Schraderfitting for cooler or condenser transducer calibration. Foroil pressure or flow device calibration keep transducer inplace.NOTE: If the cooler or condenser vessels are at 0 psig(0 kPa) or are open to atmospheric pressure, the transduc-ers can be calibrated for zero without removing the trans-ducer from the vessel.

CCM Temperature Thermistors Checks all thermistors.CCM Pressure Transducers Checks all transducers.

PumpCheck operation of pump outputs; pumps are activated. Also tests associ-ated inputs such as flow or pressure.

Discrete outputs Activates all on/off outputs individually.Guide Vane Checks the guide vane operation.

Head Pressure Reference Checks the 4-20 mA head pressure ref-erence output.

Pumpdown/Lockout

Pumpdown prevents the low refrigerant alarm during evacuation so refrigerant can be removed form the unit. Also locks the compressor off and starts the water pumps.

Terminate Lockout To charge refrigerant and enable the chiller to run after pumpdown lockout.

Guide Vane Calibration Calibrates guide vane input on CCM.Refrigerant Type Selection Required selection of refrigerant type.

EXIT

74

3. Access the HEAT_EX screen and view the particulartransducer reading (the EVAPORATOR PRESSURE orCONDENSER PRESSURE parameter on the HEAT_EXscreen). To calibrate oil pressure or waterside flow de-vice, view the particular reading (CHILLED WATERDELTA P and CONDENSER WATER DELTA P on theHEAT_EX screen and OIL PUMP DELTA P on theCOMPRESS screen). It should read 0 psi (0 kPa). If thereading is not 0 psi (0 kPa), but within ±5 psi (35 kPa),the value may be set to zero by pressing the softkey while the appropriate transducer parameter ishighlighted on the ICVC screen. Then press the softkey. The value will now go to zero. No high end cali-bration is necessary for OIL PUMP DELTA P or flowdevices.If the transducer value is not within the calibration range,the transducer returns to the original reading. If the pres-sure is within the allowed range (noted above), check thevoltage ratio of the transducer. To obtain the voltage ratio,divide the voltage (dc) input from the transducer by thesupply voltage signal (displayed in CONTROL TESTmenu in the CCM PRESSURE TRANSDUCERSscreen) or measure across the positive (+ red) and nega-tive (– black) leads of the transducer. For example, thecondenser transducer voltage input is measured at CCMterminals J2-4 and J2-5. The voltage ratio must be be-tween 0.80 and 0.11 for the software to allow calibration.Rotate the waterside flow pressure device from the inletnozzle to the outlet nozzle and repeat this step. If rotatingthe waterside flow device does not allow calibration thenpressurize the transducer until the ratio is within range.Then attempt calibration again.

4. A high pressure point can also be calibrated between 25and 250 psig (172.4 and 1723.7 kPa) by attaching a regu-lated 250 psig (1724 kPa) pressure (usually from a nitro-gen cylinder). The high pressure point can be calibratedby accessing the appropriate transducer parameter on theHEAT_EX screen, highlighting the parameter, pressingthe softkey, and then using the or softkeys to adjust the value to the exactpressure on the refrigerant gage. Press the soft-key to finish the calibration. Pressures at high altitude lo-cations must be compensated for, so the chiller tempera-ture/pressure relationship is correct.

The 32XR PIC II does not allow calibration if the transduc-er is too far out of calibration. In this case, a new transducermust be installed and recalibrated.

High Altitude Locations — Because the chiller is ini-tially calibrated at sea level, it is necessary to recalibrate thepressure transducers if the chiller has been moved to a high alti-tude location. See the calibration procedure in the Trouble-shooting section.

INITIAL START-UP

Preparation — Before starting the chiller, verify:1. Power is on to the main starter, oil pump relay, tower fan

starter, oil heater relay, and the chiller control panel.2. Cooling tower water is at proper level and at-or-below

design entering temperature.3. Chiller is charged with refrigerant and all refrigerant and

oil valves are in their proper operating positions.4. Oil is at the proper level in the reservoir sight glasses.5. Oil reservoir temperature is above 140 F (60 C) or above

refrigerant temperature plus 50° F (28° C).6. Valves in the evaporator and condenser water circuits are

open.

Table 9 — Control Test Menu Functions

NOTE: If the pumps are not automatic, ensure water iscirculating properly.

7. Access the CONTROL TEST screen. Scroll down on theTERMINATE LOCKOUT option. Press the SELECT (toenable the chiller to start) and answer YES to reset unit to

SELECT

ENTER

SELECT INCREASEDECREASE

ENTER

TESTS TO BEPERFORMED DEVICES TESTED

1. CCM Thermistors Entering Chilled WaterLeaving Chilled WaterEntering Condenser WaterLeaving Condenser WaterRemote Reset SensorComp Discharge TempOil Sump TempComp Motor Winding TempSpace Temperature 1Space Temperature 2Comp Thrust Brg In

2. CCM Pressure Transducers

Evaporator PressureCondenser PressureOil Pump Delta PChilled Water Delta PCondenser Water Delta PTransducer Voltage Ref

3. Pumps Oil Pump — Confirm pressureChilled Water — Confirm Delta PCondenser Water — Confirm

Delta P4. Discrete Outputs Oil Heater Relay

Hot Gas Bypass RelayTower Fan Relay LowTower Fan Relay HighAlarm RelayShunt Trip Relay

5. Guide Vane Actuator Open/Close6. Head Pressure Output 4 to 20 mA output operated to verify

output or calibrate7. Pumpdown Lockout When using pumpdown/lockout,

observe freeze up precautions when removing charge:

Instructs operator which valves to close and when.

Starts chilled water and condenser water pumps and confirms flows.

MonitorsEvaporator pressureCondenser pressureEvaporator temperature duringpumpout procedures

Turns pumps off after pumpdown.

Locks out compressor.8. Terminate Lockout Starts pumps and monitors flows.

Instructs operator which valves toopen and when.

MonitorsEvaporator pressureCondenser pressureEvaporator temperature duringcharging process

Terminates compressor lockout.9. Refrigerant Type Must be matched to the correct

refrigerant. Selecting a refrigerant type that is incorrect could cause damage to the machine.

CAUTION

Do not permit water or brine that is warmer than 110 F(43 C) to flow through the cooler or condenser. Refrigerantoverpressure may discharge through the relief valves andresult in the loss of refrigerant charge.

75

operating mode. The chiller is locked out at the factory inorder to prevent accidental start-up.

Dry Run to Test Start-Up SequenceFor electro-mechanical starters.

1. Disengage the main motor disconnect. This should onlydisconnect the motor power. Power to the controls, oilpump, and starter control circuit should still be energized.

2. Observe the default screen on the ICVC: the status mes-sage in the upper left-hand corner reads, “ManuallyStopped,” Press the or softkey to start.If the chiller controls do not go into a start mode (“Unoc-cupied Mode” is displayed) go to the SCHEDULE screenand override the schedule or change the occupiedtime. Press the softkey to begin the start-upsequences.

3. View the STARTUP display screen and verify the chilledwater and condenser water pumps have energized.

4. Verify the oil pump has started and is pressurizing thelubrication system. After the oil pump has run about11 seconds, the starter energizes (COMPRESSOR STARTCONTACT is closed) and goes through its start-upsequence.

5. Check the main contactor for proper operation.6. The 32XR PIC II eventually shows an alarm for motor

amps not sensed (202). Reset this alarm and continuewith the initial start-up.

For Benshaw Inc. solid-state starters:1. Close the main motor disconnect (CB1). Voltage will be

applied to the compressor motor but the SCRs will notfire (compressor motor will not rotate). Enter MENU 4 inthe Benshaw RediStart MICRO™ Menu structure at theBenshaw display (see unit literature for more informa-tion). Select Dry Run Mode and scroll to YES.

2. Follow steps 2 through 4 for the electro-mechanical start-ers. When the Ramp Time is set for less than 10 secondsCOMPRESSOR RUN CONTACT will close.

3. The 32XR PIC II eventually shows an alarm for motoramps not sensed (202). Reset this alarm and enter MENU4 in the Benshaw display. Select Dry Run Mode andscroll to NO. Continue with the initial start-up.

Check Motor Rotation1. Engage the oil pump circuit breaker.2. Then engage the control power circuit breaker.3. Finally close the main motor disconnect.4. The ISM mounted in the electro-mechanical starters

checks for proper phase rotation as soon as power isapplied to the starter and the PIC II controls power up.Solid-state starters have phase protection and do not per-mit a start if the phase rotation is not correct.

5. An alarm message will appear on the ICVC if the phaserotation is incorrect. If this occurs reverse any 2 of the 3incoming power leads to the starter and reapply power.The motor is now ready for a rotation check.

6. After the default screen status message states ‘Ready toStart’ press the softkey. The PIC II control per-forms start-up checks.

7. When the starter is energized and the motor begins toturn, check for correct rotation. Refer to existing unit’s in-struction manual for more information.

Check Oil Pressure and Compressor Stop1. When the motor is at full speed, note the differential oil

pressure reading on the ICVC default screen. It should bebetween 18 and 30 psid (124 to 206 kPad).

2. Press the Stop button and listen for any unusual soundsfrom the compressor as it coasts to a stop.

To Prevent Accidental Start-Up — A chiller STOPoverride setting may be entered to prevent accidental start-upduring service or whenever necessary. Access the MAINSTATscreen and using the or softkeys, high-light the CHILLER START/STOP parameter. Override the cur-rent START value by pressing the softkey. Press the

softkey followed by the softkey. The wordSUPVSR! displays on the ICVC indicating the override is inplace.

To restart the chiller the STOP override setting must be re-moved. Access the MAINSTAT screen and using or

softkeys highlight CHILLER START/STOP. The3 softkeys that appear represent 3 choices:• — forces the chiller ON• — forces the chiller OFF• — puts the chiller under remote or schedule

control.To return the chiller to normal control, press the

softkey followed by the softkey. Formore information, see Local Start-Up, page 65.

The default ICVC screen message line indicates whichcommand is in effect.

Check Chiller Operating Condition — Check tobe sure that chiller temperatures, pressures, water flows, andoil and refrigerant levels indicate the system is functioningproperly.

Manual Guide Vane Operation — It is possible tomanually operate the guide vanes in order to check controloperation or to control the guide vanes in an emergency. Manu-al operation is possible by overriding the target guide vaneposition. Access the COMPRESS screen on the ICVC andscroll down to highlight TARGET GUIDE VANE POS. Tocontrol the position, use the or softkey to adjust to the percentage of guide vane opening that isdesired. Zero percent is fully closed; 100% is fully open. Torelease the guide vanes to automatic control, press the

softkey.Similarly, the TARGET VFD SPEED can be manually set

in the COMPRESS screen. The target value is still limited to bebetween configured VFD MINIMUM SPEED and VFDMAXIMUM SPEED. Once speed is manually set in this man-ner, capacity control changes are directed to modulate theguide vanes.NOTE: Manual control mode overrides the configured pull-down ramp rate during start-up and permits the guide vanes toopen at a faster rate. The 32XR PIC II controls will close theguide vanes if the motor current exceeds the ACTIVEDEMAND LIMIT or capacity override limits. The guide vaneswill also close if the chilled water temperature falls below theCONTROL POINT. For descriptions of capacity overrides andset points, see the Controls section.

Instruct the Customer Operator — Ensure the op-erator(s) understand the operation of the unit and auxiliaryequipment with the new control system.CONTROL SYSTEM — CCN and LOCAL start, reset,menu, softkey functions, ICVC operation, occupancy schedule,set points, safety controls, and auxiliary and optional controls.

CAUTION

Do not check motor rotation during coastdown. Rotationmay have reversed during equalization of vessel pressures.

CCN LOCAL

LOCAL

LOCAL

NEXT PREVIOUS

SELECTSTOP ENTER

NEXTPREVIOUS

STARTSTOPRELEASE

RELEASE ENTER

INCREASE DECREASE

RELEASE

76

AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT — Starters and disconnects,separate electrical sources, pumps, and cooling tower.DESCRIBE CHILLER CYCLES — Refrigerant, motorcooling, lubrication, and oil reclaim.REVIEW MAINTENANCE — Scheduled, routine, and ex-tended shutdowns, importance of a log sheet, importance ofwater treatment and tube cleaning, and importance of maintain-ing a leak-free chiller.SAFETY DEVICES AND PROCEDURES — Electrical dis-connects, relief device inspection, and handling refrigerant.CHECK OPERATOR KNOWLEDGE — Start, stop, andshutdown procedures, safety and operating controls, refrigerantand oil charging, and job safety.REVIEW THE START-UP OPERATION, AND MAINTE-NANCE MANUAL.

OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS

Operator Duties1. Become familiar with the chiller and related equipment

before operating the chiller.2. Prepare the system for start-up, start and stop the chiller,

and place the system in a shutdown condition.3. Maintain a log of operating conditions and document any

abnormal readings.4. Inspect the equipment, make routine adjustments, and

perform a Control Test. Maintain the proper oil and re-frigerant levels.

5. Protect the system from damage during shutdown periods.6. Maintain the set point, time schedules, and other 32XR

PIC II functions.To Start the Chiller

1. Start the water pumps, if they are not automatic.2. On the ICVC default screen, press the or

softkey to start the system. If the chiller is in theOCCUPIED mode and the start timers have expired, thestart sequence will start. Follow the procedure describedin the Start-Up/Shutdown/Recycle Sequence section,page 65.

Check the Running System — After the compres-sor starts, the operator should monitor the ICVC display andobserve the parameters for normal operating conditions:

1. The oil reservoir temperature should be above 120 F(49 C) during shutdown.

2. The bearing oil temperature accessed on the COMPRESStable should be 120 to 165 F (49 to 74 C). If the bearingtemperature reads more than 180 F (83 C) with the oilpump running, stop the chiller and determine the cause ofthe high temperature. Do not restart the chiller untilcorrected.

3. The oil pressure should be between 18 and 30 psid (124to 207 kPad) differential, as seen on the ICVC defaultscreen. Typically the reading will be 18 to 25 psid (124 to172 kPad) at initial start-up.

4. The condenser refrigerant temperature varies with thechiller design conditions. Typically it will range between60 to 105 F (15 to 41 C). The condenser entering watertemperature should be controlled below the specified de-sign entering water temperature to save on compressorkilowatt requirements.

5. Cooler refrigerant temperature also will vary with the de-sign conditions. Typical temperature range is between 34and 45 F (1 and 8 C).

6. The compressor may operate at full capacity for a shorttime after the pulldown ramping has ended, even thoughthe building load is small. The active electrical demandsetting can be overridden to limit the compressor IkW, orthe pulldown rate can be decreased to avoid a highdemand charge for the short period of high demand oper-ation. Pulldown rate can be based on load rate or temper-ature rate and is accessed on the EQUIPMENT SER-VICE screen, RAMP_DEM table.

To Stop the Chiller1. The occupancy schedule starts and stops the chiller auto-

matically once the time schedule is configured.2. By pressing the STOP button for one second, the alarm

light blinks once to confirm the button has been pressed.The compressor will then follow the normal shutdownsequence as described in the Shutdown Sequence, Start-Up/Shutdown/Recycle Sequence section, page 65. Thechiller will not restart until the or soft-key is pressed. The chiller is now in the OFF controlmode.

Do not restart the chiller until the problem is diagnosedand corrected.

Refrigeration Log — A refrigeration log (as shown inFig. 42), is a convenient checklist for routine inspection andmaintenance and provides a continuous record of chiller per-formance. It is also an aid when scheduling routine mainte-nance and diagnosing chiller problems.Keep a record of the chiller pressures, temperatures, and liquidlevels on a sheet similar to the one in Fig. 42. Automaticrecording of 32XR PIC II data is possible by using CCNdevices such as the Data Collection module and a BuildingSupervisor. Contact a Carrier representative for more informa-tion.

PUMPOUT AND REFRIGERANTTRANSFER PROCEDURES

Follow the instructions outlined in the manufacturer’s in-structions for operating the optional pumpout compressor.

Under the controls test, during pumpout operations, thepumps are energized to prevent freezeups and the vessel pres-sures and temperatures are displayed. The lockout feature willprevent start-up of the compressor when no refrigerant ispresent in the machine or if the vessels are isolated. The lock-out is then terminated by the operator using the TerminateLockout feature after the pumpdown procedure is reversed andrefrigerant has been added.

To read refrigerant pressures during pumpout or leak test-ing, the ICVC display on the 32XR PIC II is suitable for deter-mining refrigerant-side pressures and low (soft) vacuum. Forevacuation or dehydration measurement, use a quality vacuumindicator or manometer to ensure the desired range and accura-cy. This can be placed on the Schrader connections on eachvessel by removing the pressure transducer.

WEEKLY MAINTENANCE

Check the Lubrication System — Follow the man-ufactureer’s instructions for oil systems. Mark the oil level onthe reservoir sight glass, and observe the level each week whilethe chiller is shut down.

LOCALCCN

IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to stop the chiller by openingan isolating knife switch. High intensity arcing may occur.

CCN LOCAL

77

RE

FR

IGE

RA

TIO

N L

OG

CA

RR

IER

19X

R H

ER

ME

TIC

CE

NT

RIF

UG

AL

RE

FR

IGE

RA

TIO

N M

AC

HIN

E

Pla

nt

MA

CH

INE

MO

DE

L N

O.

MA

CH

INE

SE

RIA

L N

O.

RE

FR

IGE

RA

NT

TY

PE

RE

MA

RK

S: I

ndic

ate

shut

dow

ns o

n sa

fety

con

trol

s, r

epai

rs m

ade

and

oil o

r re

frig

eran

t add

ed o

r re

mov

ed. I

nclu

de a

mou

nts.

Fig

. 42

— R

efri

ger

atio

n L

og

DA

TE

CO

OL

ER

CO

ND

EN

SE

RC

OM

PR

ES

SO

R

OP

ER

-A

TOR

IN

ITIA

LS

RE

MA

RK

ST

IME

Ref

rig

eran

tW

ater

Ref

rig

eran

tW

ater

BE

AR

ING

TE

MP

Oil

Mo

tor

Pre

ss.

Tem

p

Pre

ssu

reTe

mp

Pre

ss.

Tem

p

Pre

ssu

reTe

mp

Pre

ss.

Dif

f.

Tem

p(r

eser

-vo

ir)

Lev

el

FL

A

InO

ut

GP

MIn

Ou

tIn

Ou

tG

PM

InO

ut

Am

per

age

(or

van

ep

osi

tio

n)

DA

TE

78

An oil heater is controlled by the 32XR PIC II to maintainoil temperature (see the Controls section) when the compressoris off. The ICVC COMPRESS screen displays whether theheater is energized or not. The heater is energized if the OILHEATER RELAY parameter reads ON. If the 32XR PIC IIshows that the heater is energized and if the sump is still notheating up, the power to the oil heater may be off or the oil lev-el may be too low. Check the oil level, the oil heater contactorvoltage, and oil heater resistance.

The 32XR PIC II does not permit compressor start-up if theoil temperature is too low. The 32XR PIC II continues withstart-up only after the temperature is within allowable limits.

SCHEDULED MAINTENANCEEstablish a regular maintenance schedule based on your ac-

tual chiller requirements such as chiller load, run hours, andwater quality. The time intervals listed in this section areoffered as guides to service only.

Service Ontime — The ICVC will display a SERVICEONTIME value on the MAINSTAT screen. This value shouldbe reset to zero by the service person or the operator each timemajor service work is completed so that the time between ser-vice can be viewed and tracked.

Inspect the Control Panel — Maintenance consists ofgeneral cleaning and tightening of connections. Vacuum thecabinet to eliminate dust build-up. If the chiller control mal-functions, refer to the Troubleshooting section for controlchecks and adjustments.

Check Safety and Operating Controls Monthly —To ensure chiller protection, the automated Control Testshould be performed at least once per month. See Table 6for safety control settings. See Table 9 for Control Testfunctions.

Inspect the Starting Equipment — Before workingon any starter, shut off the chiller, open and tag all disconnectssupplying power to the starter.

Inspect starter contact surfaces for wear or pitting onmechanical-type starters. Do not sandpaper or file silverplatedcontacts. Follow the starter manufacturer’s instructions forcontact replacement, lubrication, spare parts ordering, and oth-er maintenance requirements.

Periodically vacuum or blow off accumulated debris on theinternal parts with a high-velocity, low-pressure blower.

Power connections on newly installed starters may relaxand loosen after a month of operation. Turn power off and re-tighten. Recheck annually thereafter.

Check Pressure Transducers — Once a year, thepressure transducers should be checked against a pressure gagereading. Check all transducers.

Note the evaporator and condenser pressure readings on theHEAT_EX screen on the ICVC (EVAPORATOR PRESSUREand CONDENSER PRESSURE). Attach an accurate set of re-frigeration gages to the cooler and condenser Schrader fittings.Compare the two readings. If there is a difference in readings,the transducer can be calibrated as described in the Trouble-shooting Guide section. Oil differential pressure (OIL PUMPDELTA P on the COMPRESS screen) should be zero whenev-er the compressor is off.Ordering Replacement Parts — When orderingCarrier specified parts, the following information must accom-pany an order:• machine model number and serial number• control panel model number• power panel model number• name, quantity, and part number of the part required• delivery address and method of shipment.

TROUBLESHOOTING

Overview — The 32XR PIC II has many features to helpthe operator and technician troubleshoot a chiller.• The ICVC shows the chiller’s actual operating condi-

tions and can be viewed while the unit is running.• The ICVC default screen freezes when an alarm occurs.

The freeze enables the operator to view the chiller condi-tions at the time of alarm. The STATUS screens continueto show current information. Once all alarms have beencleared (by correcting the problems and pressing the

softkey), the ICVC default screen returns tonormal operation.

• The CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS screens (whichinclude the CAPACITY, OVERRIDE, LL_MAINT,ISM_HIST, LOADSHED, CUR_ALARM, WSM-DEFME, and OCCDEFCM screens) display informationthat helps to diagnose problems with chilled water tem-perature control, chilled water temperature control over-rides, hot gas bypass, surge algorithm status, and timeschedule operation.

• The control test feature facilitates the proper operationand test of temperature sensors, pressure transducers, theguide vane actuator, oil pump, water pumps, towercontrol, and other on/off outputs while the compressor isstopped. It also has the ability to lock off the compressorand turn on water pumps for pumpout operation. TheICVC shows the temperatures and pressures requiredduring these operations.

• From other SERVICE tables, the operator/technician canaccess configured items, such as chilled water resets,override set points, etc.

• If an operating fault is detected, an alarm message is gen-erated and displayed on the ICVC default screen. A moredetailed message — along with a diagnostic message —is also stored into the ALARM HISTORY and ALERTHISTORY tables.

CAUTION

Ensure power to the control center is off when cleaning andtightening connections inside the control panel.

WARNING

The disconnect on the starter front panel does not deener-gize all internal circuits. Open all internal and remote dis-connects before servicing the starter. Serious injury couldoccur.

WARNING

Never open isolating knife switches while equipment isoperating. Electrical arcing can cause serious injury.

CAUTION

Loose power connections can cause voltage spikes, over-heating, or failures. This may damage equipment.

RESET

79

• Review the ALERT HISTORY table to view other lesscritical events and abnormal conditions which may haveoccurred. Compare timing of relevant alerts and alarms.

Checking Display Messages — The first area tocheck when troubleshooting a chiller is the ICVC display. If thealarm light is flashing, check the primary and secondary mes-sage lines on the ICVC default screen (Fig. 30). These messag-es will indicate where the fault is occurring. These messagescontain the alarm message with a specified code. For a com-plete list of possible alarm and alert messages, see Table 10.This code or state appears with each alarm and alert message.The ALARM and ALERT HISTORY tables on the ICVCSERVICE menu also contains a message to further expand onthe fault description.NOTE: The date format in these tables is MM/DD/YY.

If the alarm light starts to flash while accessing a menuscreen, press the softkey to return to the default screen

to read the alarm message. The STATUS screen can also be ac-cessed to determine where an alarm exists.

A “C” to the right of a parameter’s value means that there isa communications fault on that channel.

LEGEND TO TABLE 10

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert MessagesA. MANUAL STOP

B. READY TO START

C. IN RECYCLE SHUTDOWN

EXIT

CCN — Carrier Comfort Network®CCM — Chiller Control ModuleCHW — Chilled WaterHGBP — Hot Gas BypassICVC — International Chiller Visual ControlISM — Integrated Starter ModuleLED — Light Emitting DiodePIC II — Product Integrated Controls IIPSIO — Processor Sensor Input/OutputTXV — Thermostatic Expansion ValveVFD — Variable Frequency DriveWSM — Water System Manager

PRIMARY MESSAGE SECONDARY MESSAGE PROBABLE CAUSE/REMEDY

MANUALLY STOPPED — PRESS CCN OR LOCAL TO START PIC II in OFF mode, press CCN or LOCAL softkey to start unit.TERMINATE PUMPDOWN MODE TO SELECT CCN OR LOCAL Enter the CONTROL TEST table and select TERMINATE LOCKOUT

to unlock compressor.SHUTDOWN IN PROGRESS COMPRESSOR UNLOADING Chiller unloading before shutdown due to soft/stop feature.SHUTDOWN IN PROGRESS COMPRESSOR DEENERGIZED Chiller compressor is being commanded to stop. Water pumps are

deenergized within one minute.ICE BUILD OPERATION COMPLETE Chiller shutdown from Ice Build operation.SHUTDOWN IN PROGRESS RECYCLE RESTART PENDING Chiller compressor is shutting down. Chiller is going to recycle.

PRIMARY MESSAGE SECONDARY MESSAGE PROBABLE CAUSE/REMEDYREADY TO START IN XX MIN UNOCCUPIED MODE Time schedule for PIC II is unoccupied. Chillers will start only when

occupied. Check OCCPCnnS and Holidays screens.READY TO START IN XX MIN REMOTE CONTACT OPEN Remote contacts are open. Close contacts to start.READY TO START IN XX MIN STOP COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller START/STOP on MAINSTAT manually forced to stop. Release

SUPERVISOR force to start.READY TO START IN XX MIN OCCUPIED MODE Chiller timer counting down. Unit ready to start.READY TO START IN XX MIN REMOTE CONTACT CLOSED Chiller timer countdown complete. Unit will proceed to start. Remote

contact Enabled and Closed.READY TO START IN XX MIN START COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller START/STOP on MAINSTAT manually forced to start. Release

SUPERVISOR force to start under normal control.READY TO START IN XX MIN RECYCLE RESTART PENDING Chiller is recycle mode.READY TO START UNOCCUPIED MODE Time schedule for PIC II is unoccupied in OCCPC01S screen. Chiller

will start when state changes to occupied. Make sure the time and date are correct in the TIME AND DATE screen.

READY TO START REMOTE CONTACT OPEN Remote contacts have stopped the chiller. Close contacts to start.READY TO START STOP COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller START/STOP on MAINSTAT manually forced to stop. Release

SUPERVISOR force to start.READY TO START OCCUPIED MODE Chiller timers countdown is complete. Unit will proceed to start.READY TO START REMOTE CONTACT CLOSED Chiller timer counting down. Unit ready to start.READY TO START START COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller START/STOP on MAINSTAT has been manually forced to

start. Chiller will start regardless of time schedule or remote contact status.

STARTUP INHIBITED LOADSHED IN EFFECT CCN loadshed module commanding chiller to stop.

PRIMARY MESSAGE SECONDARY MESSAGE PROBABLE CAUSE/REMEDYRECYCLE RESTART PENDING OCCUPIED MODE Unit in recycle mode, chilled water temperature is not sufficiently

above set point to start.RECYCLE RESTART PENDING REMOTE CONTACT CLOSED Unit in recycle mode, chilled water temperature is not sufficiently

above set point to start.RECYCLE RESTART PENDING START COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller START/STOP on MAINSTAT manually forced to start, chilled

water temperature is not sufficiently above set point to start.RECYCLE RESTART PENDING ICE BUILD MODE Chiller in ICE BUILD mode. Chilled water temperature is satisfied for

ICE BUILD conditions.

80

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)

D. PRE-START ALERTS: These alerts only delay start-up. When alert is corrected, the start-up will continue. No reset is necessary.

*[LIMIT] is shown on the ICVC as temperature, pressure, voltage, etc., predefined or selected by the operator as an override or an alert. [VALUE] isthe actual pressure, temperature, voltage, etc., at which the control tripped.

E. START-UP IN PROGRESS

ICVC FAULT STATE

PRIMARY MESSAGE

SECONDARY MESSAGE PRIMARY CAUSE ADDITIONAL CAUSE/REMEDY

100 PRESTART ALERT

STARTS LIMITEXCEEDED

100→Excessive compressor starts(8 in 12 hours).

Depress the RESET softkey if additional start is required. Reassess start-up requirements.

101 PRESTART ALERT

HIGH BEARINGTEMPERATURE

101→Comp Thrust Brg Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check oil heater for proper operation.Check for low oil level, partially closed oil sup-ply valves, clogged oil filters.Check the sensor wiring and accuracy.Check Comp Thrust Brg Alert setting in SETUP1 screen.

102 PRESTART ALERT

HIGH MOTORTEMPERATURE

102→Comp Motor Winding Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check motor sensors for wiring and accuracy. Check motor cooling line for proper operation, or restrictions. Check for excessive starts within a short time span.Check Comp Motor Temperature Override setting in SETUP1 screen.

103 PRESTART ALERT

HIGHDISCHARGETEMP

103→Comp Discharge Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Allow discharge sensor to cool. Check sensor wiring and accuracy. Check for excessive starts. Check Comp Discharge Alert setting in SETUP1 screen.

104 PRESTART ALERT

LOWREFRIGERANTTEMP

104→Evaporator Refrig Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check transducer wiring and accuracy. Check for low chilled fluid supplytemperatures. Check refrigerant charge. Check Refrig Override Delta T in SETUP1 screen.

105 PRESTART ALERT

LOW OILTEMPERATURE

105→Oil Sump Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check oil heater contactor/relay and power. Check oil level and oil pump operation.

106 PRESTART ALERT

HIGHCONDENSER PRESSURE

106→Condenser Pressure [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check transducer wiring and accuracy. Check for high condenser watertemperatures. Check high condenser pressure switch wiring.

107 PRESTART ALERT

LOW LINEVOLTAGE

107→Percent Line Voltage [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check voltage supply.Check voltage transformers and switch gear.Consult power utility if voltage is low.

108 PRESTART ALERT

HIGH LINEVOLTAGE

108→Percent Line Voltage [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check voltage supply. Check power transformers. Consult power utility if voltage is high.

109 PRESTART ALERT

GUIDE VANE CALIBRATION

109→Actual Guide Vane PosCalibration Required Before Startup.

Press STOP button on ICVC and perform Guide Vane Calibration in Controls Test screen.Check guide vane actuator feedbackpotentiometer.

110 PRESTART ALERT

REFRIGERANT TYPE

110→Initial refrigerant selection has not been completed.

Check that the correct refrigerant type has been selected.

PRIMARY MESSAGE SECONDARY MESSAGE CAUSE/REMEDYSTARTUP IN PROGRESS OCCUPIED MODE Chiller is starting. Time schedule is Occupied.STARTUP IN PROGRESS REMOTE CONTACT CLOSED Chiller is starting. Remote contacts are Enabled and Closed.STARTUP IN PROGRESS START COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller is starting. Chiller START/STOP in MAINSTAT manually forced to

start.AUTORESTART IN PROGRESS

OCCUPIED MODE Chiller is starting after power failure. Time schedule is Occupied.

AUTORESTART IN PROGRESS

REMOTE CONTACT CLOSED Chiller is starting after power failure. Remote contacts are Enabled and Closed.

AUTORESTART IN PROGRESS

START COMMAND IN EFFECT Chiller is starting after power failure. Chiller START/STOP on MAINSTAT screen manually forced to start.

81

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)

F. NORMAL RUN

G. NORMAL RUN WITH OVERRIDES

*[LIMIT] is shown on the ICVC as the temperature, pressure, voltage, etc., set point predefined or selected by the operator as an override, alert, oralarm condition. [VALUE] is the actual pressure, temperature, voltage, etc., at which the control tripped.

PRIMARY MESSAGE SECONDARY MESSAGE CAUSE/REMEDYRUNNING — RESET ACTIVE BY 4-20 mA SIGNAL Auto chilled water reset active based on external input.RUNNING — RESET ACTIVE REMOTE TEMP SENSOR Auto chilled water reset active based on external input.RUNNING — RESET ACTIVE CHW TEMP DIFFERENCE Auto chilled water reset active based on CHW Delta T in

TEMP_CTL screen.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL LEAVING CHILLED WATER Default method of temperature control.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL ENTERING CHILLED WATER Entering Chilled Water control enabled in TEMP_CTL screen.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL TEMPERATURE RAMP LOADING Ramp Loading in effect. Use RAMP_DEM screen to modify.RUNNING — DEMAND LIMITED BY DEMAND RAMP LOADING Ramp Loading in effect. Use RAMP_DEM screen to modify.RUNNING — DEMAND LIMITED BY LOCAL DEMAND SETPOINT Demand limit set point is less than actual demand.RUNNING — DEMAND LIMITED BY 4-20 mA SIGNAL Demand limit is active based on external auto demand limit option.RUNNING — DEMAND LIMITED BY CCN SIGNAL Demand limit is active based on control limit signal from CCN.RUNNING — DEMAND LIMITED BY LOADSHED/REDLINE Demand limit is active based on LOADSHED screen set-up.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL HOT GAS BYPASS Hot gas bypass valve is energized (open). See Surge prevention

description. RUNNING — DEMAND LIMITED BY LOCAL SIGNAL Active demand limit manually overridden on MAINSTAT table.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL ICE BUILD MODE Chiller is running under Ice Build temperature control.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL IN VFD RAMPDOWN Chiller is running. VFD is slowing down.RUNNING — TEMP CONTROL HGBP IS ADDING LOAD Chiller is running with HGBP open.

ICVC FAULTSTATE

PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE PRIMARY CAUSE ADDITIONAL CAUSE/REMEDY

120 RUN CAPACITYLIMITED

HIGH CONDENSERPRESSURE

120→Condenser Pressure [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check condenser water pump operation.Check for high condenser water temperatures or low flow rate. Verify that isolation valves are open.Check Cond Press Override setting in SETUP1.

121 RUN CAPACITYLIMITED

HIGH MOTORTEMPERATURE

121→Comp Motor Winding Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check for closed valves or restriction in motor cooling lines. Check for closed refrigerant isolation valves. Check Comp Motor Temp Override setting in SETUP1.

122 RUN CAPACITYLIMITED

LOW EVAP REFRIG TEMP

122→Evaporator Refrig Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check refrigerant charge.Check that optional cooler liquid line isolation valve is fully open.Check for excessive condenser flow or low chilled water flow.Check for low entering cooler temperature.Check that condenser inlet and outlet waternozzles are piped correctly. Check for waterbox division plate gasket bypass.

123 RUN CAPACITYLIMITED

HIGH COMPRESSOR LIFT

123→Surge Prevention Override: Lift Too High For Compressor

Check for high condenser water temperature or low suction temperature.Check for high Evaporator or Condenser approaches.Check surge prevention parameters in OPTIONS screen.

124 RUN CAPACITYLIMITED

MANUAL GUIDE VANETARGET

124→Run Capacity Limited: Manual Guide Vane Target.

Target Guide Vane Position has been forced in the COMPRESS screen. Select and RELEASE force to return to normal (automatic) operation.

125 RUN CAPACITYLIMITED

LOW DISCHARGESUPERHEAT

No Alert message. Check for oil loss or excess refrigerant charge. Verify that the valves in the oil reclaim lines are open.

82

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)H. OUT-OF-RANGE SENSOR

ICVC FAULTSTATE

PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE PRIMARY CAUSE ADDITIONAL CAUSE/REMEDY

260 SENSOR FAULT LEAVING CHILLED WATER 260→Sensor Fault: Check Leaving Chilled Water Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring. Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

261 SENSOR FAULT ENTERING CHILLED WATER

261→Sensor Fault: Check Entering Chilled WaterSensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

262 SENSOR FAULT CONDENSER PRESSURE 262→Sensor Fault: Check Condenser Pressure Sensor.

Check sensor wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring. Check for condensation in transducerconnector.

263 SENSOR FAULT EVAPORATORPRESSURE

263→Sensor Fault: Check Evaporator Pressure Sensor.

Check sensor wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.Check for condensation in transducerconnector.

264 SENSOR FAULT COMPRESSOR BEARINGTEMP

264→Sensor Fault: Check Comp Thrust Brg Temp Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

265 SENSOR FAULT COMPRESSOR MOTORTEMP

265→Sensor Fault: Check Comp Motor Winding Temp Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

266 SENSOR FAULT COMP DISCHARGE TEMP 266→Sensor Fault: Check Comp Discharge Temp Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

267 SENSOR FAULT OIL SUMP TEMP 267→Sensor Fault: Check Oil Sump Temp Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

268 SENSOR FAULT COMP OIL PRESS DIFF 268→Sensor Fault: Check Oil Pump Delta P Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring.

269 SENSOR FAULT CHILLED WATER FLOW 269→Sensor Fault: Check Chilled Water Delta P Sensor.

Check sensor wiring and accuracy.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring. If pressure transducers are not installed, check for presence of resistors and jumpers on lower CCM terminal block J3.

270 SENSOR FAULT COND WATER FLOW 270→Sensor Fault: Check Cond Water Delta P Sensor.

Check sensor wiring and accuracy.Check for disconnected or shorted wiring. If pressure transducers are not installed, check for presence of resistors and jumpers on lower CCM terminal block J3.

271 SENSOR FAULT VFD SPEED OUT OF RANGE

271→Sensor Fault: Check Actual VFD Speed.

Check VFD feedback 0-5 vac. Calibrate VFD speed reference signal.

83

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)

I. CHILLER PROTECT LIMIT FAULTS

STATE PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE

ALARM MESSAGEPRIMARY CAUSE

ADDITIONALCAUSE/REMEDY

200 PROTECTIVELIMIT

1M CONTACTFAULT

200->1M Aux Contact Fault; Check 1M Contactor and Aux

201 PROTECTIVELIMIT

2M CONTACTFAULT

201->2M Aux Contact Fault; Check 2M Contactor and Aux

202 PROTECTIVELIMIT

MOTOR AMPSNOT SENSED

202->Motor Amps Not Sensed — Average Line Current [VALUE]

Check for wiring of current transformers to the ISM.Check main circuit breaker for trip.

203 FAILURE TOSTART

EXCESSACCELERATIONTIME

203->Motor Acceleration Fault — Average LineCurrent [VALUE]

Check to be sure that the inlet guide vanes are closed at start-up.Check starter for proper operation.Reduce unit pressure if possible.

204 FAILURE TOSTOP

1M/2M CONTACTFAULT

204->1M/2M Aux Contact Stop Fault; Check 1M/2M Contactors and Aux

205 FAILURE TOSTOP

MOTOR AMPSWHEN STOPPED

205->Motor Amps When Stopped — Average Line Current [VALUE]

206 PROTECTIVELIMIT

STARTERFAULT

206->Starter Fault Cutout; Check Optional StarterContacts

For Benshaw Inc. RediStart MICRO™ starters, view fault code at RediStart MICRO display. Press FAULT RESET to clear faults.

207 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH CONDENSERPRESSURE

207->High Cond Pressure cutout. [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check for high condenser water temperatures, low water flow, fouled tubes.Check for division plate/gasket bypass.Check for noncondensables.Check transducer wiring and accuracy.If [VALUE] is less than Limit then check the 1CR Starting Circuit.

208 PROTECTIVELIMIT

EXCESSIVEMOTOR AMPS

208->Compressor Motor Amps [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check motor current for proper calibration.Check inlet guide vane actuator.

209 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LINE PHASELOSS

209->Line Phase Loss; Check ISM Fault History to Identify Phase

Check transformers to ISM.Check power distribution bus.Consult power company.

210 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LINE VOLTAGEDROPOUT

210->Single Cycle LineVoltage Dropout

211 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH LINEVOLTAGE

211->High Average Line Voltage [VALUE]

Check transformers to ISM.Check distribution bus.Consult power company.

212 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LOW LINEVOLTAGE

212->Low Average LineVoltage [VALUE]

Check transformers to ISM.Check distribution bus.Consult power company.

213 PROTECTIVELIMIT

STARTER MODULERESET

213->Starter Module Power-On Reset When Running

214 PROTECTIVELIMIT

POWER LOSS 214->Power Loss:Check voltage supply

Check transformers to ISM.Check distribution bus.Consult power company.

215 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LINE CURRENTIMBALANCE

215->Line CurrentImbalance; Check ISM Fault History to Identify Phase

Check upstream equipment.

216 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LINE VOLTAGEIMBALANCE

216->Line VoltageImbalance; Check ISM Fault History to Identify Phase

Check upstream equipment.

217 PROTECTIVELIMIT

MOTOR OVERLOADTRIP

217->Motor Overload Trip; Check ISM configurations

Check ISM configuration.

218 PROTECTIVELIMIT

MOTOR LOCKEDROTOR TRIP

218->Motor Locked Rotor Amps exceeded; Check Motor & ISM Config

Check ISM configuration.

219 PROTECTIVELIMIT

STARTER LOCKROTOR TRIP

219->Starter Locked Rotor Amps Rating exceeded

Check ISM configuration.

220 PROTECTIVELIMIT

GROUND FAULT 220->Ground Fault Trip; Check Motor and Current Transformers

221 PROTECTIVELIMIT

PHASE REVERSALTRIP

221->Phase Reversal Trip; Check Power Supply

222 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LINE FREQUENCYTRIP

222->Line Frequency — [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]. Check PowerSupply.

223 PROTECTIVELIMIT

STARTER MODULEFAILURE

223->Starter ModuleHardware Failure

224 PROTECTIVE LIMIT

1 CR START CIRCUIT FAULT

224->Check 115-v wiring to 1 CR (ISM) and to IM coil.

84

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)

I. CHILLER PROTECT LIMIT FAULTS (cont)

STATE PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE

ALARM MESSAGEPRIMARY CAUSE

ADDITIONALCAUSE/REMEDY

227 PROTECTIVELIMIT

OIL PRESSSENSOR FAULT

227->Oil Pump Delta P [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check transducer wiring and accuracy.Check power supply to pump.Check pump operation.Check transducer calibration.

228 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LOW OILPRESSURE

228->Oil Pump Delta P [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT].*

Check transducer wiring and accuracy.Check power supply to pump.Check pump operation.Check oil level.Check for partially closed service valves.Check oil filters.Check for foaming oil at start-up.Check transducer calibration.

229 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LOW CHILLEDWATER FLOW

229->Low Chilled Water Flow; Check Delta P Config & Calibration

Perform pump control test.Check transducer accuracy and wiring.Check water valves.Check transducer calibration.

230 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LOW CONDENSERWATER FLOW

230->Low Condenser Water Flow; Check Delta P Config & Calibration

Perform pump control test.Check transducer accuracy and wiring.Check water valves.Check transducer calibration.

231 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH DISCHARGETEMP

231->Comp Discharge Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT].*

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop.Check for proper wiring.Check for proper condenser flow and temperature.Check for proper inlet guide vane and diffuseractuator operation.Check for fouled tubes or noncondensables in the system.

232 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LOW REFRIGERANTTEMP

232->Evaporator Refrig Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check for proper refrigerant charge.Check float operation.Check for proper fluid flow and temperature.Check for proper inlet guide vane operation.

233 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH MOTORTEMPERATURE

233->Comp Motor Winding Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check motor sensors wiring and accuracy.Check motor cooling line for proper operation, or restrictions.Check for excessive starts within a short time span.

234 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH BEARINGTEMPERATURE

234->Comp Thrust Bearing Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check oil heater for proper operation.Check for low oil level, partially closed oil supply valves, clogged oil filters, etc.Check the sensor wiring and accuracy.

235 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH CONDENSERPRESSURE

235->Condenser Pressure [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check for high condenser water temperatures, low water flow, fouled tubes.Check for division plate/gasket bypass.Check for noncondensables.Check transducer wiring and accuracy.

236 PROTECTIVELIMIT

COMPRESS SURGE/LOW SPEED COM-PRESSOR

236->Surge: Check con-denser water temperature and flow.

CCN has signaled the chiller to stop. Reset and restart when ready. If the signal was sent by the ICVC, release the stop signal on the STATUS01 table.

237 PROTECTIVELIMIT

SPARE SAFETYDEVICE

237->Spare Safety Device Spare safety input has tripped or factory installed jumper is not present.

238 PROTECTIVELIMIT

EXCESSIVECOMPR SURGE

238->Compressor Surge: Check condenser water temp and flow

Check condenser flow and temperatures.Check surge protection configuration.

239 PROTECTIVELIMIT

TRANSDUCERVOLTAGE FAULT

239->Transducer Voltage Ref [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

240 PROTECTIVELIMIT

LOW DISCHARGESUPERHEAT

240->Check for Oil inRefrigerant or Overcharge of Refrigerant

241 LOSS OFCOMMUNICATION

WITH STARTERMODULE

241->Loss of Communica-tion With Starter.

Check wiring to ISM.

242 LOSS OFCOMMUNICATION

WITH CCMMODULE

242->Loss of Communica-tion With CCM.

Check wiring to CCM.

243 POTENTIALFREEZE-UP

EVAP PRESS/TEMPTOO LOW

243->Evaporator Refrig Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check for proper refrigerant charge.Check float operation.Check for proper fluid flow and temperature.Check for proper inlet guide vane operation.

244 POTENTIALFREEZE-UP

COND PRESS/TEMPTOO LOW

244->Condenser Refrig Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

245 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH VFD SPEED 245->Actual VFD Speed [VALUE] exceeded limit of target VFD speed +10%.

85

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)

I. CHILLER PROTECT LIMIT FAULTS (cont)

*[LIMIT] is shown on the ICVC as the temperature, pressure, voltage, etc., set point predefined or selected by the operator as an override, alert, oralarm condition. [VALUE] is the actual pressure, temperature, voltage, etc., at which the control tripped.

J. CHILLER ALERTS

*[LIMIT] is shown on the ICVC as the temperature, pressure, voltage, etc., set point predefined or selected by the operator as an override, alert, oralarm condition. [VALUE] is the actual pressure, temperature, voltage, etc., at which the control tripped.

STATE PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE

ALARM MESSAGEPRIMARY CAUSE

ADDITIONALCAUSE/REMEDY

246 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH MOTOR TEMPERA-TURE

246->High temperature: motor wind-ing safety.

Check motor winding safety.

247 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH BEARING TEMPERA-TURE

247->High Temperature:Thrust Bearing Safety

Check bearing safety.

248 PROTECTIVELIMIT

SPARE TEMPERATURE#1

248->Spare Temperature #1 [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

249 PROTECTIVELIMIT

SPARE TEMPERATURE#2

249->Spare Temperature #2 [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

250 PROTECTIVELIMIT

REFRIGERANT LEAKSENSOR

250->Refrigerant Leak Sensor [VALUE] exceeded Limit of [LIMIT]*.

The refrigerant leak detector’s output wired to J5-5 and J5-6 on the CCM module has reached the alarm limit.Check leak detector and for leaks.

251 PROTECTIVELIMIT

ISM CONFIGCONFLICT

251->Conflict due to new ISM Confirm valid settings in ISM_CONF screen.

252 PROTECTIVELIMIT

ISM CONFIGCONFLICT

252->ISM and ICVC data do not match.

Confirm valid settings in ISM_CONF screen.

253 PROTECTIVELIMIT

GUIDE VANECALIBRATION

253->Guide Vane Fault [VALUE]. Check Calibration.

Enter Control Test and execute Guide Vane Cali-bration. Check guide vane feedback (terminals J4-9 and J4-10) on the CCM module.

254 PROTECTIVELIMIT

HIGH COND WATER FLOW 254->High Flow; Condenser water delta P limit [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

255 PROTECTIVELIMIT

IMPELLER DISPLACE SWITCH

255->Impeller Displacement Switch fault

Check switch. Check configuration. Contact service.

259 PROTECTIVELIMIT

CCN OVERRIDE STOP 259->CCN emergency/override stop.

ICVC FAULTSTATE

PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE PRIMARY CAUSE ADDITIONAL CAUSE/REMEDY

140 SENSOR ALERT LEAVING COND WATER TEMP

140→Sensor Fault: Check Leav-ing Cond Water Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.

141 SENSOR ALERT ENTERING COND WATER TEMP

141→Sensor Fault: Check Entering Cond Water Sensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.

142 LOW OILPRESSURE ALERT

CHECK OIL FILTER 142→Low Oil Pressure Alert. Check Oil Filter.

Check for partially or closed shut-off valves. Check oil filter.Check oil pump and power supply. Check oil level.Check for foaming oil at start-up.Check transducer wiring and accuracy.

143 AUTORESTARTPENDING

LINE PHASE LOSS 143→Line Phase Loss: Check ISM Fault History to identify phase.

Power loss has been detected in any phase. Chiller automatically restarting.

144 AUTORESTARTPENDING

LINE VOLTAGEDROP OUT

144→Single Cycle LineVoltage Dropout.

A drop in line voltage has been detected within2 voltage cycles. Chiller automatically restarting if Auto Restart is enabled in OPTIONS screen.

145 AUTORESTARTPENDING

HIGH LINE VOLTAGE 145→High Percent LineVoltage [VALUE].

Check phase to phase and phase to ground line power.

146 AUTORESTARTPENDING

LOW LINE VOLTAGE 146→Low Percent LineVoltage [VALUE].

Check phase to phase and phase to ground line power.

147 AUTORESTARTPENDING

STARTER MODULE RESET 147->ISM Module Power-On Reset When Running.

ISM module has detected a hardware fault due to electrical noise, power loss or software and has reset. Chiller automatically restarting.Check for power loss and sources of electromag-netic interference.

148 AUTORESTARTPENDING

POWER LOSS 148→Control Power-Loss When Running.

Check 24 vac control power supply to ICVC.

149 SENSOR ALERT HIGH DISCHARGE TEMP 149→Comp Discharge Temp [VALUE] Exceeded Limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop.Check for proper wiring.Check for proper inlet guide vane and optional dif-fuser actuator operation.Check for proper condenser flow andtemperature.Check for high lift or low load.Check for fouled tubes or noncondensables in the chiller.

150 SENSOR ALERT HIGH BEARINGTEMPERATURE

150→Comp Thrust Brg Temp [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check for partially closed service valves. Check oil cooler TXV.Check oil level and oil temperature.

86

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)

J. CHILLER ALERTS (cont)

*[LIMIT] is shown on the ICVC as the temperature, pressure, voltage, etc., set point predefined or selected by the operator as an override, alert, oralarm condition. [VALUE] is the actual pressure, temperature, voltage, etc., at which the control tripped.

ICVC FAULTSTATE

PRIMARYMESSAGE

SECONDARYMESSAGE PRIMARY CAUSE ADDITIONAL CAUSE/REMEDY

151 CONDENSERPRESSURE ALERT

PUMP RELAYENERGIZED

151→High Condenser Pres-sure [VALUE]: Pump Ener-gized to Reduce Pressure.

Check sensor wiring and accuracy. Check condenser flow and water temperature. Check for fouled tubes. This alarm is not caused by the High Pressure Switch.

152 RECYCLE ALERT EXCESSIVE RECYCLESTARTS

152→Excessive recycle starts.

Chiller load is too low to keep compressor on line and there has been more than 5 starts in4 hours. Increase chiller load, adjust hot gas bypass, increase RECYCLE RESTART DELTA T from SETUP1 Screen.

153 no message: ALERTonly

no message; ALERT only 153→Lead/Lag Disabled-Config: Duplicate Chiller Address.

Illegal chiller address configuration in Lead/Lag screen. Both chillers require a different address.

154 POTENTIALFREEZE-UP

COND PRESS/TEMPTOO LOW

154→Condenser freeze up prevention.

The condenser pressure transducer is reading a pressure that could freeze the condenser tubes. Check for condenser refrigerant leaks. Check fluid temperature. Check sensor wiring and accuracy. Place the chiller in PUMPDOWN mode if the vessel is evacuated.

155 OPTION SENSORFAULT

REMOTE RESETSENSOR

155→Sensor Fault/OptionDisabled: Remote ResetSensor.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring to CCM connector J4.

156 OPTION SENSORFAULT

AUTO CHILLED WATERRESET

156→Sensor Fault/OptionDisabled: Auto Chilled Water Reset.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring to CCM connector J5.

157 OPTION SENSORFAULT

AUTO DEMAND LIMITINPUT

157→Sensor Fault/OptionDisabled: Auto Demand Limit Input.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring to CCM connector J5.

158 SENSOR ALERT SPARE TEMPERATURE#1

158→Spare Temperature 1[VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring to CCM connector J4. Check Spare Temp #1 Limit in SETUP1 screen.

159 SENSOR ALERT SPARE TEMPERATURE#2

159→Spare Temperature 2[VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring to CCM connector J4. Check Spare Temp #2 Limit in SETUP1 screen.

161 LOSS OFCOMMUNICATION

WITH WSM 161→WSM Cool Source —Loss of Communication.

Check settings in WSMDEFME screen. Check CCN communications link with WSM (Water System Manager) Module.Check Supervisory Part of WSM.

162 SENSOR ALERT EVAPORATORAPPROACH

162→Evaporator Approach[VALUE] Exceeded Limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check that refrigerant charge level is adequate, waterbox division plate gaskets are sealing, evaporator tubes are not fouled and that oil reclaim system is working. Check sensor resistance or voltage drop. Check for proper wiring.Check Evap Approach Alert setting in SETUP1 screen.

163 SENSOR ALERT CONDENSER APPROACH 163→Condenser Approach[VALUE] Exceeded Limit of [LIMIT]*.

Check sensors resistance or voltage drop.Check for proper wiring.Check Cond Approach Alert setting in SETUP1 screen.Check for non-condensable gas in thecondenser.Check that the condenser tubes are not fouled.

164 VFD SPEED ALERT LOW VFD SPEED 164→Actual VFD Speedexceeded limit of Target VFD Speed –10%.

Actual VFD Speed on COMPRESS screen must be at least 90% of Target VFD Speed.

165 MACHINE ALERT HIGH COND WATER FLOW

165→High Flow: Condenser Water Delta P [VALUE] exceeded limit of [LIMIT]*.

87

Table 10 — Alarm and Alert Messages (cont)K. OTHER PROBLEMS/MALFUNCTIONS

Checking Temperature Sensors — All temperaturesensors are thermistor-type sensors. This means that theresistance of the sensor varies with temperature. All sensorshave the same resistance characteristics. If the controls are on,determine sensor temperature by measuring voltage drop; if thecontrols are powered off, determine sensor temperature bymeasuring resistance. Compare the readings to the values listedin Table 11A or 11B.RESISTANCE CHECK — Turn off the control power and,from the module, disconnect the terminal plug of the sensor inquestion. With a digital ohmmeter, measure sensor resistancebetween receptacles as designated by the wiring diagram. Theresistance and corresponding temperature are listed inTable 11A or 11B. Check the resistance of both wires toground. This resistance should be infinite.

VOLTAGE DROP — The voltage drop across any energizedsensor can be measured with a digital voltmeter while thecontrol is energized. Table 11A or 11B lists the relationshipbetween temperature and sensor voltage drop (volts dcmeasured across the energized sensor). Exercise care whenmeasuring voltage to prevent damage to the sensor leads,connector plugs, and modules. Sensors should also be checkedat the sensor plugs. Check the sensor wire at the sensor for5 vdc if the control is powered on.

DESCRIPTION/MALFUNCTION PROBABLE CAUSE/REMEDY

Chilled Water/Brine Temperature Too High (Machine Running)

Chilled water set point set too high. Access set point on ICVC and verify.Capacity override or excessive cooling load (machine at design capac-ity). Check ICVC status messages. Check for outside air infiltration into conditioned space.Condenser temperature too high. Check for proper flow, examine cool-ing tower operation, check for air or water leaks, check for fouled tubes.Refrigerant level low. Check for leaks, add refrigerant, and trim charge.Liquid bypass in waterbox. Examine division plates and gaskets for leaks.Guide vanes fail to open. Use Control Test to check operation.Chilled water control point too high. Access control algorithm status and check chilled water control operation.Guide vanes fail to open fully. Be sure that the guide vane target is released.Check guide vane linkage. Check limit switch in actuator. Check that sensor is in the proper terminals.

Chilled Water/Brine Temperature Too Low (Machine Running)

Chilled water set point set too low. Access set point on ICVC and verify. Chilled water control point too low. Access control algorithm status and check chilled water control for proper resets. High discharge temperature keeps guide vanes open. Guide vanes fail to close. Be sure that guide vane target is released. Check chilled water sensor accuracy. Check guide vane linkage. Check actuator operation.

Chilled Water Temperature Fluctuates. Vanes Hunt.

Deadband too narrow. Configure ICVC for a larger deadband.Proportional bands too narrow. Either INC or DEC proportional bands should be increased. Loose guide vane drive. Adjust chain drive. Defec-tive vane actuator. Check through Control Test. Defective temperature sensor. Check sensor accuracy.

Low Oil Sump Temperature While Running (Less than 100 F [38 C]) Check for proper oil level (not enough oil). Check oil cooler (OFF).

ISM Communications FailureCheck that ICVC communication plugs are connected correctly. Check ISM communication plug. Check for proper ISM power supply. See Con-trol Modules section on page 91.

High Oil Temperature While RunningCheck for proper oil level (too much oil). On hermetic EX compressors, check that TXV valve is operating properly. On hermetic or open-drive FA compressors, check water supply to oil cooler.

Blank ICVC Screen (Minimal Contrast Visible)

Increase contrast potentiometer. Check red LED on ICVC for proper operation, (power supply). If LED is blinking, but green LED’s are not, replace ICVC module, (memory failure). Check light bulb if backlit model.

‘‘Communications Failure’’ Highlighted Message At Bottom of ICVC Screen

ICVC is not properly addressed to the PSIO. Make sure that ‘‘Attach to Network Device,’’ ‘‘Local Device’’ is set to read the PSIO address. Check LED’s on PSIO. Is red LED operating properly? Are green LED’s blink-ing? See control module troubleshooting section.

Control Test Disabled

Press the ‘‘Stop’’ push button. The PIC must be in the OFF mode for the Control Test to operate. Clear all alarms. Check line voltage percent on Status01 screen. The percent must be within 90% to 110%. Check volt-age input to ISM, calibrate starter voltage potentiometer for accuracy.

Vanes Will Not Open in Control Test Low pressure alarm is active. Put machine into pumpdown mode or equalize pressure. Check guide vane actuator wiring.

Oil Pump Does Not Run Check oil pump voltage supply. Cooler vessel pressure under vacuum. Pressurize vessel. Check temperature overload cutout switch.

ICVC Default Screen Does Not UpdateThis is normal operation when an alarm is present. The screen freezes the moment the alarm is activated to aid in troubleshooting. The Status01 screen provides current information.

Machine Does Not Stop When the STOP Button is PressedThe STOP button wiring connector on the LID module is not properly connected or the machine is in soft stop mode and the guide vanes are closing.

CAUTION

Relieve all refrigerant pressure or drain the water beforereplacing temperature sensors or thermowells threaded intothe refrigerant pressure boundary. Failure to do so couldresult in personal injury and equipment damage.

88

Table 11A — Thermistor Temperature (F) vs. Resistance/Voltage Drop

TEMPERATURE(F)

PIC IIIVOLTAGEDROP (V)

RESISTANCE(Ohms)

–25 4.700 97,706–24 4.690 94,549–23 4.680 91,474–22 4.670 88,480–21 4.659 85,568–20 4.648 82,737–19 4.637 79,988–18 4.625 77,320–17 4.613 74,734–16 4.601 72,229–15 4.588 69,806–14 4.576 67,465–13 4.562 65,205–12 4.549 63,027–11 4.535 60,930–10 4.521 58,915

–9 4.507 56,981–8 4.492 55,129–7 4.477 53,358–6 4.461 51,669–5 4.446 50,062–4 4.429 48,536–3 4.413 47,007–2 4.396 45,528–1 4.379 44,098

0 4.361 42,7151 4.344 41,3802 4.325 40,0893 4.307 38,8434 4.288 37,6395 4.269 36,4766 4.249 35,3547 4.229 34,2708 4.209 33,2249 4.188 32,214

10 4.167 31,23911 4.145 30,29812 4.123 29,38913 4.101 28,51114 4.079 27,66315 4.056 26,84416 4.033 26,05217 4.009 25,28518 3.985 24,54419 3.960 23,82620 3.936 23,13021 3.911 22,45522 3.886 21,80023 3.861 21,16324 3.835 20,55625 3.808 19,96726 3.782 19,39627 3.755 18,84328 3.727 18,30729 3.700 17,78730 3.672 17,28431 3.644 16,79732 3.617 16,32533 3.588 15,86834 3.559 15,42635 3.530 14,99736 3.501 14,58237 3.471 14,18138 3.442 13,79139 3.412 13,41540 3.382 13,05041 3.353 12,69642 3.322 12,35343 3.291 12,02144 3.260 11,69945 3.229 11,38646 3.198 11,08247 3.167 10,78748 3.135 10,50049 3.104 10,22150 3.074 9,94951 3.042 9,68952 3.010 9,43653 2.978 9,19054 2.946 8,95155 2.914 8,71956 2.882 8,49457 2.850 8,27558 2.819 8,06259 2.788 7,85560 2.756 7,65561 2.724 7,46062 2.692 7,27163 2.660 7,08864 2.628 6,90965 2.596 6,736

TEMPERATURE(F)

PIC IIIVOLTAGEDROP (V)

RESISTANCE(Ohms)

66 2.565 6,56867 2.533 6,40568 2.503 6,24669 2.472 6,09270 2.440 5,94271 2.409 5,79672 2.378 5,65573 2.347 5,51774 2.317 5,38275 2.287 5,25276 2.256 5,12477 2.227 5,00078 2.197 4,88079 2.167 4,76480 2.137 4,65081 2.108 4,53982 2.079 4,43283 2.050 4,32784 2.021 4,22585 1.993 4,12586 1.965 4,02887 1.937 3,93488 1.909 3,84389 1.881 3,75390 1.854 3,66791 1.827 3,58292 1.800 3,50093 1.773 3,42094 1.747 3,34295 1.721 3,26696 1.695 3,19297 1.670 3,12098 1.644 3,04999 1.619 2,981

100 1.595 2,914101 1.570 2,849102 1.546 2,786103 1.523 2,724104 1.499 2,663105 1.476 2,605106 1.453 2,547107 1.430 2,492108 1.408 2,437109 1.386 2,384110 1.364 2,332111 1.343 2,282112 1.321 2,232113 1.300 2,184114 1.279 2,137115 1.259 2,092116 1.239 2,047117 1.219 2,003118 1.200 1,961119 1.180 1,920120 1.161 1,879121 1.143 1,840122 1.124 1,801123 1.106 1,764124 1.088 1,727125 1.070 1,691126 1.053 1,656127 1.036 1,622128 1.019 1,589129 1.002 1,556130 0.986 1,524131 0.969 1,493132 0.953 1,463133 0.938 1,433134 0.922 1,404135 0.907 1,376136 0.893 1,348137 0.878 1,321138 0.864 1,295139 0.849 1,269140 0.835 1,244141 0.821 1,219142 0.808 1,195143 0.795 1,172144 0.782 1,149145 0.769 1,126146 0.756 1,104147 0.744 1,083148 0.731 1,062149 0.719 1,041150 0.707 1,021151 0.696 1,002152 0.684 983153 0.673 964154 0.662 945155 0.651 928156 0.640 910

TEMPERATURE(F)

PIC IIIVOLTAGEDROP (V)

RESISTANCE(Ohms)

157 0.630 893158 0.619 876159 0.609 859160 0.599 843161 0.589 827162 0.579 812163 0.570 797164 0.561 782165 0.551 768166 0.542 753167 0.533 740168 0.524 726169 0.516 713170 0.508 700171 0.499 687172 0.491 675173 0.484 663174 0.476 651175 0.468 639176 0.460 628177 0.453 616178 0.445 605179 0.438 595180 0.431 584181 0.424 574182 0.418 564183 0.411 554184 0.404 544185 0.398 535186 0.392 526187 0.385 516188 0.379 508189 0.373 499190 0.367 490191 0.361 482192 0.356 474193 0.350 466194 0.344 458195 0.339 450196 0.333 442197 0.328 435198 0.323 428199 0.318 421200 0.313 414201 0.308 407202 0.304 400203 0.299 393204 0.294 387205 0.290 381206 0.285 374207 0.281 368208 0.277 362209 0.272 356210 0.268 351211 0.264 345212 0.260 339213 0.256 334214 0.252 329215 0.248 323216 0.245 318217 0.241 313218 0.237 308219 0.234 303220 0.230 299221 0.227 294222 0.224 289223 0.220 285224 0.217 280225 0.214 276226 0.211 272227 0.208 267228 0.205 263229 0.203 259230 0.198 255231 0.195 251232 0.192 248233 0.190 244234 0.187 240235 0.184 236236 0.182 233237 0.179 229238 0.176 226239 0.174 223240 0.172 219241 0.169 216242 0.167 213243 0.164 210244 0.162 207245 0.160 204246 0.158 201247 0.155 198248 0.153 195

89

Table 11B — Thermistor Temperature (C) vs. Resistance/Voltage Drop

CHECK SENSOR ACCURACY — Place the sensor in amedium of known temperature and compare that temperatureto the measured reading. The thermometer used to determine

the temperature of the medium should be of laboratory qualitywith 0.5 F (0.25 C) graduations. The sensor in question shouldbe accurate to within 2° F (1.2 C).

TEMPERATURE(C)

PIC IIIVOLTAGEDROP (V)

RESISTANCE(Ohms)

–33 4.722 105 616–32 4.706 99 640–31 4.688 93 928–30 4.670 88 480–29 4.650 83 297–28 4.630 78 377–27 4.608 73 722–26 4.586 69 332–25 4.562 65 205–24 4.538 61 343–23 4.512 57 745–22 4.486 54 411–21 4.458 51 341–20 4.429 48 536–19 4.399 45 819–18 4.368 43 263–17 4.336 40 858–16 4.303 38 598–15 4.269 36 476–14 4.233 34 484–13 4.196 32 613–12 4.158 30 858–11 4.119 29 211–10 4.079 27 663

–9 4.037 26 208–8 3.994 24 838–7 3.951 23 545–6 3.906 22 323–5 3.861 21 163–4 3.814 20 083–3 3.765 19 062–2 3.716 18 097–1 3.667 17 185

0 3.617 16 3251 3.565 15 5132 3.512 14 7473 3.459 14 0234 3.406 13 3415 3.353 12 6966 3.298 12 0877 3.242 11 5108 3.185 10 9639 3.129 10 444

10 3.074 9 94911 3.016 9 48612 2.959 9 04613 2.901 8 62814 2.844 8 23215 2.788 7 85516 2.730 7 49917 2.672 7 16018 2.615 6 83919 2.559 6 53520 2.503 6 24621 2.447 5 97222 2.391 5 71123 2.335 5 46324 2.280 5 22625 2.227 5 00026 2.173 4 78727 2.120 4 58328 2.067 4 38929 2.015 4 20430 1.965 4 02831 1.914 3 86132 1.865 3 70133 1.816 3 54934 1.768 3 40435 1.721 3 26636 1.675 3 13437 1.629 3 00838 1.585 2 88839 1.542 2 77340 1.499 2 66341 1.457 2 55942 1.417 2 45943 1.377 2 363

TEMPERATURE(C)

PIC IIIVOLTAGEDROP (V)

RESISTANCE(Ohms)

44 1.338 2 27245 1.300 2 18446 1.263 2 10147 1.227 2 02148 1.192 1 94449 1.158 1 87150 1.124 1 80151 1.091 1 73452 1.060 1 67053 1.029 1 60954 0.999 1 55055 0.969 1 49356 0.941 1 43957 0.913 1 38758 0.887 1 33759 0.861 1 29060 0.835 1 24461 0.811 1 20062 0.787 1 15863 0.764 1 11764 0.741 1 07965 0.719 1 04166 0.698 1 00667 0.677 97168 0.657 93869 0.638 90670 0.619 87671 0.601 84672 0.583 81873 0.566 79174 0.549 76575 0.533 74076 0.518 71577 0.503 69278 0.488 67079 0.474 64880 0.460 62881 0.447 60882 0.434 58883 0.422 57084 0.410 55285 0.398 53586 0.387 51887 0.376 50288 0.365 48789 0.355 47290 0.344 45891 0.335 44492 0.325 43193 0.316 41894 0.308 40595 0.299 39396 0.291 38297 0.283 37198 0.275 36099 0.267 349

100 0.260 339101 0.253 330102 0.246 320103 0.239 311104 0.233 302105 0.227 294106 0.221 286107 0.215 278108 0.210 270109 0.205 262110 0.198 255111 0.193 248112 0.188 242113 0.183 235114 0.178 229115 0.174 223116 0.170 217117 0.165 211118 0.161 205119 0.157 200120 0.153 195

90

See Fig. 6 and 7 for sensor locations. The sensors are im-mersed directly in the refrigerant or water circuits. The wiringat each sensor is easily disconnected by unlatching the connec-tor. These connectors allow only one-way connection to thesensor. When installing a new sensor, apply a pipe sealant orthread sealant to the sensor threads.DUAL TEMPERATURE SENSORS — For servicing con-venience, there are 2 sensors each on the bearing and motortemperature sensors. If one of the sensors is damaged, the othercan be used by simply moving a wire. The number 2 terminalin the sensor terminal box is the common line. To use thesecond sensor, move the wire from the number 1 position to thenumber 3 position.

Checking Pressure Transducers — There can beup to 8 pressure transducers on the 32XR PIC II control retrofitchiller. They determine cooler refrigerant pressure, condenserrefrigerant pressure, oil pressure, and possibly cooler and con-denser flow. The cooler and condenser transducers are alsoused by the 32XR PIC II to determine the refrigerant tempera-tures. The oil supply pressure transducer value and the oiltransmission sump pressure transducer value difference is cal-culated by the controls. The controller then displays the differ-ential pressure. In effect, the controller reads only one input foroil pressure for a total of 5 pressure inputs: cooler pressure,condenser pressure, oil differential pressure, cooler watersidedifferential pressure, and condenser waterside differential pres-sure. See the Check Pressure Transducers section (page 78) un-der Scheduled Maintenance.

The waterbox pressure transducers, if installed, are optionalcooler and condenser waterside differential pressure transduc-ers. If not installed, the ICVC software will display a defaultreading of 26 psi during start-up and operation.

Each transducer is supplied with 5 vdc power from theCCM. If the power supply fails, a transducer voltage referencealarm occurs. If the transducer reading is suspected of beingfaulty, check the TRANSDUCER VOLTAGE REF supply volt-age. It should be 5 vdc ±.5 v displayed in CONTROL TEST un-der CCM PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS. If the TRANSDUCERVOLTAGE REF is correct, the transducer should be recalibrat-ed or replaced.

Also check that inputs on CCM J5-1 through J5-6 have notbeen grounded and are not receiving anything other than a 4 to20 mA signal.COOLER CONDENSER PRESSURE TRANSDUCERAND OPTIONAL WATERSIDE FLOW DEVICE CALI-BRATION — Calibration can be checked by comparing thepressure readings from the transducer to an accurate refrigera-tion gage reading. These readings can be viewed or calibratedfrom the HEAT_EX screen on the ICVC. The transducer canbe checked and calibrated at 2 pressure points. These calibra-tion points are 0 psig (0 kPa) and between 25 and 250 psig(173 and 1724 kPa). To calibrate these transducers:

1. Shut down the compressor, cooler, and condenser pumps.NOTE: There should be no flow through the heatexchangers.

2. Disconnect the transducer in question from its Schraderfitting for cooler or condenser transducer calibration. Foroil pressure or flow device calibration, leave the transduc-er in place.NOTE: If the cooler or condenser vessels are at0 psig (0 kPa) or are open to atmospheric pressure, thetransducers can be calibrated for zero without remov-ing the transducer from the vessel.

3. Access the HEAT_EX screen and view the particulartransducer reading (the EVAPORATOR PRESSURE orCONDENSER PRESSURE parameter on the HEAT_EXscreen). To calibrate oil pressure or liquid side flow

device, view the particular reading (CHILLED WATERDELTA P and CONDENSER WATER DELTA P on theHEAT_EX screen, and OIL PUMP DELTA P on theCOMPRESS screen). It should read 0 psi (0 kPa). If thereading is not 0 psi (0 kPa), but within ± 5 psi (35 kPa),The value may be set to zero by pressing the softkey while the appropriate transducer parameter ishighlighted on the ICVC screen. Then press the softkey. The value will now go to zero. No high endcalibration is necessary for OIL PRESSURE DELTA P orflow devices.If the transducer value is not within the calibrationrange, the transducer returns to the original reading. Ifthe pressure is within the allowed range (noted above),check the voltage ratio of the transducer. To obtain thevoltage ratio, divide the voltage (dc) input from thetransducer by the TRANSDUCER VOLTAGE REF sup-ply voltage signal (displayed in CONTROL TESTmenu in the PRESSURE TRANSDUCERS screen) ormeasure across the positive (+ red) and negative(– black) leads of the transducer. For example, thecondenser transducer voltage reference is measuredat CCM terminals J2-4 and J2-6, the condenser trans-ducer voltage input. The input to reference voltageratio must be between 0.80 and 0.11 for the software toallow calibration. Pressurize the transducer until theratio is within range. Then attempt calibration again.

4. A high pressure point can also be calibrated between 25and 250 psig (172.4 and 1723.7 kPa) by attaching a regu-lated 250 psig (1724 kPa) pressure (usually from anitrogen cylinder). The high pressure point can becalibrated by accessing the appropriate transducer param-eter on the HEAT_EX screen, highlighting the parameter,pressing the softkey, and then using the

or softkeys to adjust thevalue to the exact pressure on the refrigerant gage. Pressthe softkey to finish the calibration. Pressures athigh altitude locations must be compensated for, so thechiller temperature/pressure relationship is correct.

The 32XR PIC II does not allow calibration if the transduc-er is too far out of calibration. In this case, a new transducermust be installed and re-calibrated. If calibration problems areencountered on the OIL PRESSURE DELTA P channel, some-times swapping the compressor oil discharge pressure trans-ducer and the oil sump pressure transducer will offset an ad-verse transducer tolerance stack up and allow the calibration toproceed.TRANSDUCER REPLACEMENT — Since the transducersare mounted on Schrader-type fittings, there is no need toremove refrigerant from the vessel when replacing the trans-ducers. Disconnect the transducer wiring. Do not pull on thetransducer wires. Unscrew the transducer from the Schraderfitting. When installing a new transducer, do not use pipe sealer(which can plug the sensor). Put the plug connector back on thesensor and snap into place. Check for refrigerant leaks.

Control Algorithms Checkout Procedure — Oneof the tables on the ICVC SERVICE menu is CONTROL

WARNING

Be sure to use a back-up wrench on the Schrader fittingwhenever removing a transducer, since the Schrader fittingmay back out with the transducer, causing an uncontrolledloss of refrigerant and possible injury to personnel.

SELECT

ENTER

SELECTINCREASE DECREASE

ENTER

91

ALGORITHM STATUS. The maintenance screens may beviewed from the CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS table tosee how a particular control algorithm is operating.

These maintenance screens show different tables that arevery useful in helping to determine how the control tempera-ture is calculated and guide vane positioned and also forobserving the reactions from load changes, control point over-rides, hot gas bypass, surge prevention, etc. See Table 12.

Table 12 — Control Algorithm Status Tables

*The HEAT_EX screen is under the STATUS menu.

Control Test — The Control Test feature can check all thethermistor temperature sensors, pressure transducers, pumpsand their associated flow devices, the guide vane actuator, andother control outputs such as tower fans, VFD coolingsolenoid, shunt trip relay, oil heaters, alarm relay, and hot gasbypass. The tests can help to determine whether a switch isdefective or a pump relay is not operating, as well as otheruseful troubleshooting issues. During pumpdown operations,the pumps are energized to prevent freeze-up and the vesselpressures and temperatures are displayed. The Pumpdown/Lockout feature prevents compressor start-up when there is norefrigerant in the chiller or if the vessels are isolated. TheTerminate Lockout feature ends the Pumpdown/Lockout afterthe pumpdown procedure is reversed and refrigerant is added.

Control Modules

The ICVC and CCM modules perform continuous diagnos-tic evaluations of the hardware to determine its condition.

Proper operation of all modules is indicated by LEDs(light-emitting diodes) located on the circuit board of the ICVCand CCM.

There is one green LED located on the CCM board, and onered LED located on the ICVC and CCM boards respectively.RED LED (Labeled as STAT) — If the red LED:• Blinks continuously at a 2-second interval, the module is

operating properly• Is lit continuously, there is most likely a hardware fault

that requires replacing the module• Is off continuously, the power should be checked• Blinks 3 times per second, a software error has been

discovered and the module must be replacedIf there is no input power, check the fuses and circuit breaker.

If the fuse is good, check for a shorted secondary of the trans-former or, if power is present to the module, replace the module.GREED LED (Labeled as COM) — These LEDs indicatethe communication status between different parts of the con-troller and the network modules and should blink continuously.

Notes on Module Operation1. The chiller operator monitors and modifies configura-

tions in the microprocessor by using the 4 softkeys andthe ICVC. Communications between the ICVC and theCCM is accomplished through the SIO (Sensor Input/Output) bus, which is a phone cable. The communicationbetween the CCM and VFD is accomplished through thesensor bus, which is a 3-wire cable.

2. If a green LED is on continuously, check the communica-tion wiring. If a green LED is off, check the red LEDoperation. If the red LED is normal, check the moduleaddress switches (SW1). See Fig. 43 and 44. Confirm allswitches are in OFF position.All system operating intelligence resides in the ICVC.Some safety shutdown logic resides in the Gateway incase communications are lost between the VFD andICVC. Outputs are controlled by the CCM and VFD aswell.

3. Power is supplied to the modules within the control panelvia the 24-vac T1 and T2 transformers. The transformersare located within the power panel.In the power panel, T1 supplies power to the compressoroil heater, and optional hot gas bypass, and T2 suppliespower to both the ICVC and CCM.T3 provides 24-v power to the optional DataPort™ orDataLINK™ modules.Power is connected to Plug J1 on each module.

Chiller Control Module (CCM) (Fig. 44)INPUTS — Each input channel has 2 or 3 terminals. Refer toindividual chiller wiring diagrams for the correct terminalnumbers for a specific application.OUTPUTS — Output is 24 vac. There are 2 terminals peroutput. Refer to the chiller wiring diagram for a specificapplication for the correct terminal numbers.

TABLE EXPANDEDNAME DESCRIPTION

CAPACITY CapacityControl

This table shows all values used to calculate the chilled water/brine control point.

OVERRIDE OverrideStatus

Details of all chilled water control override values.

LL_MAINT LEAD/LAGStatus

Indicates LEAD/LAG operation status.

OCCDEFCM TimeSchedulesStatus

The Local and CCN occupied schedules are displayed here to help the operator quickly deter-mine whether the schedule is in the “occupied” mode or not.

WSMDEFME WaterSystemManagerStatus

The water system manager is a CCN module that can turn on the chiller and change the chilled water control point. This screen indicates the status of this system.

VFD_HIST VFD Alarm History

Displays VFD values at last fault.

LOADSHED Loadshed Status

Displays Loadshed (Demand Limit) status.

CUR_ALARM Current Alarm Status

Displays current chiller alarms.

HEAT_EX* Surge and HGBP Status

The surge and hot gas bypass control algorithm status is viewed from this screen. All values related to this control are displayed.

CAUTION

Turn controller power off before servicing controls. Thisensures safety and prevents damage to the controller.

92

CCN INTERFACECONNECTION

DATALINK ORDATAPORT MODULE (OPTION)

SW1BACK OF ICVC

MODULE PART NUMBERSOFTWARE PART NUMBER

J7 SIO J1 POWER/CCN

J8 SERVICE

ICVC

CONTRASTADJUSTMENT

Fig. 43 — Rear of ICVC (International Chiller Visual Controller)a19-1633

STAT COMM THERMISTORSJ4

DIFF PRESSUREJ3

PRESSUREJ2

SW2 V/I INPUTCONFIGURATION

DIP SWITCH 1MUST BE “OFF”

V/I INPUTSJ5

SIOJ7

ANALOG OUTJ8

J11DISCRETEOUTPUTS

J12DISCRETEOUTPUTS

J124 VAC

SIOJ6

SW1 SIO ADDRESSDIP SWITCH SET

ALL TO “OFF”

Fig. 44 — Chiller Control Module (CCM)

a19-1724

93

Integrated Starter Module (Fig. 45)INPUTS — Inputs on strips J3 through J6 are analog inputsand J2 is discrete (on/off) input. The specific application of thechiller determines which terminals are used. Refer to the indi-vidual chiller wiring diagram for the correct terminal numbersfor your application.OUTPUTS — Outputs are 115-277 vac and wired to strip J9.There are 2 terminals per output.

Replacing Defective Processor Modules —The module replacement part number is printed on a smalllabel on the rear of the ICVC module. The chiller model andserial numbers are printed on the chiller nameplate located onan exterior corner post. The proper software is factory-installedby Carrier in the replacement module. When ordering areplacement ICVC module, specify the complete replacementpart number, full chiller model number, and chiller serial num-ber. The installer must configure the new module to the origi-nal chiller data. Follow the procedures described in theSoftware Configuration section on page 68.

INSTALLATION1. Verify the existing ICVC module is defective by using the

procedure described in the Troubleshooting section,page 78, and the Control Modules section, page 91. Donot select the ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICE tableif the ICVC indicates a communication failure.

2. Data regarding the ICVC configuration should have beenrecorded and saved. This data must be reconfigured intothe new ICVC. If this data is not available, follow theprocedures described in the Software Configurationsection. If the module to be replaced is functional, config-urations may also be copied manually. The data sheets onpages CL-5 through CL-12 are provided for this purpose.Default values are shown so that only deviations fromthese need to be recorded.If a CCN Building Supervisor or Service Tool is avail-able, the module configuration should have already beenuploaded into memory. When the new module isinstalled, the configuration can be downloaded from thecomputer.Any communication wires from other chillers or CCNmodules should be disconnected to prevent the newICVC module from uploading incorrect run hours intomemory.

3. Record values for the TOTAL COMPRESSOR STARTS,SERVICE ONTIME and the COMPRESSOR ONTIMEfrom the MAINSTAT screen on the ICVC.

4. Power off the controls.5. Remove the old ICVC.6. Install the new ICVC module. Turn the control power

back on.7. The ICVC now automatically attaches to the local

network device.

WARNING

Electrical shock can cause personal injury. Disconnect allelectrical power before servicing.

WARNING

Electrical shock can cause personal injury. Disconnect allelectrical power before servicing.

115 VACLL1 LL2 1A

CONTACT INPUTS

SPAR ICE REM STRT 1M 2MSFTY BLD STRT FLT AUX AUX

FUSE LINE VOLTAGESL1 L2 L3 IL1

LINE CURRENTSGROUND FAULTS

IL2 IL3 1/4 2/5 3/6VFD HZ

INTEGRATED STARTER MODULE

INT

ER

GR

AT

ED

STA

RT

ER

MO

DU

LE

1A

J11 1 + C + C + C + C + C + C

J2

J3-1 J3-2 J3-3

J4

1 + - + - + -

J5

1 + G + G + G + G1

J6

STATCOM

-J7

- G +1G + G +

J8

1J9

1

COMM

C B A4-20 MA OUTSPARE VFD

TRIPALARM

HIFAN

LOFAN

CONDPUMP

EVAPPUMP

SHUNTTRIP

DISCRETE CONTROL CONTACTS

TRANS1CR

R

WA

RN

ING

HIG

H V

OLTA

GE

DIS

CO

NN

EC

T P

OW

ER

BE

FO

RE

SE

RV

ICIN

G

ISM

19XR

04012201 9925C

EP

L13025901 PC

B05

CE

PP

130173-03-04-0100001328

WA

RN

ING

HIG

H V

OLT

AG

ED

ISC

ON

NE

CT

PO

WE

R B

EF

OR

E S

ER

VIC

ING

Fig. 45 — Integrated Starter Module (ISM)

94

8. Set the current time and date in the SERVICE/TIMEAND DATE screen. Set the CCN Bus and Address in theSERVICE / ICVC CONFIGURATION screen. Press thealarm RESET softkey (from the default screen). Uploadvia Service Tool or manually reenter all non-defaultconfiguration values. (Refer to pages CL-5 throughCL-12.) If the correct VFD Configuration values aredisplayed in the VFD_CONF table when that table isviewed, simply press EXIT then SAVE to reload allof them. Use Service Tool or manually reenter TOTALCOMPRESSOR STARTS, SERVICE ONTIME andCOMPRESSOR ONTIME. If forced using Service Tool,

release the force on SERVICE ONTIME after the desiredvalue has been set.

9. Perform the guide vane calibration procedure (in ControlTest). Check and recalibrate pressure transducer readings(refer to page 68). Check that the CURRENT TIME andDATE in the TIME AND DATE screen are correct.

Typical Wiring Diagrams (Fig. 46 - 55) — The32XR PIC II typical wiring diagrams are shown in Fig. 46 - 55and may be used for reference. For starter wiring, refer to thewiring diagrams in the installation section.

95

Fig

. 46

— E

xam

ple

Wye

-Del

ta U

nit

-Mo

un

ted

Sta

rter

96

Fig

. 46

— E

xam

ple

Wye

-Del

ta U

nit

-Mo

un

ted

Sta

rter

(co

nt)

97

Fig

. 46

— E

xam

ple

Wye

-Del

ta U

nit

-Mo

un

ted

Sta

rter

(co

nt)

C—

Con

tact

orC

B—

Circ

uit B

reak

erC

P—

Con

trol

Pow

erC

T—

Cur

rent

Tra

nsfo

rmer

DP

—D

ispl

ay P

ower

FU

—F

use

GR

D—

Gro

und

HP

R—

Hig

h P

ress

ure

Rel

ayIS

M—

Inte

grat

ed S

tart

er M

odul

eL

—M

ain

Sup

ply

Pow

er

L

L—

Con

trol

Pow

er S

uppl

yM

—C

onta

ctor

OP

—O

il P

ump

PF

CC

—P

ower

Fac

tor

Cor

rect

ion

Cap

acito

rR

ES

—R

esis

tor

S—

Con

tact

orS

T—

Shu

nt T

ripT

B—

Term

inal

Blo

ckT

C—

Tran

sitio

n C

onta

ctor

TR

AN

S—

Tran

sfor

mer

VL

—W

ire L

abel

LEG

EN

DN

OT

ES

:1.

Rem

ote

devi

ce.

2.Tr

ansf

orm

er c

onne

cted

for

480

v p

rimar

y 12

0 v

seco

ndar

y. F

or o

ther

volta

ges

see

char

t:

3.C

urre

nt tr

ansf

orm

er•a

mps

nam

epla

te r

atio

•am

ps e

ffect

ive

ratio

with

prim

ary

turn

s•p

olar

ity m

arki

ngB

e su

re to

con

nect

per

pol

arity

mar

king

s.4.

“S”

- “2

M”

cont

acto

rs a

re e

lect

rical

ly a

nd m

echa

nica

lly in

terlo

cked

.5.

Live

cap

acito

r un

it. D

eene

rgiz

e st

arte

r. W

ait o

ne (

1) m

inut

e an

d gr

ound

term

inal

s be

fore

ser

vici

ng.

6.A

ll co

ntro

l wiri

ng 1

4 ga

ge r

ed e

xcep

t as

note

d.

PR

IMA

RY

SE

CO

ND

AR

Y

H1-

H2

H1-

H3

H1-

H4

H1-

H5

X1-

X2

X1-

X3

X1-

X4

240

416

480

600

9912

013

0

230

400

460

575

9511

512

5

220

380

440

550

9111

012

0

208

500

8510

011

0

98

A

UX

—A

uxili

ary

C—

Con

tact

orC

B—

Circ

uit B

reak

erC

CM

—C

hille

r C

ontr

ol M

odul

eC

OM

M—

Com

mun

icat

ion

CO

MP

R—

Com

pres

sor

DIS

CH

—D

isch

arge

Den

otes

Oil

Pum

p Te

rmin

al

Den

otes

Pow

er P

anel

Ter

min

al

*D

enot

es M

ach.

Con

trol

Pan

el C

onn.

**D

enot

es M

otor

Sta

rter

Pan

el C

onn.

Fig

. 47

— P

ow

er P

anel

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic

FR

—Fr

ame

G—

Gro

und

GR

D—

Gro

und

GVA

—G

uide

Van

e A

ctua

tor

HG

BP

—H

ot G

as B

ypas

sH

T E

XC

H—

Hea

t Exc

hang

erIS

M—

Inte

grat

ed S

tart

er M

odul

e

L

—M

ain

Sup

ply

Pow

erN

.O.

—N

orm

ally

Ope

nP

RE

SS

—P

ress

ure

RE

QM

’T—

Req

uire

men

tT

—Tr

ansf

orm

erT

B—

Term

inal

Boa

rd

Den

otes

Com

pone

nt T

erm

inal

Wire

Spl

ice

Den

otes

Con

duct

or M

ale/

Fem

ale

Con

nect

or

Opt

ion

Wiri

ng

LEG

EN

D

99

AUX — AuxiliaryC — ContactorCB — Circuit BreakerCT — Current TransformerDS — Disconnect SwitchFU — FuseG — Ground

Fig. 48 — Second Example Wye Delta Unit Mounted Starter

HPR — High Pressure RelayISM — Integrated Starter ModuleL — Main Supply PowerLL — Control Power SupplyM — ContactorRES — ResistorS — ContactorTB — Terminal Block

LEGEND NOTES:1. Power factor correction capacitors (when required) are connected ahead of all current

transformers for proper calibration and sensing by the ISM and IQDP4130.2. For phase to phase ground fault protection refer to Fig. 49.3. For metering information refer to Fig. 50.

100

AUX — AuxiliaryC — ContactorCB — Circuit BreakerCT — Current TransformerDS — Disconnect SwitchFU — FuseG — Ground

Fig. 48 — Second Example Wye Delta Unit Mounted Starter (cont)

HPR — High Pressure RelayISM — Integrated Starter ModuleL — Main Supply PowerLL — Control Power SupplyM — ContactorRES — ResistorS — ContactorTB — Terminal Block

LEGEND NOTES:1. Power factor correction capacitors (when required) are connected ahead of all current

transformers for proper calibration and sensing by the ISM and IQDP4130.2. For metering option see Fig. 50.

101

Fig. 49 — Ground Fault Phase Current Option

Fig. 50 — Separate Metering Option

LEGENDAM — AmmeterCT — Current TransformerL — Main Power SupplyVM — Voltmeter

Represents Twisted Wire To Door

LEGENDCT — Current TransformerISM — Integrated Starter ModuleVFD — Variable Frequency Drive

Represents Twisted Wire To Door

102

See legend on page 103.

Fig. 51 — Benshaw, Inc. Solid-State Unit Mounted Starter Wiring Schematic (Low Voltage)

103

Fig. 51 — Benshaw, Inc. Solid-State Unit Mounted Starter Wiring Schematic (Low Voltage) (cont)

AUX — AuxiliaryBR — Bridge RectifierCB — Circuit BreakerCOND — CondenserCPU — Central Processing UnitCVC/ICVC — Chiller Visual Controller

CT — Current TransformerEVAP — EvaporatorFU — FuseGND — Ground

L — Main Supply PowerLL — Control Power SupplyM — ContactorO/L — Overload ResetPFCC — Power Factor

Correction CapacitorRLA — Rated Load AmpsSCR — Silicone Controller RectifierST — Shunt TripTB — Terminal Block

Wire Node Symbolmay have terminal block

Benshaw suppliedterminal block

Terminal Strip

Power Connection

PC Board Terminals

Twisted Pair

Twisted Shielded Pair

Shield Wire

Field Wiring

LEGEND

NOTES:LED status with power applied and prior to run command.

Transformer T1 primary fuses FU1/FU2 value dependent on system voltage and model, per Chart 1.Transformer connections per transformer nameplate connection diagram.MOVs are used on power stack assemblies for system voltages of 200 through 460 vac (as shown).Resistor/capacitor networks (DVDTs) are used on power stack assemblies in place of MOVs for a systemvoltage of 575 vac (not shown).K3 relay shown in deenergized state. K3 contact will close when power is supplied. K3 contact will openon stop command or system fault.CT1-CT3 are sized per Chart 2.

Optional.

1 "ON"

"OFF"

2

3

4

5

6

104

Fig

. 52

— T

ypic

al A

cro

ss-t

he-

Lin

e S

tart

er W

irin

g S

chem

atic

(M

ediu

m V

olt

age)

L

EG

EN

D

AU

X—

Aux

iliar

yC

—C

onta

ctor

CB

—C

ircui

t Bre

aker

CO

MM

—C

omm

unic

atio

nC

ON

D—

Con

dens

erC

PT

—C

ontr

ol P

ower

Tran

sfor

mer

CR

—C

ontr

ol R

elay

CT

—C

urre

nt T

rans

form

erD

S—

Dis

conn

ect S

witc

hE

VAP

—E

vapo

rato

rF

U—

Fus

eG

—G

roun

dG

FC

T—

Gro

und

Faul

t Cur

rent

Tran

sfor

mer

HP

R—

Hig

h P

ress

ure

Rel

ayIS

M—

Inte

grat

ed S

tart

erM

odul

eL

—M

ain

Pow

er S

uppl

yL

L—

Con

trol

Pow

er S

uppl

yLV

G—

Leav

ing

M—

Con

tact

orM

TR

—M

otor

PR

ES

S—

Pre

ssur

eP

T—

Pow

er T

rans

form

erS

T—

Shu

nt T

ripS

TAT

—S

tatu

sT

B—

Term

inal

Blo

ckT

RA

NS

—Tr

ansi

tion

VF

D—

Var

iabl

e Fr

eque

ncy

Driv

eV

L—

Wire

Lab

elS

tart

er V

endo

rP

ower

Wiri

ngS

tart

er V

endo

rC

ontr

ol W

iring

Fie

ld In

stal

led

Pow

er W

iring

(sup

plie

d by

oth

ers)

Fie

ld In

stal

led

Con

trol

Wiri

ng(s

uppl

ied

by o

ther

s)O

ptio

n —

Sta

rter

Ven

dor

Wiri

ngTw

iste

d P

air

Wiri

ng b

y S

tart

er V

endo

r

Cus

tom

er T

erm

inal

Con

nect

ion

105

Fig

. 53

— T

ypic

al P

rim

ary

Rea

cto

r S

tart

er W

irin

g S

chem

atic

(M

ediu

m V

olt

age)

L

EG

EN

D

AU

X—

Aux

iliar

yC

—C

onta

ctor

CB

—C

ircui

t Bre

aker

CO

MM

—C

omm

unic

atio

nC

ON

D—

Con

dens

erC

PT

—C

ontr

ol P

ower

Tran

sfor

mer

CR

—C

ontr

ol R

elay

CT

—C

urre

nt T

rans

form

erD

S—

Dis

conn

ect S

witc

hE

VAP

—E

vapo

rato

rF

U—

Fus

eG

—G

roun

dG

FC

T—

Gro

und

Faul

t Cur

rent

Tran

sfor

mer

HP

R—

Hig

h P

ress

ure

Rel

ayIS

M—

Inte

grat

ed S

tart

erM

odul

eL

—M

ain

Pow

er S

uppl

yL

L—

Con

trol

Pow

er S

uppl

yLV

G—

Leav

ing

M—

Con

tact

orM

TR

—M

otor

PR

ES

S—

Pre

ssur

eP

T—

Pow

er T

rans

form

erS

T—

Shu

nt T

ripS

TAT

—S

tatu

sT

B—

Term

inal

Blo

ckT

RA

NS

—Tr

ansi

tion

VF

D—

Var

iabl

e Fr

eque

ncy

Driv

eV

L—

Wire

Lab

elS

tart

er V

endo

rP

ower

Wiri

ngS

tart

er V

endo

rC

ontr

ol W

iring

Fie

ld In

stal

led

Pow

er W

iring

(sup

plie

d by

oth

ers)

Fie

ld In

stal

led

Con

trol

Wiri

ng(s

uppl

ied

by o

ther

s)O

ptio

n —

Sta

rter

Ven

dor

Wiri

ngTw

iste

d P

air

Wiri

ng b

y S

tart

er V

endo

r

Cus

tom

er T

erm

inal

Con

nect

ion

106

1A

Fig

. 54

— T

ypic

al A

uto

tran

sfo

rmer

Sta

rter

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

Med

ium

Vo

ltag

e)

L

EG

EN

D

AU

X—

Aux

iliar

yC

—C

onta

ctor

CB

—C

ircui

t Bre

aker

CO

MM

—C

omm

unic

atio

nC

ON

D—

Con

dens

erC

PT

—C

ontr

ol P

ower

Tran

sfor

mer

CR

—C

ontr

ol R

elay

CT

—C

urre

nt T

rans

form

erD

ISC

H—

Dis

char

geD

S—

Dis

conn

ect S

witc

hE

VAP

—E

vapo

rato

rF

U—

Fus

eG

FC

T—

Gro

und

Faul

t Cur

rent

Tran

sfor

mer

HP

R—

Hig

h P

ress

ure

Rel

ayIS

M—

Inte

grat

ed S

tart

erM

odul

eL

—M

ain

Pow

er S

uppl

yL

L—

Con

trol

Pow

er S

uppl

yM

TR

—M

otor

PR

ES

S—

Pre

ssur

eP

T—

Pow

er T

rans

form

erS

T—

Shu

nt T

ripS

TAT

—S

tatu

sT

B—

Term

inal

Blo

ckT

C—

Tran

sitio

n C

lear

TR

AN

S—

Tran

sitio

nV

FD

—V

aria

ble

Freq

uenc

yD

rive

VL

—W

ire L

abel

Sta

rter

Ven

dor

Pow

er W

iring

Sta

rter

Ven

dor

Con

trol

Wiri

ngF

ield

Inst

alle

dP

ower

Wiri

ng(s

uppl

ied

by o

ther

s)F

ield

Inst

alle

dC

ontr

ol W

iring

(sup

plie

d by

oth

ers)

Opt

ion

— S

tart

erV

endo

r W

iring

Twis

ted

Pai

r W

iring

by

Sta

rter

Ven

dor

Cus

tom

er T

erm

inal

Con

nect

ion

107

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic

108

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

con

t)

109

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

con

t)

110

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

con

t)

111

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

con

t)

112

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

con

t)

113

Fig

. 55

— T

ypic

al V

aria

ble

Fre

qu

ency

Dri

ve (

VF

D)

Wir

ing

Sch

emat

ic (

con

t)

114

LEGEND FOR FIG. 55

AUX — AuxiliaryCB — Circuit BreakerCCM — Chiller Control ModuleCCN — Carrier Comfort NetworkCCW — CounterclockwiseCOMM — CommunicationsCR — Compressor RelayCT — Current TransformerCVC — Chiller Visual ControllerCW — ClockwiseDP/DL — Data Port/Data LinkDS — Disconnect SwitchFD — Fused DisconnectFR — Fan RelayFU — FuseGV — Guide VaneHGBP — Hot Gas BypassHPR — High Discharge Pressure RelayHPS — High Pressure SwitchIGBT — Insulated Gate Bipolar TransistorISM — Integrated Starter ModuleJ — JunctionLEM — Current DetectorLL — Liquid LineMAB — Module Adapter BoardPT — Pressure TransducerRC — Regulator ControllerRMI — Remote Metering InterfaceT — TransformerTB — Terminal Block

VFD — Variable Frequency DriveVL — Vacuum Line1C — Compressor Oil Heater Contactor1M — Start Contactor2C — Oil Pump Contactor3C — Hot Gas Bypass Relay

Field Control WiringField Power WiringFactory Wiring

Shielded Cable

Twisted Pair Wiring

Male/Female Connector

Terminal Block Connection

Wire Splice or Junction

Cam Switch

Component Terminal

Thermistor

Transducer

Fusible Link

Potentiometer

-

+

Pressure Switch

Compr Oil Pump Terminal

Cartridge Fuse

Earth Ground

Resistor

Chassis Ground

Light

Temperature Switch

Common Potential

Dry Contact

VFD Terminal

Current Transformer, Polarized (Direction Determined by •)

Transformer

IGBT

Diode

Silicone Control Rectifier

115

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

0% Actual Guide Vane Position SERVICE CONTROL TEST GUIDE VANE CALIBRATION

100% Actual Guide Vane Position SERVICE CONTROL TEST GUIDE VANE CALIBRATION

1CR Start Complete STATUS ISM_STAT

1CR Stop Complete STATUS ISM_STAT

1M Start/Run Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

1M/2M Stop Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

1st Current Alarm State SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CUR_ALRM

20mA Demand Limit Opt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

2M Start/Run Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

2nd Current Alarm State SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CUR_ALRM

3rd Current Alarm State SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CUR_ALRM

4th Current Alarm State SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CUR_ALRM

5th Current Alarm State SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CUR_ALRM

Active Delta P STATUS HEAT_EX

Active Delta P SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Active Delta T STATUS HEAT_EX

Active Delta T SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Active Demand Limit SERVICE MAINSTAT X

Active Region SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Actual Guide Vane Pos SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Actual Guide Vane Pos STATUS COMPRESS

Actual Guide Vane Pos STATUS STARTUP

Actual Guide Vane Position SERVICE CONTROL TEST GUIDE VANE CALIBRATION

Actual Guide Vane Position SERVICE CONTROL TEST IGV & SRD ACTUATOR

Actual Line Current STATUS POWER

Actual Line Voltage STATUS POWER

Actual Superheat SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Actual VFD Speed SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Actual VFD Speed STATUS COMPRESS X

Address SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION X

Alarm Configuration SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT

Alarm Relay Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST DISCRETE OUTPUTS X

Alarm Routing (Alarm Configuration) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

Amps or KW Ramp %/Min SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

Amps/KW Ramp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Attach to Any Device SERVICE ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICE X

Auto Chilled Water Reset SERVICE MAINSTAT

Auto Demand Limit Input SERVICE MAINSTAT

Auto Restart Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Average Line Current DEFAULT SCREEN

Average Line Current SERVICE MAINSTAT

Average Line Current STATUS POWER

Average Line Voltage STATUS POWER

Base Demand Limit SETPOINT SETPOINT X

Baud Rate SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION X

Broadcast Option (CCN Occupancy Con-fig) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

Bus Number SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION X

116

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENUSOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Calc Evap Sat Temp STATUS HEAT_EX

Calc Evap Sat Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Capacity Control SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Capacity Control SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2

CCM Pressure Transducer Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

CCM Thermistors Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

CCN DEFAULT SCREEN X

CCN Mode ? STATUS ICVC_PWD X

CCN Occupancy Config: SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT

CCN Time Schedule SCHEDULE OCCP03S X

CCN Time Schedule(OCCPC03S) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION OCCDEFCS X

Chill Water Pulldown/Min STATUS HEAT_EX

Chilled Medium SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Chilled Water Deadband SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Chilled Water Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURE TRANS-DUCERS

Chilled Water Delta P STATUS HEAT_EX X

Chilled Water Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS

Chilled Water Delta T STATUS HEAT_EX

Chilled Water Flow SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS

Chilled Water Flow STATUS STARTUP

Chilled Water Pump SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS X

Chilled Water Pump STATUS STARTUP X

Chilled Water Temp SERVICE MAINSTAT

Chilled Water Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS WSMDEFME

Chiller Start/Stop SERVICE MAINSTAT X

CHW Delta T->Full Reset (Temperature Reset Type 3) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

CHW Delta T->No Reset (Temperature Reset Type 3) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

CHW Setpoint Reset Value SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS WSMDEFME

Commanded State SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS WSMDEFME

Common Sensor Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

Comp Discharge Alert SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Comp Discharge Alert SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Comp Discharge Temp SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Comp Discharge Temp STATUS COMPRESS

Comp Discharge Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Comp Motor Temp Override SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Comp Motor Temp Override SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Comp Motor Winding Temp SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Comp Motor Winding Temp STATUS COMPRESS

Comp Motor Winding Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Comp Thrust Brg Alert SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Comp Thrust Brg Alert SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Comp Thrust Brg Temp SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Comp Thrust Brg Temp STATUS COMPRESS

Comp Thrust Brg Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Compressor Ontime DEFAULT SCREEN

117

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Compressor Ontime SERVICE MAINSTAT X

Compressor Run Contact STATUS STARTUP

Compressor Start Contact STATUS STARTUP

Compressor Start Relay STATUS STARTUP

Cond Approach Alert SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Cond Flow Delta P Cutout SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Cond Hi Flow Alarm Opt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Cond Hi Flow Del P Limit SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Cond Press Override SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Cond Press Override SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Condenser Approach STATUS HEAT_EX

Condenser Freeze Point SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Condenser Pressure SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURETRANSDUCERS

Condenser Pressure STATUS HEAT_EX X

Condenser Pressure SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Condenser Refrig Temp STATUS HEAT_EX

Condenser Refrig Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Condenser Refrigerant Temperature DEFAULT SCREEN

Condenser Water Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURETRANSDUCERS

Condenser Water Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS

Condenser Water Delta P STATUS HEAT_EX X

Condenser Water Flow SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS

Condenser Water Flow STATUS STARTUP

Condenser Water Pump SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS X

Condenser Water Pump STATUS STARTUP X

CONSUME SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION CONSUME X

Control Mode SERVICE MAINSTAT

Control Point SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Control Point SERVICE MAINSTAT X

Control Point SETPOINT SETPOINT

Control Point SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL

Control Point Error SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Current % Imbalance SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Current CHW Setpoint SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS WSMDEFME

Current Date SERVICE TIME AND DATE X

Current Imbalance STATUS ISM_STAT

Current Imbalance Time SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Current Mode (Lead/Lag) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Current Occupied Period SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Current Time SERVICE TIME AND DATE X

Date SERVICE TIME AND DATE

Day of Week SERVICE TIME AND DATE X

Daylight Savings SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF

Degrees Reset (Temperature ResetType 2) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

Degrees Reset (Temperature ResetType 3) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

118

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Degrees Reset At 20 mA (Temperature Reset Type 1) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

Delta P at 0% (4 mA) (Head PressureReference) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Delta P at 100% (20 mA) (Head Pressure Reference) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Demand Kilowatt STATUS POWER

Demand Limit and KW Ramp SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM

Demand Limit At 20 mA SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

Demand Limit Decrease (LoadshedFunction) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

Demand Limit Inhibit SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Demand Limit Prop Band SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

Demand Limit Source SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

Demand Watts Interval SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

Description SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION

Device Name SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION

Diffuser 25% Load Pt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Diffuser 50% Load Pt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Diffuser 75% Load Pt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Diffuser Actuator STATUS COMPRESS

Diffuser Actuator SERVICE CONTROL TEST DIFFUSER ACTUATOR X

Diffuser Actuator SERVICE CONTROL TEST IGV AND SRD ACTUATOR X

Diffuser Actuator Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Diffuser Control SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2

Diffuser Full Span mA SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Diffuser Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Disable Service Password STATUS ICVC_PWD

Discrete Outputs Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

ECW Control Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

ECW Delta T SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

ECW Reset SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

ECW Setpoint SETPOINT SETPOINT X

Entering Chilled Water SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Entering Chilled Water SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Entering Chilled Water DEFAULT SCREEN

Entering Chilled Water STATUS HEAT_EX

Entering Condenser Water SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Entering Condenser Water DEFAULT SCREEN

Entering Condenser Water STATUS HEAT_EX

Equipment Status SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS WSMDEFME

Evap Approach Alert SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Evap Flow Delta P Cutout SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Evap Refrig Liquid Temp SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Evap Refrig Liquid Temp STATUS HEAT_EX

Evap Refrig Trippoint SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Evap Sat Override Temp SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Evaporator Approach STATUS HEAT_EX

Evaporator Pressure SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURETRANSDUCERS

119

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Evaporator Pressure STATUS HEAT_EX X

Evaporator Refrigerant Temperature DEFAULT SCREEN

Flow Delta P Display SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Frequency STATUS POWER

Frequency Out of Range STATUS ISM_STAT

Frequency=60 Hz? (No=50) SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Full Load Point (T2,P2) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS

Ground Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

Ground Fault CT Ratio: 1 SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Ground Fault Current SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Ground Fault Persistence SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Ground Fault Phase 1 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Ground Fault Phase 1 STATUS POWER

Ground Fault Phase 2 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Ground Fault Phase 2 STATUS POWER

Ground Fault Phase 3 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Ground Fault Phase 3 STATUS POWER

Ground Fault Protection? SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Ground Fault Start Delay SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Group Number (Loadshed Function) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

Guide Vane 25% Load Pt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Guide Vane 50% Load Pt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Guide Vane 75% Load Pt SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Guide Vane Calibration Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Guide Vane Control SERVICE CONTROL TEST IGV & SRD ACTUATOR

Guide Vane Delta SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Guide Vane Delta STATUS COMPRESS

Guide Vane Delta SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Guide Vane Travel Limit SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Hardware Failure STATUS ISM_STAT

Head Pressure Output SERVICE CONTROL TEST HEAD PRESSURE OUTPUT X

Head Pressure Output Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Head Pressure Reference STATUS HEAT_EX

Head Pressure Reference SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS

HGBP Off Delta T SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

HGBP Off Delta T SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

HGBP On Delta T SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

HGBP On Delta T SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

HGBP/VFD Active SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

High Motor Amps STATUS ISM_STAT

Holiday SERVICE TIME AND DATE X

HOLIDAYS SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION HOLIDAYS X

Hot Gas Bypass Relay STATUS HEAT_EX

Hot Gas Bypass Relay SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Hot Gas Bypass Relay Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST DISCRETE OUTPUTS X

I2T Sum Heat-Phase 1 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

I2T Sum Heat-Phase 1 STATUS POWER

120

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENUSOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

I2T Sum Heat-Phase 2 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

I2T Sum Heat-Phase 2 STATUS POWER

I2T Sum Heat-Phase 3 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

I2T Sum Heat-Phase 3 STATUS POWER

Ice Build Contact SERVICE MAINSTAT

Ice Build Control SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS

Ice Build Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Ice Build Recycle SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Ice Build Setpoint SETPOINT SETPOINT X

Ice Build Termination SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Ice Build Time Schedule SCHEDULE OCCP02S X

Ice Build Time Schedule(OCCPC02S) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION OCCDEFCS X

IGV & SRD Actuator Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Impeller Displace Switch STATUS COMPRESS

ISM (Starter) Config Password SERVICE ISM (STARTER CONFIG DATA) X

ISM FAULT HISTORY SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

ISM Fault Status SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

ISM Fault Status STATUS ISM_STAT

ISM Fault Status STATUS STARTUP

ISM Power on Reset STATUS ISM_STAT

LAG % Capacity SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

LAG Address SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

LAG CHILLER: Mode SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

LAG Start Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

LAG START Timer SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

LAG Stop Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

LAG STOP Timer SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

Last Unoccupied Day SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Last Unoccupied Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM X

LCW Reset SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

LCW Setpoint SETPOINT SETPOINT X

LEAD CHILLER in Control SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Lead Lag Control SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG

Lead Lag Control SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

LEAD/LAG Configuration SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

LEAD/LAG: Configuration SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Leaving Chilled Water SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Leaving Chilled Water SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Leaving Chilled Water DEFAULT SCREEN

Leaving Chilled Water STATUS HEAT_EX

Leaving Condenser Water SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Leaving Condenser Water DEFAULT SCREEN

Leaving Condenser Water STATUS HEAT_EX

LID Language SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION X

Line Current Phase 1 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Current Phase 1 STATUS POWER

121

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENUSOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Line Current Phase 2 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Current Phase 2 STATUS POWER

Line Current Phase 3 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Current Phase 3 STATUS POWER

Line Frequency SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Frequency Faulting SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Line Voltage Phase 1 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Voltage Phase 1 STATUS POWER

Line Voltage Phase 2 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Voltage Phase 2 STATUS POWER

Line Voltage Phase 3 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Line Voltage Phase 3 STATUS POWER

Load Balance Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

Load Balance Option SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Loadshed SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LOADSHED

Loadshed Function SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LOADSHED

Loadshed Function SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT

Loadshed Timer SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LOADSHED

LOCAL DEFAULT SCREEN X

Local Network Device SERVICE ATTACH TO NETWORK DEVICE X

Local Time Schedule SCHEDULE OCCP01S X

Local Time Schedule(OCCPC01S) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION OCCDEFCS X

Locked Rotor Start Delay SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Locked Rotor Trip STATUS ISM_STAT

Maximum Loadshed Time (Loadshed Function) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

Min. Load Point (T1,P1) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS

Minimum Output (Head Pressure Refer-ence) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Mode (Time Schedule) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Model Number SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION

Motor Amps Not Sensed STATUS ISM_STAT

Motor Amps When Stopped STATUS ISM_STAT

Motor Current CT Ratio: 1 SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Motor Kilowatt-Hours STATUS POWER X

Motor Kilowatts STATUS POWER

Motor Locked Rotor Trip SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Motor Percent Kilowatts SERVICE MAINSTAT

Motor Rated Kilowatts SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

Motor Rated Line Voltage SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Motor Rated Load Amps SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Next Occupied Day SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Next Occupied Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM X

Next Unoccupied Day SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Next Unoccupied Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM X

OCCP01S (Local Time Schedule) SCHEDULE OCCP01S X

122

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENUSOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

OCCP02S (Ice Build Time Schedule) SCHEDULE OCCP02S X

OCCP03S (CCN Time Schedule) SCHEDULE OCCP03S X

OCCPC01S(Local Time Schedule) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION OCCDEFCS X

OCCPC02S(Ice Build Time Schedule) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION OCCDEFCS X

OCCPC03S(CCN Time Schedule) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION OCCDEFCS X

Occupied Start Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM X

Occupied? SERVICE MAINSTAT

Oil Heater Relay STATUS COMPRESS

Oil Heater Relay Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST DISCRETE OUTPUTS X

Oil Press Verify Time SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Oil Pressure DEFAULT SCREEN

Oil Pressure Acceptable? SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS

Oil Pump Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURE TRANS-DUCERS

Oil Pump Delta P STATUS COMPRESS X

Oil Pump Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS

Oil Pump Delta P STATUS STARTUP X

Oil Pump Relay SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPS X

Oil Pump Relay STATUS STARTUP

Oil Sump Temp SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Oil Sump Temp STATUS COMPRESS

Oil Sump Temp DEFAULT SCREEN

Over/Under Volt Time SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Overload Trip STATUS ISM_STAT

Override Decrease Active SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Override Duration SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Override in Progress SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM

Override Inhibit Active SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

OverVoltage STATUS ISM_STAT

Overvoltage Threshold SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Password SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION X

Phase 1 Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

Phase 1 Faulted? SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Phase 2 Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

Phase 2 Faulted? SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Phase 3 Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

Phase 3 Faulted? SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

Phase Loss STATUS ISM_STAT

Phase Reversal STATUS ISM_STAT

Power Factor STATUS POWER

Pressure Transducers Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Pressure Trip Contact STATUS ISM_STAT

PRESTART FAULT Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

PRESTART FAULT Timer SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

PRIMARY MESSAGE DEFAULT SCREEN

Proceed with Calibration? SERVICE CONTROL TEST GUIDE VANE CALIBRATION X

Proportional Dec Band SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

123

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Proportional ECW Gain SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Proportional Inc Band SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Pulldown Ramp Type: SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE RAMP_DEM X

PULLDOWN Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

PULLDOWN Timer SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

Pulldown: Delta T / Min SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Pumpdown/Lockout SERVICE CONTROL TEST PUMPDOWN LOCKOUT X

Pumpdown/Lockout Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Pumps Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Ramp Loading Active SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Re-alarm Time SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

Recovery Start Request (Lag Chiller) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Recovery Start Request (Standby Chiller) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Recycle Control SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1

Redline (Loadshed Function) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LOADSHED

Reference Number SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION

Refrig Override Delta T SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Refrigerant Leak Alarm mA SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Refrigerant Leak Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Refrigerant Leak Sensor SERVICE MAINSTAT

Remote Contacts Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Remote Reset Option STATUS ICVC_PWD X

Remote Reset Sensor SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Remote Reset Sensor SERVICE MAINSTAT

Remote Start Contact SERVICE MAINSTAT X

Remote Temp->Full Reset SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

Remote Temp->No Reset SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

RESET DEFAULT SCREEN X

Reset Alarm ? STATUS ICVC_PWD

RESET TYPE 1 (Temperature Reset) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL

RESET TYPE 2 (Temperature Reset) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL

RESET TYPE 3 (Temperature Reset) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL

Restart Delta T (Recycle Control) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Run Status SERVICE MAINSTAT

Run Status (Lag Chiller) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Run Status (Standby Chiller) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Runtime SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION RUNTIME

Satisfied? (Pulldown) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Schedule Number (CCN Occupancy Con-fig) SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION NET_OPT X

SECONDARY MESSAGE DEFAULT SCREEN

Select/Enable Type (Temperature Reset) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

Serial Number SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION

Service Ontime SERVICE MAINSTAT X

Shunt Trip Relay STATUS STARTUP

Shunt Trip Relay Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST DISCRETE OUTPUTS X

Shutdown Delta T (Recycle Control) SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Single Cycle Dropout SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Single Cycle Dropout STATUS ISM_STAT

124

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Soft Stop Amps Threshold SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Software Part Number SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION

Spare Alert/Alarm Enable SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1

Spare Pressure Delta P SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURE TRANS-DUCERS

Spare Safety Input STATUS STARTUP

Spare Temp #1 Enable SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Spare Temp #1 Limit SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Spare Temp #2 Enable SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Spare Temp #2 Limit SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

Spare Temperature 1 SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Spare Temperature 1 STATUS COMPRESS

Spare Temperature 1 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Spare Temperature 2 SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM THERMISTORS

Spare Temperature 2 STATUS COMPRESS

Spare Temperature 2 SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Speed Change in Effect SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

STANDBY % Capacity SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

STANDBY Address SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

STANDBY Chiller Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE LEADLAG X

STANDBY CHILLER: Mode SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Start Advance SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Start Day of Week SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Start Inhibit Timer SERVICE MAINSTAT

Start Month SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Start Time SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Start Week SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Start/Stop (Lag Chiller) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Start/Stop (Standby Chiller) SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS LL_MAINT

Starter Acceleration Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

Starter Fault STATUS ISM_STAT

Starter Fault STATUS STARTUP

Starter LRA Rating SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Starter LRA Trip STATUS ISM_STAT

Starter Trans Relay STATUS STARTUP

Starter Type SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Starts In 12 Hours SERVICE MAINSTAT

Stop Back SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Stop Day of Week SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Stop Month SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Stop Time SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Stop Week SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Superheat Required SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OVERRIDE

Surge / Hot Gas Bypass SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS

Surge Counts SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Surge Delta % Amps SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge Limit/HGBP Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge Limit/HGBP Option SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

125

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

Surge Line Delta T STATUS HEAT_EX

Surge Line Delta T SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Surge Prevention Active? STATUS HEAT_EX

Surge Prevention Active? SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Surge Protection SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS

Surge Protection Counts STATUS COMPRESS

Surge Protection Counts SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Surge Time Period SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Deadband SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta P1 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta P2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta P3 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta P4 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta T1 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta T2 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta T3 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

Surge/HGBP Delta T4 SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE OPTIONS X

System Alert/Alarm SERVICE MAINSTAT

Target Guide Vane Pos SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Target Guide Vane Pos STATUS COMPRESS X

Target Guide Vane Pos SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Target VFD Speed SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Target VFD Speed STATUS COMPRESS X

Target VFD Speed SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

Temp Pulldown Ramp SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL X

Temperature Reset SERVICE MAINSTAT

Temperature Reset SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE TEMP_CTL

Terminate Lockout SERVICE CONTROL TEST TERMINATE LOCKOUT X

Terminate Lockout Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

Thermistors Control Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST X

TIME AND DATE SERVICE TIME AND DATE X

Time Broadcast Enable SERVICE EQUIPMENT CONFIGURATION BRODEF X

Total Compressor Starts SERVICE MAINSTAT X

Total Error + Resets SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

Tower Fan High Setpoint SETPOINT SETPOINT X

Tower Fan Relay High STATUS STARTUP X

Tower Fan Relay High Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST DISCRETE OUTPUTS X

Tower Fan Relay Low STATUS STARTUP X

Tower Fan Relay Low Test SERVICE CONTROL TEST DISCRETE OUTPUTS X

Transducer Voltage Ref SERVICE CONTROL TEST CCM PRESSURE TRANS-DUCERS

UnderVoltage STATUS ISM_STAT

Undervoltage Threshold SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Unoccupied Start Time SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS OCCDEFCM X

US Imp / Metric SERVICE ICVC CONFIGURATION X

Values At Last Fault: SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS ISM_HIST

VFD Current Limit SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

VFD Gain SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

VFD Gain SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

126

APPENDIX A — 32XR PIC II ICVC PARAMETER INDEX (cont)

PARAMETER MENU SOFTKEY TABLE SCREEN NAME CONFIGURABLE

VFD Increase Step SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

VFD Load Factor SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS CAPACITY

VFD Load Factor SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

VFD Maximum Speed SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

VFD Minimum Speed SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

VFD Option SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

VFD Rampdown Active SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

VFD Speed Control SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2

VFD Speed Factor SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS SURGPREV

VFD Start Speed SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

VFD Surge Line Gain SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP2 X

Volt Transformer Ratio:1 SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Voltage % Imbalance SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Voltage Imbalance STATUS ISM_STAT

Voltage Imbalance Time SERVICE ISM (STARTER) CONFIG DATA ISM_CONF X

Water Flow Verify Time SERVICE EQUIPMENT SERVICE SETUP1 X

WSM Active? SERVICE CONTROL ALGORITHM STATUS WSMDEFME

127

INDEXAbbreviations, 4Alarms and Alerts, 79Alarm (Trip) Output Contacts, 57Attach to Network Device Control, 64Automatic Soft Stop Amps Threshold, 67Auto. Restart After Power Failure, 59Before Initial Start-Up, 67-74Capacity Override, 56Carrier Comfort Network Interface, 34Chilled Water Recycle Mode, 67Chiller Control Module (CCM), 91Chiller Operating Condition (Check), 75Condenser Freeze Prevention, 58Condenser Pump Control, 58Control Algorithms Checkout Procedure, 90Control Panel, 8Control Modules, 91Control Test, 91Conrol Wiring, 17Controls, 4-8Default Screen Freeze, 54Definitions (Controls), 4Demand Limit Control Option, 59Design Set Points, (Input), 68Display Messages (Check), 79Dry Run to Test Start-Up Sequence, 75General (Controls), 4Head Pressure Reference Output, 58High Altitude Locations, 74High Discharge Temperature Control, 56High Pressure Cutout Installation, 16Hot Gas Bypass Controls, 17Ice Build Control, 63ICVC Operation and Menus, 34Initial Start-Up, 74-76Initial Start-Up Checklist, CL-3 to CL-14Inlet Guide Vane Actuator Installation, 16Inspect the Control Panel, 78Installation, 8-65Installation Start-Up Request Checklist, CL-1, CL-2Instruct the Customer Operator, 75Integrated Starter Module (ISM), 93Introduction, 3ISM Interface and Power Panel Installation, 8Kilowatt Output, 57Kit Contents, 5Lead/Lag Control, 61Local Occupied Schedule (Input), 68Local Start-Up, 65Lubrication System (Check), 76Make Electrical Connections, 19Manual Guide Vane Operation, 75Motor Rotation (Check), 75Notes on Module Operation, 91Oil Cooler, 56Oil Pressure and Compressor Stop (Check), 75

Oil Pump Control (Auxiliary), 56Oil Sump Temperature Control, 56Operating Instructions, 76Operator Duties, 76Ordering Replacement Chiller Parts, 78Overview (Troubleshooting), 78Perform a Control Test, 73PIC II System Components, 4PIC II System Functions, 53Power Up the Controls and Check the Oil Heater, 68Preparation (Initial Start-Up), 74Pressure Transducers (Check), 78, 90Pressure Transducer Installation, 17Prevent Accidental Start-Up, 75Pumpout and Refrigerant Transfer Procedures, 76Ramp Loading, 55Refrigerant Leak Detector, 57Refrigerant Type Selection, 65Refrigeration Log, 76Reliance (Rockwell) Unit-Mounted VFD Field Setup and Verification, 70Remote Reset of Alarms, 57Remote Start/Stop Controls, 56Replacing Defective Processor Modules, 93Running System (Check), 76Safety and Operating Controls (Check Monthly), 78Safety Considerations, 1Safety Controls, 54Safety Shutdown, 67Scheduled Maintenance, 78Service Configurations (Input), 68Service Ontime, 78Service Operation, 64Shaft Seal Oil Control, 56Shunt Trip (Option), 54Shutdown Sequence, 66Software Configuration, 68Spare Safety Inputs, 57Start the Chiller, 76Starter (Check), 67Starting Equipment (Inspect), 78Start-Up/Shutdown/Recycle Sequence, 65-67Stop the Chiller, 76Surge Prevention Algorithm (Fixed Speed Chiller), 59Surge Prevention Algorithm with VFD, 60Surge Protection (Fixed Speed Chillers), 60Surge Protection VFD Units, 60System Components, 4Temperature Sensors (Check), 87Thermistor Installation, 8Tower Fan Relay Low and High, 58Troubleshooting, 78-114Water/Brine Reset, 59Water Flow Safeties, 18Weekly Maintenance, 76-78Wiring Diagrams, 94

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.Catalog No. 04-53320001-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 32XR-1SS Pg 128 2-09 Replaces: New

Copyright 2009 Carrier Corporation

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.Catalog No. 04-53320001-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 32XR-1SS Pg CL-1 2-09 Replaces: New

INSTALLATION START-UP REQUEST CHECKLIST

Machine Model Number:

Serial Number:

To:

Attn:

Date

Project Name

Carrier Job Number

The following information provides the status of the chiller installation.

YES/NO DATE TO BE(N/A) COMPLETED

1. All sensors have been installed, leak checked, and wired.2. All control wiring is complete.3. Power wiring to contactors is of the appropriate voltage.4. All communication wiring between the ISM panel, starter,

power panel, and control panel is complete.5. The machine’s starter wiring is complete. The wiring is

installed per installation instructions and certified prints.a. Power wiring to compressor motor. (Motor leads will

not be taped until the Carrier technician megger teststhe motor.)

b. Oil pump wiringc. Oil heater/control wiringd. Other

6. The motor starter has not been supplied by Carrier. Ithas been installed according to the manufacturer’sinstructions.

7. The motor starter has been supplied by Carrier and ithas been checked for proper operation.

COMMENTS:

CL-2

INSTALLATION START-UP REQUEST CHECKLIST (cont)

1. Will the existing starter be used? ____________If. no, what type of replacement starter will be used?________ Wye-Delta or Closed-Transition (low voltage)________ Solid State (low voltage)________ VSD (low and medium voltage)________ Auto-Transformer (medium and high voltage)________ Primary-Reactor (medium and high voltage)________ Across-the-Line (medium and high voltage)

If yes, what type of starter is it?________ Wye-Delta, Closed-Transition (low voltage), order ISM Panel - 32XR680001________ Solid State (low voltage), contact the local service engineer for assistance________ VSD (low and medium voltage), order ISM Panel – 32XR680001________ Auto-Transformer (medium and high voltage), order ISM Panel – 32XR680001 and contact the local

service engineer for assistance________ Primary-Reactor (medium and high voltage), order ISM Panel – 32XR680001 and contact the local

service engineer for assistance________ Across-the-Line (medium and high voltage), order ISM Panel – 32XR680001 and contact the local

service engineer for assistance

2. Is there a line-side current transformer for each phase in the starter?

________ Yes, Make sure the current transformer rating is greater than the compressor RLA.________ No, Contact original starter manufacturer for assistance with current transformer selection.

The current transformer rating must be greater than the compressor RLA.

3. What type of compressor is on the chiller?________ 17EX/FA, Order 32XR680002 (Impeller Displacement Switch panel)________ 19EA/EB/EF/EX/FA, Order 32XR680002 (Impeller Displacement Switch panel)________ 19XL/XR, Do not order 32XR680002. (These compressors do not have an impeller displacement switch.)

4. Does the existing chiller have HGBP?________ Yes________ No

5. Will water flow verification be used?________ Yes , Recommend using thermal dispersion flow switches – see bulletin C0302. If existing flow switches or

differential pressure switches are to be used they should have rating for 24 V, 60 mA max, 10 mA nominal;switches w/gold plated bifurcated contacts are recommended."

________ No

6. Is the existing chiller connected to a building network?________ Yes, Check if an interface card will be required (i.e. BACnet, LONnet, etc.)________ No

7. Is the compressor a 19EA/EB frame 4?________ Yes, Order actuator sprocket part number 17FA??________ No

CL-3

INITIAL START-UP CHECKLISTFOR CENTRIFUGAL LIQUID CHILLER

(Remove and use for job file.)

MACHINE INFORMATION:

DESIGN CONDITIONS:

CONTROL/OIL HEATER: Volts 115 230REFRIGERANT: Type: Charge

START-UP TO BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPROPRIATE MACHINE START-UP INSTRUCTIONSJOB DATA REQUIRED:1. Machine Installation Instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No 2. Machine Assembly, Wiring and Piping Diagrams . . . . . . Yes No 3. Starting Equipment Details and Wiring Diagrams. . . . . . Yes No 4. Applicable Design Data (see above) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No 5. Diagrams and Instructions for Special Controls . . . . . . . Yes No

INITIAL MACHINE PRESSURE:

RECORD PRESSURE DROPS: Cooler Condenser

CHARGE REFRIGERANT: Initial Charge Final Charge After Trim

NAME JOB NO.

ADDRESS MODEL

CITY STATE ZIP S/N

TONS BRINE FLOWRATE

TEMPERATUREIN

TEMPERATUREOUT

PRESSUREDROP PASS SUCTION

TEMPERATURECONDENSER

TEMPERATURECOOLER ******

CONDENSER ******

COMPRESSOR: Volts RLA OLTA STARTER: Mfg Type S/N OIL PUMP: Volts RLA OLTA

CARRIER OBLIGATIONS: Assemble... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No Leak Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No Dehydrate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Yes No Operating Instructions Hrs.

YES NO

Was Machine Tight?

If Not, Were Leaks Corrected?

Was Machine Dehydrated After Repairs?

CHECK OIL LEVEL AND RECORD: ADD OIL: Yes No

Amount: 1/2 Top sight glass

1/2 Bottom sight glass

3/4

1/4

3/4

1/4

CL-4

INSPECT WIRING AND RECORD ELECTRICAL DATA:RATINGS:

Motor Voltage Motor(s) Amps Oil Pump Voltage Starter LRA Rating Line Voltages: Motor Oil Pump Controls/Oil Heater

FIELD-INSTALLED STARTERS ONLY:Check continuity T1 to T1, etc. (Motor to starter, disconnect motor leads T4, T5, T6.) Do not megger solid-statestarters or VFD; disconnect leads to motor and megger the leads.

STARTER: Electro-Mechanical Solid-State VFD ManufacturerSerial Number

Motor Load Current Transformer Ratio : Signal Resistor Size ohmsTransition Timer Time secondsCheck Magnetic Overloads Add Dash POT Oil Yes NoSolid-State Overloads Yes No

CONTROLS: SAFETY, OPERATING, ETC.

Perform Controls Test (Yes/No)

INITIAL START:

Line Up All Valves in Accordance With Instruction Manual:

Start Water Pumps and Establish Water Flow

Oil Level OK and Oil Temperature OK Check Oil Pump Rotation-Pressure

Check Compressor Motor Rotation (Motor End Sight Glass) and Record: Clockwise

Restart Compressor, Bring Up To Speed. Shut Down. Any Abnormal Coastdown Noise? Yes* No*If yes, determine cause.

START MACHINE AND OPERATE. COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING:A: Trim charge.B: Complete any remaining control calibration.C: For unit mounted VFD complete calibration.D: Take at least two sets of operational log readings and record.E: After machine has been successfully run and set up, shut down and mark shutdown oil and refrigerant levels.F: Give operating instructions to owner’s operating personnel. Hours Given: HoursG: Call your Carrier factory representative to report chiller start-up.

SIGNATURES:CARRIERTECHNICIANDATE

CUSTOMERREPRESENTATIVEDATE

MEGGER MOTOR“PHASE TO PHASE” “PHASE TO GROUND”

T1-T2 T1-T3 T2-T3 T1-G T2-G T3-G

10-Second Readings:

60-Second Readings:

Polarization Ratio:

PIC II CAUTIONCOMPRESSOR MOTOR AND CONTROL PANEL MUST BE PROPERLY AND INDIVIDUALLYCONNECTED BACK TO THE EARTH GROUND IN THE STARTER (IN ACCORDANCE WITHCERTIFIED DRAWINGS).

Yes

RUN MACHINE: Do these safeties shut down machine?

Condenser Water Flow Yes No Chilled Water Flow Yes No Pump Interlocks Yes No

CL-5

SETPOINT TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

32XR ICVC Software Version Number:

32XR ICVC Controller Identification: BUS: ADDRESS:

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUEBase Demand Limit 40 to 100 % 100ECW Setpoint 10 to 120 DEG F 60.0LCW Setpoint 15 to 120 DEG F 50.0Ice Build Setpoint 15 to 60 DEG F 40.0Tower Fan High Setpoint 55 to 105 DEG F 75

CL-6

NOTE: Default setting is OCCUPIED 24 hours/day.

NOTE: Default setting is UNOCCUPIED 24 hours/day.

NOTE: Default setting is OCCUPIED 24 hours/day.

LOCAL 32XR PIC II TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION SHEET OCCPC01S

Day Flag OccupiedTime

UnoccupiedTimeM T W T F S S H

Period 1:Period 2:Period 3:Period 4:Period 5:Period 6:Period 7:Period 8:

ICE BUILD 32XR PIC II TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION SHEET OCCPC02S

Day Flag OccupiedTime

UnoccupiedTimeM T W T F S S H

Period 1:Period 2:Period 3:Period 4:Period 5:Period 6:Period 7:Period 8:

CCN 32XR PIC II TIME SCHEDULE CONFIGURATION SHEET OCCPC03S

Day Flag OccupiedTime

UnoccupiedTimeM T W T F S S H

Period 1:Period 2:Period 3:Period 4:Period 5:Period 6:Period 7:Period 8:

CL-7

32XR PIC II ISM_CONF TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUEStarter Type(0=Full, 1=Red, 2=SS, 3=VFD) 0 to 3 1

Motor Rated Line Voltage 200 to 13200 VOLTS 460Volt Transformer Ratio: 1 1 to 35 1Overvoltage Threshold 105 to 115 % 115Undervoltage Threshold 85 to 95 % 85Over/Under Volt Time 1 to 10 SEC 5Voltage% Imbalance 1 to 10 % 5Voltage Imbalance Time 1 to 10 SEC 5Motor Rated Load Amps 10 to 5000 AMPS 200Motor Locked Rotor Trip 100 to 60000 AMPS 1000Locked Rotor Start Delay 1 to 10 cycles 5Starter LRA Rating 100 to 60000 AMPS 2000Motor Current CT Ratio: 1 3 to 1000 100Current% Imbalance 5 to 40 % 15Current Imbalance Time 1 to 10 SEC 5Grnd Fault CT’s? 0/1 NO/YES YESGround Fault CT Ratio: 1 150 150Ground Fault Current 1 to 25 AMPS 15Ground Fault Start Delay 1 to 20 cycles 10Ground Fault Persistence 1 to 10 cycles 5Single Cycle Dropout 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLEFrequency-60 Hz? (No=50) 0/1 NO/YES YESLine Frequency Faulting 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLE

CL-8

32XR PIC II OPTIONS TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUEAuto Restart Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLERemote Contacts Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLESoft Stop Amps Threshold 40 to 100 % 10017-Series Seal Oil Stir 0-12 HOURS 0

Surge/Hot Gas BypassSurge Limit/HGBP OptionSelect: Surge=0, HGBP=1,

Low Load HGBP=20,1,2 0

Min. Load Point (T1, P1)Surge/HGBP Delta T1 0.5 to 20 ˆF 1.5Surge/HGBP Delta P1 30 to 170 PSI 50Low Load Point (T2, P2)Surge/HGBP Delta T2 0.5 to 20 ˆF 10Surge/HGBP Delta P2 50 to 170 PSI 85Mid Load Point (T3, P3)Surge/HGBP Delta T3 0 to 50 ˆF 10Surge/HGBP Delta P3 50 to 170 PSI 85Full Load Point (T4, P4)Surge/HGBP Delta T4 0 to 50 ˆF 10Surge/HGBP Delta P4 50 to 170 PSI 85Surge/HGBP Deadband 0.5 to 3 ˆF 1HGBP On Delta T 0.5 to 10.0 ˆF 2HGBP Off Delta T 1.0 to 10.0 ˆF 4

Surge ProtectionSurge Delta% Amps 5 to 20 % 10Surge Time Period 7 to 10 MIN 8

Ice Build ControlIce Build Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLEIce Build Termination0=Temp, 1=Contacts, 2=Both 0 to 2 0

Ice Build Recycle 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLE

Refrigerant Leak Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLERefrigerant Leak Alarm mA 4 to 20 mA 20

Head Pressure ReferenceDelta P at 0% (4 mA) 20 to 85 psi 25Delta P at 100% (20 mA) 20 to 85 psi 50Minimum Output 0 to 100 % 0

CL-9

32XR PIC II SETUP1 TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUEComp Motor Temp Override 150 to 200 DEG F 200Motor Winding Sensor 0/1 ANALOG/DISCRETE 0Cond Press Override 90 to 245 PSI 125Comp Discharge Alert 125 to 200 DEG F 200Comp Thrust Brg Alert 10 to 20 DEG F 10Comp Thrust Brg Trip 165 to 185 DEG F 185Comp Thrust Brg Factor 1.0 to 2.0 1.5Thrust Bearing Sensor 0/1 ANALOG/DISCRETE 0

Chilled Medium 0/1 WATER/BRINE 0Chilled Water Deadband .5 to 2.0 ˆF 1.0Evap Refrig Trippoint 0.0 to 40.0 DEG F 33Refrig Override Delta T 2.0 to 5.0 ˆF 3Evap Approach Alert 0.5 to 25.0 ˆF 25.0Cond Approach Alert 0.5 to 25.0 ˆF 25.0Condenser Freeze Point –20 to 35 DEG F 34

Flow Delta P Display 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLEEvap Flow Delta P Cutout 0.5 to 50.0 PSI 5.0Cond Hi Flow Alarm Opt 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLECond Hi Flow Del P Limit 0.5 to 50.0 PSI 50.0Cond Flow Delta P Cutout 0.5 to 50.0 PSI 5.0Water Flow Verify Time 0.5 to 5 MIN 5Oil Press Verify Time 15 to 300 SEC 40Recycle Control

Restart Delta T 2.0 to 10.0 DEG F 5Shutdown Delta T 0.5 to 4.0 DEG F 1

SPARE ALERT/ALARM ENABLEDisable=0, Lo=1/3, Hi=2/4

Spare Temp #1 Enable 0 to 4 0Spare Temp #1 Limit –40 to 245 DEG F 245Spare Temp #2 Enable 0 to 4 0Spare Temp #2 Limit –40 to 245 DEG F 245

CL-10

32XR PIC II SETUP2 TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

32XR PIC II LEADLAG TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

DESCRIPTION STATUS UNITS DEFAULT VALUECapacity Control

Proportional Inc Band 2 to 10 6.5Proportional DEC Band 2 to 10 6.0Proportional ECW Gain 1 to 3 2.0

Guide Vane Travel Limit 30 to 100 % 80

VFD Speed ControlVFD Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLEVFD Gain 0.1 to 1.5 0.75VFD Increase Step 1 to 5 % 2VFD Minimum Speed 65 to 100 % 70VFD Maximum Speed 90 to 100 % 100VFD Start Speed 65 to 100 % 100VFD Surge Line Gain 2.0 to 3.5 2VFD Current Limit 0 to 99999 Amp 250

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUELead Lag ControlLEAD/LAG: ConfigurationDSABLE=0, LEAD=1,LAG=2, STANDBY=3

0 to 3 0

Load Balance Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLECommon Sensor Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLELAG% Capacity 25 to 75 % 50LAG Address 1 to 236 92LAG START Timer 2 to 60 MIN 10LAG STOP Timer 2 to 60 MIN 10PRESTART FAULT Timer 2 to 30 MIN 5PULLDOWN Timer 1 to 30 MIN 2STANDBY Chiller Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLESTANDBY% Capacity 25 to 75 % 50STANDBY Address 1 to 236 93

CL-11

32XR PIC II RAMP_DEM TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

32XR PIC II TEMP_CTL TABLE CONFIGURATION SHEET

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUEPulldown Ramp Type:Select: Temp=0, Load=1 0/1 1

Demand Limit + kW RampDemand Limit SourceSelect: Amps=0, kW=1 0/1 0

Motor Load Ramp% Min 5 to 20 10Demand Limit Prop Band 3 to 15 % 10Demand Limit At 20 mA 40 to 100 % 4020 mA Demand Limit Opt 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLEMotor Rated Kilowatts 50 to 9999 kW 145

Demand Watts Interval 5 to 60 MIN 15

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUEControl Point

ECW Control Option 0/1 DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLETemp Pulldown Deg/Min 2 to 10 ˆF 3

Temperature ResetRESET TYPE 1Degrees Reset At 20 mA –30 to 30 ˆF 10RESET TYPE 2Remote Temp -> No Reset –40 to 245 DEG F 85Remote Temp -> Full Reset –40 to 245 DEG F 65Degrees Reset –30 to 30 ˆF 10RESET TYPE 3CHW Delta T -> No Reset 0 to 15 ˆF 10CHW Delta T -> Full Reset 0 to 15 ˆF 0Degrees Reset –30 to 30 ˆF 5

Select/Enable Reset Type 0 to 3 0

CL-12

BROADCAST (BRODEF) CONFIGURATION SHEET

RELIANCE LF1 UNIT-MOUNTED VFD CONFIGURATION SHEET

*Variable by job — refer to component nameplates and labels.

TOSHIBA FREE-STANDING VFD CONFIGURATION SHEET

*Variable by job — refer to component nameplates and labels.

DESCRIPTION RANGE UNITS DEFAULT VALUETime Broadcast Enable DSABLE/ENABLE DSABLEDaylight Savings

Start Month 1 to 12 4Start Day of Week 1 to 7 7Start Week 1 to 5 3Start Time 00:00 to 24:00 HH:MM 02:00Start Advance 0 to 360 MIN 60Stop Month 1 to 12 10Stop Day of Week 1 to 7 7Stop Week 1 to 5 3Stop Time 00:00 to 24:00 02:00Stop Back 0 to 360 MIN 60

DESCRIPTION PARAMETER RANGE DEFAULT COMMENTSMaximum Speed P.004 15 to H.022 * Job Sheet; 60 for 60 Hz and 50 for 50 HzDisplay Limit P.006 107 * Prevents viewing of other parametersSpeed Display Scaling P.028 10 to 999 * Job Sheet; 60 for 60 Hz and 50 for 50 HzMotor Voltage H.000 100 to 690 * Selected line voltageFrequency H.001 30 to 200 * 60 Hz = 60, 50 Hz = 50Motor Amps H.002 Power Module Dependent * Selected motor 100% ampsLine Voltage H.021 300 to 565 * Selected line voltageOver Frequency Limit H.022 30 to 210 * 60 Hz = 69, 50 Hz = 57

DESCRIPTION PARAMETERGROUP

60 Hz 50 Hz DEFAULT COMMENTS

Maximum Output Frequency (Item 1) Fundamental #1 60Hz 50Hz *Base Frequency #1 (Item 2) Fundamental #1 60 50 *

Base Frequency Voltage Select (Item 3) Fundamental #1 1/0 1/0 * "0" for Installations with MirusLine Reactor only

Reverse Operation Disable (Item 5) Parameters #1 1 1 *Upper Limit Frequency (Item 6) Fundamental #1 60Hz 50Hz *Lower Limit Frequency (Item 7) Fundamental #1 36 30 *Acceleration Time #1 (Item 10) Fundamental #1 15 15 *Deceleration Time #2 (Item 11) Fundamental #1 15 15 *RCH Contacts Function (Item 60) Terminal Selection 8 8 *Low Speed Signal Output Frequency (Item 72) Terminal Selection 0.5Hz 0.5Hz *Speed Reach Maximum Frequency (Item 74) Terminal Selection 34 28 *Speed Reach Minimum Frequency (Item 75) Terminal Selection 36 30 *IV Terminal Standard or Adjustable (Item 88) Frequency Setting 1 0 * 50 Hz OnlyIV Reference Point #2 Frequency (Item 92) Frequency Setting 60 50 * 50 Hz OnlyElectronic Thermal Protection Lvl 1 (Item 158) Protection * * *

CL-13

ICVC DISPLAY AND ALARM SHUTDOWN STATE RECORD SHEET

PRIMARY MESSAGE:

SECONDARY MESSAGE:

DATE: TIME:

COMPRESSOR ONTIME:

CHW IN

OILPRESS

CHW OUT

OIL TEMP

CDW IN CDW OUT

EVAP REF

COND REF

AMPS %

COMMUNICATION MESSAGE

CCN LOCAL RESET MENU

Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.Catalog No. 04-53320001-01 Printed in U.S.A. Form 32XR-1SS Pg CL-14 2-09 Replaces: New

Copyright 2009 Carrier Corporation

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- --

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

- -

-

CU

T A

LON

G D

OT

TE

D L

INE

CU

T A

LON

G D

OT

TE

D L

INE

CVC/ICVC DISPLAY AND ALARM SHUTDOWN STATE RECORD SHEET

PRIMARY MESSAGE:

SECONDARY MESSAGE:

DATE: TIME:

COMPRESSOR ONTIME:

CHW IN

OILPRESS

CHW OUT

OIL TEMP

CDW IN CDW OUT

EVAP REF

COND REF

AMPS %

COMMUNICATION MESSAGE

CCN LOCAL RESET MENU